Relays For Electrical Safety

• AT • DK • IT • PL
1002173-EN-04
2-1-2-3-010, 2012-02 Printed in Germany
© Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, 2012
Pilz Ges.m.b.H. Pilz Skandinavien K/S Pilz ltalia Srl Pilz Polska Sp. z o.o.
Sichere Automation Safe Automation Automazione sicura Safe Automation
Modecenterstraße 14 Ellegaardvej 25 L Via Meda 2/A ul. Ruchliwa 15
1030 Wien 6400 Sonderborg 22060 Novedrate (CO) 02-182 Warszawa
Austria Denmark Italy Poland
Telephone: +43 1 7986263-0 Telephone: +45 74436332 Telephone: +39 031 789511 Telephone: +48 22 8847100
Telefax: +43 1 7986264 Telefax: +45 74436342 Telefax: +39 031 789555 Telefax: +48 22 8847109
E-Mail: pilz@pilz.at E-Mail: pilz@pilz.dk E-Mail: info@pilz.it E-Mail: info@pilz.pl
Internet: www.pilz.at Internet: www.pilz.dk Internet: www.pilz.it Internet: www.pilz.pl
• AU • ES • JP • PT
Technical Catalogue 3.1 – PMD relays for electrical safety and PNOZ relays for functional safety
Pilz Australia Pilz lndustrieelektronik S.L. Pilz Japan Co., Ltd. Pilz Industrieelektronik S.L.
Safe Automation Safe Automation Safe Automation R. Eng Duarte Pacheco, 120
Unit D7, Hallmarc Business park Clayton Camí Ral, 130 BENEX S-2 4F 4 Andar Sala 21
Corner of Westall and Centre roads Polígono Industrial Palou Nord 3-17-5 Shin-Yokohama 4470-174 Maia
Clayton, Melbourne, Victoria 3168 08401 Granollers Kohoku-ku Portugal
Australia Spain 222-0033 Yokohama Telephone: +351 229407594
Telephone: +61 3 95446300 Telephone: +34 938497433 Japan Telefax: +351 229407595
Telefax: +61 3 95446311 Telefax: +34 938497544 Telephone: +81 45 471-2281 E-Mail: pilz@pilz.pt
E-Mail: safety@pilz.com.au E-Mail: pilz@pilz.es Telefax: +81 45 471-2283 Internet: www.pilz.pt
Internet: www.pilz.com.au Internet: www.pilz.es E-Mail: pilz@pilz.co.jp
Internet: www.pilz.jp
• RU
• BE L • U • FI Pilz RUS OOO
Pilz Belgium Pilz Skandinavien K/S • KR Ugreshskaya street, 2,
Safe Automation Safe Automation Pilz Korea Ltd. bldg. 11, office 16 (1st floor)
Bijenstraat 4 Nuijamiestentie 7 Safe Automation 115088 Moscow
9051 Gent (Sint-Denijs-Westrem) 00400 Helsinki 9F Jo-Yang Bld. 50-10 Russian Federation
Belgium Finland Chungmuro2-Ga Jung-Gu Telephone: +7 495 665 4993
Telephone: +32 9 3217570 Telephone: +358 10 3224030 100-861 Seoul E-Mail: pilz@pilzrussia.ru
of the equipment. We accept no responsibility for the validity, accuracy and entirety of the text and graphics presented in this information. Please contact our Technical Support if you have any questions.
Telefax: +32 9 3217571 Telefax: +358 9 27093709 South Korea Internet: www.pilzrussia.ru
of Pilz GmbH & Co. KG in some countries. We would point out that product features may vary from the details stated in this document, depending on the status at the time of publication and the scope
E-Mail: info@pilz.be E-Mail: pilz.fi @pilz.dk Telephone: +82 2 2263 9541
Internet: www.pilz.be Internet: www.pilz.fi Telefax: +82 2 2263 9542
E-Mail: info@pilzkor ea.co.kr • SE
Internet: www.pilzkorea.co.kr Pilz Skandinavien K/S
• BR • FR
InduraNET p®, Pilz®, PIT®, PMCprotego®, PMI®, PNOZ®, Primo®, PSEN®, PSS®, PVIS®, SafetyBUS p®, SafetyEYE®, SafetyNET p®, the spirit of safety® are registered and protected trademarks
Safe Automation
Pilz do Brasil Pilz France Electronic Energigatan 10 B
Automação Segura 1, rue Jacob Mayer • MX 43437 Kungsbacka
Av. Senador Vergueiro, 347 - Centro BP 12 Pilz de México, S. de R.L. de C.V. Sweden
CEP: 09750-000 67037 Strasbourg Cedex 2 Automatización Segura Telephone: +46 300 13990
São Bernardo do Campo - SP France Convento de Actopan 36 Telefax: +46 300 30740
Brazil Telephone: +33 3 88104000 Jardines de Santa Mónica E-Mail: pilz.se@pilz.dk
Telephone: +55 11 4126-7290 Telefax: +33 3 88108000 Tlalnepantla, Méx. 54050 Internet: www.pilz.se
Telefax: +55 11 4126-7291 E-Mail: siege@pilz-france.fr Mexico
E-Mail: pilz@pilz.com.br Internet: www.pilz.fr Telephone: +52 55 5572 1300
Internet: www.pilz.com.br Telefax: +52 55 5572 1300 • TR
E-Mail: info@pilz.com.mx Pilz Emniyet Otomasyon
• GB Internet: www .pilz.mx Ürünleri ve Hizmetleri Tic. Ltd. Şti.
• CH Pilz Automation Technology Kayışdağı Cd. Beykonağı Plaza
Pilz lndustrieelektronik GmbH Safe Automation No:130 K:2 D:2
Gewerbepark Hintermättli Willow House, Medlicott Close • NL Ataşehir/İstanbul
Postfach 6 Oakley Hay Business Park Pilz Nederland Turkey
5506 Mägenwil Corby Veilige automatisering Telephone: +90 216 5775550
Switzerland Northants NN18 9NF Postbus 186 Telefax: +90 216 5775549
Telephone: +41 62 88979-30 United Kingdom 4130 ED Vianen E-Mail: info@pilz.com.tr
Telefax: +41 62 88979-40 Telephone: +44 1536 460766 Netherlands Internet: www.pilz.com.tr
E-Mail: pilz@pilz.ch Telefax: +44 1536 460866 Telephone: +31 347 320477
Internet: www.pilz.ch E-Mail: sales@pilz.co.uk Telefax: +31 347 320485
Internet: www.pilz.co.uk E-Mail: info@pilz.nl • US C• A
Internet: www.pilz.nl Pilz Automation Safety L.P.
• CN 7150 Commerce Boulevard
Pilz Industrial Automation • IE Canton
Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Pilz Ireland Industrial Automation • NZ Michigan 48187
Rm. 1702-1704 Cork Business and Technology Park Pilz New Zealand USA
Yongda International Tower Model Farm Road Safe Automation Telephone: +1 734 354 0272
No. 2277 Long Yang Road Cork Unit 4, 12 Laidlaw Way Telefax: +1 734 354 3355
Shanghai 201204 Ireland East Tamaki E-Mail: info@pilzusa.com
China
Telephone: +86 21 60880878
Telefax: +86 21 60880870
Telephone: +353 21 4346535
Telefax: +353 21 4804994
E-Mail: sales@pilz.ie
Auckland 2016
New Zealand
Telephone: +64 9 6345350
Internet: www.pilz.us
PMD relays for electrical safety
E-Mail:
Internet:
sales@pilz.com.cn
www.pilz.com.cn
Internet: www.pilz.ie Telefax:
E-Mail: offi
Internet:
+64 9 6345352
ce@pilz.co.nz
www.pilz.co.nz
and PNOZ relays for functional safety
• IN
• DE Pilz India Pvt Ltd
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG Office No 202, Delite Square
Felix-Wankel-Straße 2 Near Aranyeshwar Temple •… •T echnical support
73760 Ostfildern Sahakar Nagar No 1 In many countries we are +49 711 3409-444
Germany Pune 411009 represented by sales partners. support@pilz.com
Telephone: +49 711 3409-0 India
Telefax: +49 711 3409-133 Telephone: +91 20 2421399-4/-5 Please refer to our homepage
E-Mail: pilz.gmbh@pilz.de Telefax: +91 20 2421399-6 for further details or contact our Configuration guide
Internet: www.pilz.de E-Mail: info@pilz.in headquarters.
Internet: www.pilz.in
for electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma, PMDsrange
and safety relays PNOZsigma, PNOZ X
Technical Catalogue 3.1 – April 2013 edition
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG

Felix-Wankel-Straße 2
73760 Ostfildern, Germany
Telephone: +49 711 3409-0
Telefax: +49 711 3409-133
E-Mail: pilz.gmbh@pilz.de
Internet: www .pilz.com
Automation technology from Pilz
Total customer proximity
Pilz has a tradition as a family-

run company stretching back
over 60 years. Real proximity to
customers is visible in all areas,
instilling confidence through
individual consultation, total
flexibility and reliable service. Exclusion of liability
Worldwide, round the clock,
in 28 subsidiaries and branch Our technical catalogue has been
offices. compiled with great care. It contains
All our experience and information about our company and
Benefit-oriented innovations knowledge go into individual our products. All statements are made
products and sophisticated in accordance with the current status
Our customer proximity is the system solutions. of technology and to the best of our
basis for our innovative strength. knowledge and belief. While every
We are always oriented towards • Sensor technology effort has been made to ensure the
current market requirements, • Control technology information provided is accurate, we
which is why we can offer in- • Networks cannot accept liability for the accu-
novative automation solutions in • Drive technology racy and entirety of the information
every case. Market leadership • Operator and provided, except in the case of gross
in safe automation secures our visualisation systems negligence. In particular, all information
leadership in research and tech- • Software on applicable standards, safety-related
nology. Customer proximity and • Automation system PSS 4000 classifications and time characteris-
innovation belong together and • Consulting and engineering tics should be viewed as provisional.
are mutually dependent. • Training Information in this catalogue does not
have the legal quality of assurances or
Overall solutions the spirit of safety assured properties. We are grateful for
any feedback on the contents of this
Pilz is your solution supplier With their knowledge, enthusiasm, operating manual.
for all automation functions. creativity and courage to take the
Including standard control func- unconventional route, our staff
tions. Pilz developments protect have made us what we are today: December 2011
man, machine and the environ- one of the leading brands in auto-
ment. Our automation solutions mation technology. All rights to this publication are re-
incorporate our knowledge and served by Pilz GmbH & Co. KG. We re-
experience from the stringent More than 1 500 staff, each serve the right to amend specifications
demands of safety technology, one of them an ambassador without prior notice. Copies may be
as well as the sum of our for safety, make sure that your made for internal purposes. The names
knowledge gained from over company's most valuable of products, goods and technologies
60 years' experience of general asset – your staff – can work used in this manual are trademarks of
automation technology. safely and free from injury. the respective companies.
Contents
2011-12
1.0
Contents
Relays for electrical safety 1.0
Electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma 1.1
Electronic monitoring relays PMDsrange 1.2
Relays for functional safety 2.0
Selection guide 2.1
Safety relays PNOZ X 2.2
Safety relays PNOZsigma 2.3
Order reference 3.0
Order reference 3.1
Standards and directives 4.0
Standards and directives 4.1
Service 5.0
Service 5.1
3
Relays for electrical safety

1.0
1.0
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany

1.0-0
Telephone: +49 711 3409-0, Telefax: +49 711 3409-133, E-Mail: pilz.gmbh@pilz.de
Contents Page
1.0
Electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma from 1.1-1
Electronic monitoring relays PMDsrange from 1.2-1
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany 2011-12
1.0-1
Relays for monitoring

Electronic
1.1 electrical safety
relays PMDsigma
1.1

1.1-0
Electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma
Contents Page

1.1
True power monitoring
PMD s10 1.1-2
Insulation monitoring
PMD s20 1.1-11
1.1-1

PMD s10
Unit features ` Diagnostics: Umax and Imax

` Display of operating hours and load
` Relay output: hours (resettable)
Gertemerkmale PMD s10_Text_1
2 auxiliary changeover contacts (C/ ` Device parameters can be saved to

1.1 O) chip card (write)
` Analogue output for current and ` Device parameters can be restored
voltage from the chip card (load)
` Galvanic isolation of the analogue ` Suitable for use with frequency-
outputs controlled drives
` Measuring range set automatically ` Suitable for current transformers
for current and voltage
` Menu-driven parameter setting Unit description
Gertemerkmale
1001844-EN-02-2010-11
PMD
1.1 power
Electronic
True
Gertebild
s10 monitoring
monitoringrelays PMDsigma
` Status indicators (LEDs) for:

Gertemerkmale PMD s10_Text_3
True power converter for single and – Supply voltage (Power) The true power converter PMD s10 is
Bildunterschrift
Gertebeschreibung PMD s10
three-phase electrical machinery – Switching threshold for overload used to measure and monitor the true
(> max) power drawn and output by electrical
Approvals – Switching threshold for under- loads.
load (< min) The PMD s10 is designed for use as a:
– Output 1 (Out 1) ` True power converter for single and
PMD s10 – Output 2 (Out 2) three-phase electrical machines
– Fault ` Trip device for underload and over-
` Display for measured value indica- load
tor, diagnostics and menu naviga-
tion
Zulassungen
` Operating cycle counter for K1 and
K2
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 K1 U/I1 L1 L2 L3 K3 W/I3 12 14 22 24
~ IM1 UM IM3
=
K1
Power
Power
K2
P
Uout Iout Reset
U I 0 V Y2 Y1 11 21
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany 1001844-EN-02-2010-11
1.1-2

PMD s10
Function description signals. The hysteresis of the switch- switches (default: relay K2) and the
ing thresholds can be set between 0 % "Out 2" LED is lit.
The PMD s10 monitors the true power ... 50 %. Pwu function (underload warning
Funktionsbeschreibung_Text_1
on a single, three phase or DC supply Current transformer CT: threshold):

to ensure it doesn't exceed or drop With continuous currents > 12 A, the Serves as a warning; for function de-
1.1
below a certain value. The unit oper- measuring current must be measured scription, see Pu function (K2 under-
ates in accordance with the Aron cir- via an external current transformer. load)
cuit principle. Po function (K1 overload): Start suppression time (tStart):
Relay outputs (K1 and K2) If the measured true power exceeds The measurement is suppressed dur-
K1 and K2 operate in normally ener- the switching threshold Po, the "> ing the machine's start-up phase, in
gised mode. In their default state, aux- max" LED is lit. Once the response order to avoid spurious output signals.
iliary contacts 11-14 and 21-24 are time has elapsed (tr), the auxiliary con- The start suppression time tStart is infi-
closed and auxiliary contacts 11-12 tact switches (default: relay K1) and nitely variable.
and 21-22 are open. Normally ener- the "Out 1" LED is lit. Response time (tr):
gised mode is the default setting; this Pwo function (overload warning With transient load fluctuations, the
setting can be changed via the menu. threshold): switching threshold can be sup-
Analogue outputs (Uout and Iout): Serves as a warning; for function de- pressed. The response time tr is infi-
The unit forms two output signals scription, see Po function (K1 over- nitely variable.
which are proportional to the true load) Reset mode:
power. The limit value corresponds to Pu function (K2 underload): The fault status (value below Pu or
Funktionsbeschreibung_Text_2
Pmax (see timing diagram). The status If the measured true power drops be- above Po) can be reset automatically
of the threshold monitoring function is low the switching threshold PU, the "< or via an external reset button.
displayed at the auxiliary contacts and min" LED is lit. Once the response time
LEDs, along with the analogue output has elapsed (tr), the auxiliary contact
Timing diagram
rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
100%
Hysterese/
Po
Hysteresis/
Hystérésis
Hysterese/
Hysteresis/
Pu
Hystérésis
5%
0%
t
OUT1
t
ts tr tr tr
LED >max
ts t
OUT2
t
LED <min ts tr tr tr
t
ts
P tatsächliche Wirkleistung/Actual true power/puissance active réelle
ts Startunterdrückungszeit/Start suppression time/Temps de suppression au démarrage
tr Reaktionszeit/Response time/Temps de résponse
1.1-3

PMD s10
Timing diagram
rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
1.1 10 V 1* U bei/at/à 10 ... 0 V

20 mA
Generatorbetrieb/ 1* U/I
Generator/
Fonctionnement
avec générateur
4 mA
PW
- P max 0V P max
Motorbetrieb/
Motor/
Fonctionnement
U avec moteur
-10 V
P tatsächliche Wirkleistung/Actual true power/puissance active réelle

U/I analoges Ausgangssignal, Spannung oder Strom/Analogue output signal, voltage or current/
signal de sortie analogique, intensité ou tension
Wiring
Note: ` Ensure that the cables are laid care- NOTICE

Inbetriebnahme_fuer_PDB
` Only wire the unit when the supply fully, because an open circuit in the Ensure that there is adequate fuse
voltage is switched off! measuring circuit will cause the unit protection on the connection cables to
` Use copper wiring. function to fail. terminals L1, L2, L3, K1, K3, A1 and
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse ` Information given in the “Technical A2!
should be connected before the details” must be followed.
output contacts (see technical de-
tails).
Preparing for operation
` Connect the supply voltage UB to ` Please refer to the connection dia-

Inbetriebnahme_Anschluss
A1/A2. grams for details of how to connect

` Single-phase: external current transformers
– Measuring voltage UM: Connect and an external reset (see "Appli-
to terminals L1 and L2 cation").
– Link terminals L1-K1 ` Connect the output contacts in ac-
– Measuring circuit: Connect cordance with the relevant applica-
phase L1 of the motors to termi- tion circuit.
nal U/I1
Leerzeilen
` Three-phase: NOTICE
Inbetriebnahme_Anwendung
– Measuring voltage UM: Connect Only connect the unit as shown in the
to terminals L1, L2 and L3 examples below! Do not connect unla-
– Link terminals L1-K1, L3-K3 belled terminals.
– Measuring circuit: Connect
phase L1 of the motor to terminal The following circuit examples show
U/I1, phase L2 to terminal L2 and typical applications for the true power
L3 to W/I3 converter PMD s10.
With continuous currents > 12 A, the
measuring current must be measured
via an external current transformer.
1.1-4

PMD s10
Circuit for three-phase motor

Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
1
_
d
L1
L2
L3
1.1
N
24V
0V
L1 L2 L3
K1 U/I1 K3 W/I3
PMD s10
Reset
extern
Y1 Y2 11 12 14 A1 K1 H2
K1 U I 0V 21 22 24 A2
A
U VW
M1
M3~
IN < 12A V
PE
1.1-5

PMD s10
Circuit for three-phase motor with CT

Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
2
_
d
L1
1.1 L2
L3
N
24V
0V
K k K k
L1 L2 L3
K1 U/I1 K3 W/I3
L l L l
PMD s10
Reset
extern
Y1 Y2 11 12 14 A1 K1 H2
K1 U I 0V 21 22 24 A2
A
U VW
M1
M3~
IN > 12A V
PE
1.1-6

PMD s10
Circuit for motor (1 AC)

Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
3
_
d
L1
1.1
N
24V
0V
L1 L2 L3
K1 U/I1 K3 W/I3
PMD s10
Reset
extern
Y1 Y2 11 12 14 A1 K1 H2
K1 U I 0V 21 22 24 A2
A
U2
U1
M1
M1~
IN < 12A V
PE
1.1-7

PMD s10
Circuit for motor (1 AC) with CT

Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
4
_
d
L1
1.1 m
h
tria
e
b
In
N
24V
0V
K k
L1 L2 L3
K1 U/I1 K3 W/I3
L l
PMD s10
Reset
extern
Y1 Y2 11 12 14 A1 K1 H2
K1 U I 0V 21 22 24 A2
A
U2
U1
M1
M1~
IN > 12A V
PE
Parameter setting
Parameters such as switching thresh- A display indicates the current values as a bakkup copy of the parameters or
Funktionsbeschreibung
olds, start-up suppression time, reac- plus the set values. can be used to transfer the parameters
tion time and rest mode, for example, The parameters can be saved on a to another unit.
are set via a rotary knob. chip card. This chip card can be used
Installation
` The unit should be installed in a

Montage_Sigma_allgemein
control cabinet with a protection

type of at least IP54.
` Use the notch on the rear of the unit
to attach it to a mounting rail.
` In environments exposed to heavy
vibration or when installing on a ver-
tical mounting rail (35 mm), the unit
should be secured using a fixing el-
ement (e.g. retaining bracket or end
angle).
` Push the unit upwards or down-
wards before lifting it from the
mounting rail.
1.1-8

PMD s10
Notice
Montage
This data sheet is only intended for use

][Wichtig_PDB
during configuration. Please refer to

the operating manual for installation
1.1
and operation.
Technische Daten PMD s10
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage UB AC/DC 24 - 240 V
Voltage tolerance -20 %/+10 %
Power consumption at UB AC 5.0 VA
Power consumption at UB DC 3.0 W
Frequency range AC 50 - 60 Hz
Utilisation category in accordance with EN 60947-4-1
Auxiliary contacts: AC1 at 240 V Imin: 0.10 A , Imax: 5.0 A
Pmax: 1200 VA
Auxiliary contacts: DC1 at 24 V Imin: 0.10 A , Imax: 5.0 A
Pmax: 120 W
Auxiliary contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 5.0 A
Auxiliary contacts: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 2.0 A
Contact material AgNi10
External contact fuse protection (IK = 1 kA) to EN 60947-5-1
Blow-out fuse, quick
Auxiliary contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Circuit breaker 24 VAC/DC, characteristic B/C
Safety-related characteristic data
PL in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1: 2006 PL c (Cat. 1)
Category in accordance with EN 954-1 Cat. 1
SIL CL in accordance with EN IEC 62061 SIL CL 1
PFH in accordance with EN IEC 62061 6.05E-07
SIL in accordance with IEC 61511 SIL 1
PFD in accordance with IEC 61511 5.30E-02
TM [year] in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1: 2006 20
Times
Typ. response time of analogue output at DC 20 ms
Response time of analogue output at 15 ... 60 Hz 70 - 16 ms
Response time of analogue output at 60 ... 400 Hz 16 ms
Response time tr of auxiliary contact (selectable) 0.01 - 30.00 s
Start suppression time tstart (selectable) 0.0 - 30.0 s
Measuring circuit
Measuring voltage UM (AC/DC) 100 - 550 V
Measuring current IM (AC/DC) 1 - 12 A
Frequency range 0, 15 - 400 Hz
Measuring range limit value (selectable) 1.0 W - 11.5 kW
Measuring range limit value Pmax with external current transformer 100.0 W - 11.5 MW
Performance range of 1 A current transformer 1.5 - 7.5 VA
Performance range of 5 A current transformer 2.5 - 15.0 VA
Current transformer class 3
Max. measuring current AC/DC 12 A
Temperature coefficient 0.10 %/K
1.1-9

PMD s10
Output signals with motor operation

Output voltage Uout 0... 10 V 0 - 10 V
Output voltage Uout 10 ... 0 V 10 - 0 V
1.1 Terminating impedance (apparent ohmic resistance) Rout min. 1 kOhm
Output current Iout 4 ... 20 mA 4 - 20 mA
Output current Iout 0 ... 20 mA 0 - 20 mA
Terminating impedance (apparent ohmic resistance) Rout max. 0.5 kOhm
Output signals with generator operation
Output voltage Uout 0 - -10 V
Terminating impedance (apparent ohmic resistance) Rout min. 1 kOhm
Output current Iout 0 - -20 mA
Terminating impedance (apparent ohmic resistance) Rout max. 0.5 kOhm
Environmental data
EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Vibration to EN 60068-2-6
Frequency 10 - 55 Hz
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Climatic suitability EN 60068-2-78
Airgap creepage in accordance with IEC 60664-1
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III
Rated insulation voltage 300 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Measuring circuit 6.0 kV
Supply voltage, auxiliary contacts, analogue output 4.0 kV
Ambient temperature -10 - 55 °C
Storage temperature -25 - 85 °C
Protection type
Mounting (e.g. cabinet) IP54
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Cross section of external conductors with screw terminals
1 core flexible 0.25 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 760100
with crimp connectors, without insulating sleeve 0.25 - 1.00 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 760100
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 760100
Torque setting with screw terminals 0.50 Nm No. 760100
Cross section of external conductors with spring-loaded termi- 0.20 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 761100
nals: Flexible with/without crimp connectors
Stripping length 9 mm No. 761100
Dimensions
Height 100.0 mm No. 761100
98.0 mm No. 760100
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 370 g
Bestelldaten
Order reference
Type Features Terminals Order no.

PMD s10 24 - 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 760 100
PMD s10 C 24 - 240 VAC/DC With cage clamp terminals 761 100
1.1-10
PMD s20
Unit features Unit description
` Relay output: The insulation monitor monitors the in-

Gertemerkmale Gertebeschreibung
2 auxiliary changeover contacts sulation resistance of unearthed AC/

(C/O) DC systems (IT systems). It meets the
1.1
` Detects symmetrical and asymmet- requirements of EN 61557-8,
rical insulation faults IEC 60364-7-710 and DIN VDE 0100-
` Two insulation measuring circuits 710 and may be used:
` Connection for external switch con- ` To monitor unearthed AC/DC sys-
tacts to trigger the manual reset tems (including on board ships)
and for function testing ` In medical locations
1001753-EN-02-2011-05
PMD
1.1 s20 monitoring
Electronic
Insulation
Gertebild monitoring relays PMDsigma
` Unit parameter settings are menu- ` As a trip device if insulation resist-
driven and infinitely variable via a ances are outside the permitted
The insulation monitor monitors the in-
Bildunterschrift
display and rotary encoder with key range

sulation resistance of unearthed AC/ function (turn and push)
DC systems (IT systems). It meets the ` Configuration is stored on a chip
requirements of EN 61557-8, IEC card
60364-7-710 and DIN VDE 0100-710. ` Status indicators (LEDs) for:
– Supply voltage (Power)
Approvals – Insulation resistance
– Fault
PMD s20
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 B1 B2 12 14 22 24
~ UM
K1
- K2
+
Power
G Feedback
Reset Test
Earth
Y1 Y2 Y3 FE 11 21
1.1-11
PMD s20
Function description iliary contacts 11-14 and 21-24 are ` Response resistance Ran1:
closed and auxiliary contacts 11-12 Auxiliary contacts 11-14 will open
The insulation monitor prevents haz- and 21-22 are open. Normally ener- and auxiliary contacts 11-12 will
Funktionsbeschreibung PMS s20
ardous insulation faults in galvanically gised mode is the default setting; this close (normally energised mode).
1.1 separated systems. The insulation re- setting can be changed via the menu. ` Response resistance Ran2:
sistances are measured between the Response resistance Auxiliary contacts 21-24 will open
network phases and the operating If the insulation resistance falls below and auxiliary contacts 21-22 will
earth. The measuring principle detects the set response resistance Ran in ei- close (normally energised mode).
symmetrical and asymmetrical insula- ther of the two measuring circuits (RE Monitoring the operating earth
tion faults. < Ran ), the LED "Out 1" or "Out 2" will If the connection between the operat-
Relay outputs (K1 and K2) light and the relay contacts will de-en- ing earth and the FE terminal is bro-
K1 and K2 operate in normally ener- ergise. ken, contacts 11-12 and 21-22 will
gised mode. In their default state, aux- close (normally energised mode).
Timing diagram
0
2
D
M
P
rm
g
a
d
s
tio
k
n
u
F
UB
t
RE
R ab
Hysteresis
R an
t
11 - 14
21 - 24 Auto reset
t
tr tr
1
LED
0
t
1
Reset
0
t
11 - 14 Manual reset
21 - 24
t
tr
U = Versorgungsspannung/Supply voltage/Tension d'alimentation

B
R = Ansprechwert/Response value/Seuil de déclenchement
an
R = Rücksetzwert/Release value/Valeur de réarment
ab
R = Isolationswiderstand/Insulation resistance/Résistance de'isolement
E
Wiring
When commissioning, please note the ` Use copper wiring. measuring circuit will cause the unit
Inbetriebnahme_Isolationswächter
following: ` To prevent contact welding, a fuse to malfunction.

` Output contacts 11-12-14 and 21- should be connected before the ` Ensure there is adequate fuse pro-
22-24 are auxiliary contacts (e.g. for output contacts (see technical detection on the connection cables at
a display or contactor control) tails). terminals B1 and B2.
` Only wire the unit when the supply ` Ensure that the cables are laid care-
voltage is switched off! fully, because an open circuit in the
1.1-12
PMD s20
` Only one insulation monitor should ` A function test involving a real earth ` Information given in the “Technical
be connected to galvanically con- fault (resistance) must be carried details” must be followed.
nected systems. out in order to check that the unit is
properly connected.
1.1
` Supply voltage UB: B1/B2 respectively. ` Function test:

Inbetriebnahme_Anschluss
– Connect the supply voltage UB – 3-phase system: – By pressing a button at terminals

to A1/A2. The supply voltage UB – Link terminals B1/B2 and con- Y1 and Y3
can also be taken from the nect them to the system's star or
measuring circuit. point. – Pressing the rotary knob for at
` Measuring circuit (system to be ` Connect the output contacts in ac- least 3 seconds
monitored): cordance with the relevant applica-
Leerzeilen
– 2-phase system: tion circuit. Please note:

Inbetriebnahme
– Connect one phase of the moni- Do not connect any cables to undesig-
tored system to the terminals nated terminals.
Application circuit AC
Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
1
_
d
L1
N
1L1
1L2
PE
F1
T1
F2
A1 A2
B1 B2
Re Re
PMD s20
Test
Reset
FE Y1 Y2 Y3
11 12 14 21 22 24
E1
1.1-13
PMD s20
Application circuit DC
Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
2
_
d
L1
1.1 N
1L1
1L2
PE
F1
T1
~
G1
=
F2
A1 A2
B1 B2
Re Re
PMD s20
Test
Reset
FE Y1 Y2 Y3
11 12 14 21 22 24
E1
1.1-14
PMD s20
Application circuit 3 AC
Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
3
_
d
L1
L2 1.1
L3
1L1
1L2
PE
F1
T1
F2
A1 A2
B1 B2
Re
PMD s20 Re
Test
Reset
FE Y1 Y2 Y3
11 12 14 21 22 24
E1
1.1-15
PMD s20
Application circuit 3 AC/DC

Bl
g
u
w
A
m
h
tria
e
b
In
4
_
d
L1
1.1 L2 m
h
tria
e
b
In
L3
1L1
1L2
PE
alternativ
F1 alternative
alternatif
T1
F2
G1
A1 A2
B1 B2
PMD s20 Re
Test
Reset
FE Y1 Y2 Y3
11 12 14 21 22 24
E1
Parameter setting
The menu settings are made on the on the knob by hand or with a screw- screwdriver, the knob can remain
Inbetriebnahme_Drehknopf_Funktion
unit's display via a rotary knob. You driver. If you make the settings with a within the unit.
have the option to make the settings
Installation
` The unit should be installed in a

Montage_Sigma_allgemein

to attach it to a mounting rail.
` In environments exposed to heavy
vibration or when installing on a ver-
tical mounting rail (35 mm), the unit
should be secured using a fixing el-
ement (e.g. retaining bracket or end
angle).
wards before lifting it from the
mounting rail.
1.1-16
PMD s20
Notice
Montage

][Wichtig_PDB

1.1
and operation.
Technische Daten_PMDs20
Technical details
Electrical data
Residual ripple DC 20 %
Pmax: 1200 VA
Pmax: 120 W
Contact material AgCdO + 3.0 µm Au
Blow-out fuse, slow
Measuring circuit
Rated mains voltage 0 ... 400 V
Rated mains voltage in according with UL 0 ... 300 V
Max. external voltage 460 V
Max. measuring voltage UM ±16 V
Max. measuring current IM 1 mA
Min. measuring circuit impedance 250 kOhm
Response value Ran 10 ... 200 kOhm
Max. response error in accordance with EN 61557-8 ±15 % ±1kOhm
Max. leakage capacitance 20 µF
Environmental data
EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Airgap creepage in accordance with EN 60664-1
Pollution degree 2
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Auxiliary contacts for the remaining circuits 6.00 kV
Supply voltage, measuring circuit for the remaining circuits 4.0 kV
1.1-17
PMD s20
Environmental data
Protection type
1.1 Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Condensation and ice formation not permitted
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Torque setting with screw terminals 0.50 Nm
Dimensions
Height 98.0 mm
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 270 g
Technische Daten
Leitungskapazität/Line capacitance/Capacité du câblage Messzeit /Time of measurement/Temps de mesure

0.5 µF 5s
1 µF 10 s
5 µF 50 s
20 µF 240 s
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PMD s20 24 - 240 V AC/DC with screw terminals 760 120
PMD s20 C 24 - 240 V AC/DC with spring-loaded terminals 761 120
1.1-18
1.1

1.1-19
Relays for monitoring

Electronic
1.2 electrical safety
relays PMDsrange
1.2

1.2-0
Electronic monitoring relays PMDsrange
Contents Page
Voltage monitoring
Single-phase voltage monitoring S1UM 1.2-2
Three-phase voltage monitoring S3UM 1.2-6 1.2
Phase sequence monitoring

S1PN 1.2-11

S1WP 1.2-14
Current monitoring
S1IM 1.2-21
Isolation monitoring
S1EN 1.2-25
Thermistor monitor
S1MS 1.2-32
S1MN 1.2-37
S1M0 1.2-42
Standstill monitoring
S1SW P 1.2-47
General details
Technical details 1.2-52
Dimensioned drawings, 1.2-53
housing features
1.2-1
Single-phase voltage monitoring

S1UM
Unit features ` Response value can be set from

20 % to 100 % of the measuring
` 12 measuring ranges 0.1 V ... 500 V, range limit value
Altdaten CMT
selectable ` Hysteresis can be set from 0.6 to

` Reaction time can be set to up to 10 0.95 x Uon
seconds ` Fault status can be latching or non-
1.2 ` Detects AC/DC voltage values au- latching
tomatically ` LEDs for relay's switch status and
` Normally energised or normally de- for supply voltage
energised mode
` Galvanic isolation between measur- The S1UM monitors for voltage values
1001893-EN-01-2009-09
S1UM
Voltage monitoring
1.2
Electronic
Single-phase
Altdaten CMT
monitoring
voltage monitoring
relays PMDsrange
ing and supply voltage exceeding a threshold limit. On the
The S1UM voltage monitoring relay is ` S1UM UP version: measuring in- S1UM UP version, the measuring in-
used to monitor min. or max. voltage puts are not polarity-sensitive puts are not polarity-sensitive. If the
values. measuring voltage reaches the set re-
Description sponse value Uon, auxiliary contact
Approvals The voltage monitoring relay is en- 11-14 changes over and the LED
closed in an S-95 slimline housing. lights. If the measuring voltage falls
There are 8 versions available for AC below the hysteresis value Uoff and au-
S1UM operation and one for DC operation. tomatic reset is selected, the auxiliary
Features contact changes over again and the
` Relay outputs: 1 auxiliary contact LED goes out. The unit is ready for op-
(C/O) eration again. If faults are latched, the
` 3 measuring circuits for 1 V, 20 V unit will not be ready for operation
and 500 V, each with 4 different again until an external reset button is
ranges operated or the supply voltage has
been switched off and then on again.
Zulassungen
Internal wiring diagram
UB
A1 A2
(+) (-) 1V 20V 500V 12 14
G1 ~
=
K1
Arbeits-/Ruhestrom Speichern
De-energised/energised mode latching
Mode excitation/retombée memorisé
Corriente de reposo/trabajo Guardar
Corrente di lavoro/di riposo Memorizzazone
Arbeits-/Ruststroom Handm./Autom. reset
Y1 Y2 Y3 11
1.2-2

S1UM
Timing diagram
nicht speichernd/non-latching/non mémorisé/ speichernd/latching/mémorisé/
no acumuladora/senza memorizzazione/automatische Acumuladora/
Reset con memorizzazione/
handmatige reset
Arbeitsstromprinzip/ Ruhestromprinzip/ Arbeitsstromprinzip/

de-energised mode/ energised mode/ de-energised mode/
mode excitation/
Principio de corriente de trabajo/
mode retombée/
Principio de corriente
mode excitation/
Principio de corriente de 1.2
Principio della de reposo/ trabajo/
corrente di lavoro/ Principio della Principio della
Arbeidsstroomprincipe corrente di riposo/ corrente di
Ruststromprincipe lavoro/Arbeidsstromprincipe
UM
Uan
Uab
11 12
11 12
11 14
11 14
LED
Y2 Y3
Y2 Y3
Y1 Y2
Y1 Y2
tR tR tR tR tR
Ia IIa Ib IIb III
Key
` Hysteresis (Uoff): 0.6 to 0.95 x Uon
` Grey area: Adjustable hysteresis
` tr: Reaction time
` Ia: UM > Uon: Once tR has elapsed,
the relay energises and the LED
“OUT” is lit.
UM < Uoff: Relay de-energises and
LED goes out.
` IIa: UM > Uon before tR has elapsed:
Relay remains de-energised.
` Ib: UM > Uon: As above, but relay
de-energises and LED “OUT” goes
out.
UM < Uoff: Relay energises and LED
is lit.
` IIb: As above, but relay remains en-
ergised.
` III: UM > Uon: See above
UM < Uoff: Relay does not de-ener-
gise until Y2-Y3 is open.
1.2-3

S1UM
Connection examples
` Example 1 ` Example 3
Normally energised, non-latching Normally de-energised, latching
1L1 1L1
UB UB
1L2 1L2
1.2
A1 11 A1 11
1V 20V 500V UM 1V 20V 500V UM
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y1 Y2 Y3
12 14 A2 12 14 A2
Normally de-energised, non-latch- Normally energised, latching
ing
1L1
UB
1L1 1L2
UB
1L2
A1 11
A1 11 1V 20V 500V UM
1V 20V 500V UM
Y1 Y2 Y3
Y1 Y2 Y3 12 14 A2
12 14 A2
Technical details S1UM
Electrical data
Supply voltage AC: 24, 42 ... 48, 110 ... 127, 230 ... 240 VDC:
24 V
Tolerance 85 ... 110 %
Frequency range AC 50 ... 60 Hz
Power consumption AC: 2 VA, DC: 1 W
Utilisation category in accordance with
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
Output contacts 1 auxiliary contact (C/O)
Contact material AgCdO, 3 µm gold plating for low load range 1-50 V/1-100 mA
Contact fuse protection to EN 60947-5-1 Max. 6 A quick or max. 4 A slow
1.2-4

S1UM
Measuring circuit
Frequency range 0, 40 ... 400 Hz
Adjustable limit values for measuring ranges 1 V: 1, 0.5; 0.2, 0.1 V
20 V: 20, 10, 4, 2 V
500 V: 500, 250, 100, 50 V
Hysteresis 60 ... 95 % of response value
Impedance of the measuring inputs 1 V: 15 kOhm 1.2
20 V: 390 kOhm
500 V: 10 MOhm
Overload capacity of the measuring inputs 1 V: max. 40 V
20 V: max. 200 V
500 V: max. 700 V
Polarity of the measuring inputs Polarised
S1UM UP version: Any
Reaction time 0.1 … 10 s
Temperature dependence +/-0.05 % per +1 °C
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Vibration in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 Frequency: 10 ... 55 Hz
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Airgap creepage EN 60947-1
Ambient temperature -15 ... +55 °C
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C
Mechanical data
Cross section of external conductors
1 core flexible 0.20 – 4.00 mm², 24 – 10 AWG
2 core with the same cross section, flexible
with crimp connectors, no plastic sleeve 0.20 – 2.50 mm², 24 – 14 AWG
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 – 2.50 mm², 24 –14 AWG
Torque setting for connection terminals 0.6 Nm
Mounting position Any
Housing material
Housing PPO UL 94 V0
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Protection types Mounting: IP54
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Dimensions (H x W x D) 87 x 22.5 x 122 mm
Weight 165 g
Bestelldaten
Order reference
Type UB UM Order no.

S1UM 24 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 230
S1UM 42 - 48 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 240
S1UM 110 - 130 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 250
S1UM 230 - 240 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 260
S1UM UP 24 VDC 500 VAC/DC 827 225
S1UM UP 24 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 235
S1UM UP 42 - 48 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 245
S1UM UP 110 - 130 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 255
S1UM UP 230 - 240 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 265
UB: Supply voltage

UM: Measuring voltage
Additional versions on request
1.2-5
Three-phase voltage monitoring

S3UM
Unit features ` Overvoltage value can be set from

100 % to 120 % of the rated mains
` Monitors supplies with and without voltage
Altdaten CMT
neutral conductors ` Fault status can be latching or non-

` Trip device for undervoltage and latching
overvoltage ` LED as supply voltage indicator
1.2 ` Evaluates phase sequence ` LED for all faults: phase sequence
` Detects asymmetry error, under/overvoltage
` Detects phase failure ` Phase failure is detected even when
` Reaction time can be set to up to there is voltage feedback from con-
10 s nected loads
1001904-EN-01-2009-09
S3UM
1.2
Electronic
Three-phase
Altdaten CMT
monitoring
voltage monitoring
relays PMDsrange ` Operates to normally energised or ` Range switching 10 % for L1-L3
normally de-energised mode ` Separate supply voltage A1-A2
The S3UM voltage monitoring relay is
used to monitor overvoltage and und-
Description
ervoltage as well as the phase se-
quence in 3-phase supplies.
The voltage monitoring relay is en-
closed in an S-95, slimline housing.
Approvals
Various versions are available for AC
and DC operation.
Features
S3UM
` Relay outputs: 1 auxiliary contact
(C/O)
` 2 measuring circuits
` Undervoltage value can be set from
75 % to 100 % of the rated mains
voltage or from 40 % to 100 % (unit
type)
Zulassungen
Approvals for unit types up to 240 VAC
MR: Manual reset, AR: Automatic reset

UB UM Reset
Y3 Y2
A1 A2 L1 L2 L3 N Y1 12 14
Umschaltung
Switching
Commutation
Commutación
Umformung Commutazione
Transformer Omschakeling
Conversion UB 10 % Ruhe-/Arbeitsstrom
Transformación Normally energised/de-energised
Transformazione Mode retombée/excitation
Omzetting Corriente de trabajo/reposo
G1 ~ U1-3 100-120 % UB Corrente di riposo/di lavoro
Rust-/Arbeidsstroom
=
Erkennung K1
Detection
Détection Skala/Scale/Echelle/
Detección Escala/Scala/Schaal tR MR/AR
Riconoscimento
Detectie 40/75-100 % UB
Power Umin/Umax
Fault
11
1.2-6

S3UM
Timing diagram
nicht speichernd speichernd

non-latching latching
sans mémorisation mémorisation
no acumuladora acumuladora
senza memorizzazione con memorizzazione
automatische reset handmatige reset
1.2
Arbeitsstromprinzip Ruhestromprinzip
Normally Normally energised
de-energised mode mode
Mode excitation Mode retombée Ruhestromprinzip
Principio de corriente de Principio de cor- Normally energised mode
trabajo riente de reposo Mode retombée
Principio della Principio della Principio de corriente de reposo
corrente di lavoro corrente di riposo Principio della corrente di riposo
Arbeidsstroomprincipe Ruststroomprincipe Ruststroomprincipe
Umax
UN
Umin
Y1/Y2
Y1 Y2
11 12
11 12
11 14
11 14
Fault
tR tR tR tR tR
Key
` Umax Overvoltage response value
` Umin Undervoltage response value
` UN Rated mains voltage
` tr Reaction time
` Y1/Y2 linked: Automatic reset
1.2-7

S3UM
Application example
Safety device protects against over-

voltage and undervoltage, operating in
normally energised mode
1.2
L1
L2
L3
N
1L1
F1
1
UN UN
L1 L2 L3
Reset Y1 Y2 Y3
A1 A2 N
11 12 14
K2
H1
0V
1L2
` 1: Not required on three phase sup-

plies
1.2-8

S3UM
Technical details S3UM
Electrical data
Supply voltage UB AC: 120, 230 V
DC: 24 V
Voltage tolerance UB 85 ... 110 %
Frequency range UB 50 ... 60 Hz 1.2
Power consumption UB AC: 2 VA
DC: 1.5 W
Duty cycle 100 %
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
Contact material AgCdO, 3 µm gold plating for
low load range 1-50 V/1-100 mA
Measuring circuit
Measuring voltage UM (3AC) 42, 100/110, 230, 400/440, 415/460 ,
440/480, 500/550 V, selectable
Voltage tolerance UM 0 ... 125 %
Measuring range switching (10 %) via Open: high value
terminals Y2, Y3 Closed: low value (ex-works
setting)
Frequency range 40 ... 400 Hz
Setting range Umin/ Umax Umin: 75 - 100 %; Umax: 100 – 120 %
Order no. 837251, 837271:
Umin: 40 – 100 %; Umax: 100 – 120 %
Evaluates phase sequence 75 – 120 % UM
Hysteresis ca. 2 %
Delay-on energisation 0,5 ... 10 s selectable
Environmental data
EMC EN 50081-1; EN 50082-2
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Mechanical data
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 – 2.50 mm², 24 - 14 AWG
Torque setting for connection terminals 0.8 Nm (screws)
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Weight 175 g
Bestelldaten
1.2-9

S3UM
Order reference

S3UM 24 VDC 42 VAC 837 240
S3UM 24 VDC 100/110 VAC 837 250
1.2 S3UM 24 VDC 100/110 VAC 837 251
S3UM 24 VDC 230 VAC 837 260
S3UM 24 VDC 400/440 VAC 837 270
S3UM 24 VDC 400/440 VAC 837 271
S3UM 24 VDC 415/460 VAC 837 280
S3UM 24 VDC 440/480 VAC 837 285
S3UM 24 VDC 500/550 VAC 837 290
S3UM 120 VAC 440/480 VAC 837 395
S3UM 230 VAC 42 VAC 837 340
S3UM 230 VAC 100/110 VAC 837 350
S3UM 230 VAC 230 VAC 837 360
S3UM 230 VAC 400/440 VAC 837 370
S3UM 230 VAC 415/460 VAC 837 380
S3UM 230 VAC 500/550 VAC 837 390
UB: Supply voltage

1.2-10

S1PN
Unit features The S1PN can safely detect phase fail-

ure when the plant is at a standstill
` Measuring voltage up to 690 VAC (load isolated from the measuring in-
Altdaten CMT
` Phase sequence monitoring puts).

` Phase failure monitoring
` Fuse monitoring
` LEDs 1.2
` Extensive voltage range
The phase sequence monitoring relay

is enclosed in an S-95 slimline hous-
1001890-EN-01-2009-09
S1PN
1.2
Electronic
Phase
Altdaten
sequence
CMT
monitoring
monitoring
relays PMDsrange
ing. Three versions are available.
Features:
The S1PN phase sequence monitoring ` Relay outputs: 2 auxiliary contacts
relay detects the phase field of a (C/O)
3-phase supply. ` Phase field direction monitor
` Detects fuse defect and phase fail-
Approvals ure, provided there is no voltage
feedback from connected motors
` LEDs for fault and supply voltage
S1PN
The phase sequence monitoring relay
detects the time sequence of the indi-

vidual phases in a three phase supply.
In a clockwise phase sequence, con-
tacts 11-12 and 21-22 are open, con-
tacts 11-14 and 21-24 are closed. In
an anti-clockwise phase sequence,
contacts 11-14 and 21-24 are open,
UL approval only for unit types up to
Zulassungen
contacts 11-12 and 21-22 are closed.

240 VAC
12 14 22 24
L1
L1
L2 ~
K1
=
L3 L2
Power Fault
L3
11 21
1.2-11

S1PN
Connection example
L1
L2
L3
1L1
1.2 F2
1
UB
L1 L2 L3
K2
S1PN
11 12 14 V
M1 U W
21 22 24 M 3 AC
S1
S2 K2
H1 K2
0V
1L2
PE
Key
` 1 = Cable cross section max.
4 mm2, on larger motor cables the
supply line should be fused!
Technical details S1PN
Electrical data
Supply voltage AC: 200 ... 240, 400 ... 500, 550 ... 690 V
Power consumption 200 ... 240 V: 8 VA; 400 ... 500 V: 15 VA;
550 ... 690 V: 20 VA
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
Output contacts 2 auxiliary contacts (2 C/O)
Times
Delay-on energisation Max. 300 ms (with correct phase sequence)
Delay-on de-energisation Max. 700 ms (after phase failure)
1.2-12

S1PN
Environmental data
EMC EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Ambient temperature -15 ... +55 °C 1.2
Mechanical data
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 – 2.50 mm², 24 – 14 AWG
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Weight 130 g
Bestelldaten
Order reference
Type UB/UM Order no.

S1PN 200 - 240 V 890 200
S1PN 400 - 500 V 890 210
S1PN 550 - 690 V 890 220
UB: Supply voltage

1.2-13

S1WP
Unit features The S1WP operates in normally ener-

gised mode, so in its default state con-
` 9 different measuring ranges tact 11-14 is closed and contact 11-12
Altdaten CMT
` Large voltage measuring range open. If normally de-energised mode

` Analogue output can be switched is required, the functions of the upper
for current and voltage and lower threshold are transposed. In
1.2 ` Relay output for monitoring under- overload (UL) mode, if the measured
load or overload true power exceeds the switching
` Suitable for use with frequency- threshold, the auxiliary contact switch-
controlled motors es and the “FLT” LED is lit. In under-
` Suitable for current transformers load (LL) mode, if the measured true
power drops below the switching
1001903-EN-01-2009-09
S1WP
1.2 power
Electronic
True
Altdaten CMT
monitoring
monitoringrelays PMDsrange
Description threshold, the auxiliary contact switch-
True power converter for single and es and the “FLT” LED is lit.
three-phase supplies, used to meas- The true power converter is enclosed
ure and monitor the rated power or in a 22.5 mm S-95 housing. 4 versions The measurement is suppressed dur-
true power on electrical machines. are available for different voltage ing the machine's start-up phase, in
measuring ranges, 2 versions are order to avoid spurious output signals.
Approvals available for different current measur- The start-up suppression time ts is ad-
ing ranges and 2 versions are available justable. In the case of transient load
for a separate supply voltage. fluctuations, the switching threshold
S1WP Features: can be suppressed. The reaction time
` Relay output: tr is adjustable.
1 auxiliary contact (C/O)
` Versions with 9 A and 18 A current
measuring range
` Fast, analogue reaction time
` Adjustable switching threshold for
underload or overload, from 5 to
100 % of the measuring range limit
Zulassungen
value
` Switching hysteresis of 15 %
` Adjustable monitoring reaction time
` Adjustable start-up suppression
time
` LEDs for supply voltage and status
of auxiliary contacts, underload or
overload
The S1WP monitors the set upper and

lower true power limit on a single or
three phase supply. It converts the
true power or rated power into an ana-
logue output signal, which is propor-
tional to the true power. The analogue
output signal and the status of thresh-
old monitoring are displayed at a relay
output.
1.2-14

S1WP
tr 12
L1 UM P
L2 delay 14
L3 p = RANGE * UM
N * IM * cos j &
t 11 1.2
K1 IM
UL1 ts S2
RANGE delay LEVEL U
I
S1 U/I
Momentanwert
Instantaneous value
Valeur instantannée
FLT FLT valor instantáneo
A1 + Valore attuale
UB Actuele waarde
0
A2 -
UL LL
Key
` UM Measuring voltage ` RANGE Measuring range ` UL Overload threshold
` IM Measuring current ` ts Start-up suppression time ` LL Underload threshold
` UB Supply voltage ` tr Reaction time
` cosϕ Power factor ` LEVEL Switching threshold
Timing diagram
U/I, P
10 V 100 %
Generatorbetrieb 20 mA P
Generator LEVEL UL
Fonctionnement U/I Hysterese
avec générateur
Funcionamiento de Hysteresis
generador
RANGE Hystérésis
Regime alternatore Histéresis
Dynamomodus U/I Isteresi
4 mA LEVEL LL Hysterese
PW
- P max 0V P max 5%
Motorbetrieb Schwellenstatus UL t
Motor Threshold status UL
Fonctionnement avec Etat de seuils UL
U moteur Status del umbral UL
Funcionamiento de Stato soglia UL
motor Drempelstatus UL
-10 V Regime motore FLT
Motormodus ts tr tr t
Schwellenstatus LL
Threshold status LL
Etat de seuils LL
Status del umbral LL
Stato soglia LL FLT
Drempelstatus LL tr t
` P Actual true power

` U/I Analogue output signal,
voltage or current
1.2-15

S1WP
Adjustable limit values for measuring ranges
Measuring range / T 1 *2 2 *2 3 *2 4 *2 5 6 7 8 9 Type

RANGE
1 AC/DC 3 AC IM [A] UM [V]
1.2 0 ... 70 0 ... 120 *1 0,208 0,415 0,623 0,83 1,04 1,25 1,45 1,66 1,87 9 120
0,415 0,83 1,25 1,66 2,08 2,5 2,91 3,32 3,74 18
0 ... 140 0 ... 240 0,415 0,83 1,25 1,66 2,08 2,5 2,91 3,32 3,74 9 240
0,83 1,66 2,5 3,32 4,15 4,5 5,8 6,65 7,5 18
0 ... 240 0 ... 415 0,72 1,44 2,15 2,88 3,6 4,3 5,03 5,75 6,5 9 415
1,44 2,87 4,3 5,75 7,19 8,6 10,0 11,5 13,0 18
0 ... 320 0 ... 550 0,95 1,9 2,85 3,8 4,76 5,7 6,7 7,6 8,6 9 550
1,9 3,8 5,7 7,6 9,5 11,4 13,34 15,24 17,15 18
*1
Test: Function reserved
*2
Not suitable for DC measurements
The information on UM refers to the

phase-to-phase voltage on the three
phase supply (3AC). Where a single
phase supply is used (1 AC), the volt-
age measuring range is reduced to:
1.2-16

S1WP
Connection examples
` Example 1
Monitoring a three-phase motor,
L1
IN < 9 A/18 A L2
L3
N
UB 1.2
0V
F1 F2
UN
L1 K1 UL1
A1 U/I A2
S1WP
UB: 24 V DC
12 14 N
11 L2 L3
K1
U VW
M1
IN £ 9 A/18 A M3~
PE
` Example 2
Monitoring a three-phase motor;
L1
IN > 9 A/18 A L2
1: Cable cross section max. 4 mm2 L3
N
F1
1
L1 K1 UL1
U
A1N U/I A2
S1WP k K
UB: 230 V AC T1
l L
12 14 N
11 L2 L3
1
K1
U VW
M1
IN > 9 A/18 A M3~
PE
1.2-17

S1WP
` Example 3
Monitoring a single-phase motor,
L1
IN < 9 A/18 A N
UB
0V
F1 F2
1.2
UN
L1 K1 UL1
A1 U/I A2
S1WP
UB: 24 V DC
12 14 N
11 L2 L3
K1
K1 H2
U1 U2
M1
IN £ 9 A/18 A M 1~
PE
` Example 4
Monitoring a single-phase motor; IN
L1
> 9 A/18 A N
1: Cable cross section max. 4 mm2 F1
1
L1 K1 UL1
U
A1N U/I A2
S1WP
k K
UB: 230 V AC
T1
l L
12 14 N
11 L2 L3
K1 H2
K1
U1 U2
M1
IN > 9 A/18 A M 1~
PE
1.2-18

S1WP
Technical details S1WP
Electrical data
Supply voltage DC: 24 V
AC/DC: 230 V
Tolerance DC: 85 ... 125 %
AC/DC: 25 ... 115 % 1.2
Power consumption DC: 2 W at UB: 24 V
AC: 5 VA at UB: 230 V
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/0.1 ... 1.8 A
DC13: 24 V/0.1 ... 1.5 A
Contact fuse protection in accordance with Max. 6 A quick or max. 4 A slow
EN 60947-5-1
Analogue measuring output Voltage: 0 ... ± 10 V
Current: +4 ... + 20 mA
Analogue reaction time 60 ms
Linearity/switching accuracy < ±2 %
Measuring circuit
Measuring voltage 3 AC/DC: 0 ... 120, 0 ... 240, 0 ... 415, 0 ... 550 V
1 AC/DC: 0 ... 70, 0 ... 140, 0 ... 240, 0 ... 320 V
Adjustable limit values for measuring ranges See table
Max. measuring current 22 A at 100 % duty cycle
Max. overload 45 A/max. 3 s
Reaction time 0,1 ... 20 s selectable
Start-up suppression time 0,1 ... 30 s selectable
Current transformer requirements I = 1 A: 1,5 ... 7.5 VA, Class 3
I = 5 A: 2,5 ... 15 VA, Class 3
Environmental data
EMC EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Ambient temperature 0 ... +55 °C
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Weight 130 g
Bestelldaten
1.2-19

S1WP
Order reference
Type UB UM IM Order no.

S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 9A 890 000
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 9A 890 010
1.2 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 9A 890 020
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 9A 890 030
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 9A 890 040
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 9A 890 050
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 9A 890 060
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 9A 890 070
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 18 A 890 100
S1WP 24 VDC 0 -240 VAC/DC 18 A 890 110
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 18 A 890 120
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 18 A 890 130
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 18 A 890 140
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 18 A 890 150
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 18 A 890 160
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 18 A 890 170
UB: Supply voltage

IM: Measuring current
1.2-20
Current monitoring
S1IM
Unit features The S1IM monitors for current values

exceeding a selectable threshold limit.
` 12 measuring ranges can be select- On the UP version, the measuring in-
Altdaten CMT
ed from 0.002 to 15 A puts are not polarity-sensitive. If the

` Reaction time can be set to up to measuring current reaches the re-
10 seconds sponse value Ion, auxiliary contact 11-
` Operates to either normally ener- 14 changes over and the LED lights. If 1.2
gised or normally de-energised the measured current falls below the
mode hysteresis value Ioff and automatic re-
` Galvanic isolation between measur- set is selected, the auxiliary contact
1001846-EN-01-2009-09
S1IM
1.2
Electronic
Current
Altdatenmonitoring
CMT
monitoring relays PMDsrange
ing and supply voltage changes over again and the LED goes
` UP version: measuring inputs are out. The unit is ready for operation
The S1IM current monitoring relay is not polarity-sensitive again. If faults are latched, the unit will
used to monitor the maximum current not be ready for operation again until
values on heaters, lamps etc. Description an external reset button is operated or
the supply voltage has been switched
Approvals The current monitoring relay is en- off and then on again.
closed in an S-95, slimline housing.
There are 8 versions available for AC
S1IM operation and one for DC operation.
Features
(C/O)
` 3 measuring circuits for 0.1 A, 2 A
and E, each with 4 different ranges
` Response value can be set from
20 % to 100 % of the measuring
Zulassungen
range limit value
` Hysteresis factor can be set from
0.6 to 0.9 x Ion
` Fault latching or automatic reset
` LEDs for relay's switch status and
for supply voltage
Messeingänge Hilfskontakt
Measurement inputs Auxiliary contact
Entrées de mesure Inverseur
Entradas de medición Contacto auxiliar
UB Ingressi di misura Contatto ausiliario
A2 Meetingangen Hulpcontact
A1
(+) (-) 0.1 A 2 A E 12 14
G1 ~
= Ruhe-/Arbeitsstrom
Normally energised/
de-energised K1
Mode retombée/
excitation
Corriente de
trabajo/reposo Speichern
Corrente di riposo/ Store
di lavoro Enregistrer
Rust-/Arbeidsstroom Guardar
Memorizzazione
Handm./autom. reset
Y1 Y2 Y3 11
Ruhe-/Arbeitsstrom speichernd/nicht speichernd
Normally energised/de-energised latching/non-latching
Mode retombée/excitation mémorisation/sans mémorisation
Corriente de trabajo/reposo acumuladora/no acumuladora
Corrente di riposo/di lavoro con memorizzazione/senza memorizazzione
Rust-/Arbeidsstroom handm./autom. reset
1.2-21
Current monitoring
S1IM
Timing diagram
nicht speichernd speichernd

Non-latching Latching
Sans mémorisation Mémorisation
no acumuladora acumuladora
Senza memorizzazione Con memorizzazione
Automatische rese Handmatige reset
1.2 Ruhestromprinzip Arbeitsstromprinzip
Arbeitsstromprinzip
Normally de-energised Normally energised Normally
mode mode de-energised mode
Mode excitation Mode retombée Mode excitation
Principio de corriente de Principio de corriente Principio de corriente
trabajo de reposo de trabajo
Principio della Principio della corrente Principio della
corrente di lavoro di riposo corrente di lavoro
Arbeidsstroomprincipe Ruststroomprincipe Arbeidsstroomprincipe
IM
Ian
Iab
11 12
11 12
11 14
11 14
LED
Y2 Y3
Y2 Y3
Y1 Y2
Y1 Y2
tR tR tR tR tR
Ia IIa Ib IIb III
Key
` Hysteresis (Ioff): 0.6 to 0.95 x Ion
` Grey area: Adjustable hysteresis
` tr: Reaction time
` Ia: IM > Ion: Once tR has elapsed,
the relay energises and the LED
“OUT” is lit.
IM < Ioff: Relay de-energises and
LED goes out.
` IIa: IM > Ion before tR has elapsed:
Relay remains de-energised
` Ib: IM > Ion: As above, but relay de-
energises and LED “OUT” goes out.
IM < Ioff: Relay energises and LED is
lit.
` IIb: As above, but relay remains en-
ergised.
` III: IM > Ion: See above
IM < Ioff: Relay does not de-energise
until Y2-Y3 is open.
1.2-22
Current monitoring
S1IM
Connection examples
Normally energised, non-latching Normally de-energised, latching
UB 1L1 UB 1L1
1 L2 1 L2
1.2
A1 11 A1 11
0,1A 2 A E 0,1A 2 A E
RL RL
IM IM
Y1 Y2 Y3 Y1 Y2 Y3
12 14 A2 12 14 A2
Normally de-energised, non-latch- Normally energised, latching
ing
UB 1L1
1 L2
UB 1L1
1 L2
A1 11
A1 11 0,1A 2 A E
RL
0,1A 2 A E
RL
IM
IM
Y1 Y2 Y3
Y1 Y2 Y3 12 14 A2
12 14 A2
Technical details S1IM
Electrical data
Supply voltage AC: 24, 42-48, 110-127, 230-240 V
DC: 24 V
Power consumption AC: 2 VA, DC: 1 W
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
EN 60947-5-1
1.2-23
Current monitoring
S1IM
Measuring circuit
Frequency range DC, 40 ... 400 Hz
Adjustable limit values for measuring ranges 0.1 A: 0.1; 0.05; 0.02; 0.01 A
2 A: 2; 1; 0.4; 0.2 A
E: 50 A/25 A/10 A/5 A
Hysteresis 60 ... 95 % of response value
1.2 Impedance of the measuring inputs 0.1 A: 2.5 Ω
2 A: 125 mΩ
E: 5 mΩ
Max. overload 0.1 A: max. 0.2 A
2 A: max. 2.5 A
E: 15 A/100 ED, 20 A/10 s, 50 A/2 s
Polarity of the measuring inputs Polarised:
UP version: Any
Reaction time 0,1 ... 10 s
Temperature dependence ± 0.05% per +1°C
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Mechanical data
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 – 2.50 mm², 24 - 14 AWG
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Weight 170 g
Bestelldaten
Order reference
Type UB IM Order no.

S1IM 24 VAC 15 A 828 020
S1IM 42 - 48 VAC 15 A 828 030
S1IM 110 - 130 V AC 15 A 828 040
S1IM 230 - 240 VAC 15 A 828 050
S1IM UP 24 VDC 15 A 828 035
UB: Supply voltage

IM: Measuring current
1.2-24
S1EN
Unit features value Ron, the auxiliary contact switch-

es and the “Fault” LED is lit. If the re-
` For DC and AC supplies lease value Roff is then exceeded, the
Altdaten CMT
` Normally energised mode device is ready for operation immedi-

` Fault latching or automatic reset ately if automatic reset is selected; if
` Normal/test mode manual reset is selected, it is neces-
` External reset button can be con- sary to operate an external button or 1.2
nected the MR/AR switch.
Description
1001845-EN-01-2009-09
S1EN
1.2
Electronic
Isolation
Altdaten CMT
monitoring
The insulation monitoring relay is en-
closed in an S-95, slimline housing. 2
The S1EN insulation monitoring relay versions are available, with measuring
provides protection against insulation ranges of 50 kΩ and 200 kΩ. Its uni-
faults in galvanically isolated voltage versal power supply operates with all
supplies (IT systems). It meets the re- supply voltages.
quirements of DIN EN 61557-8. Features:
Approvals (C/O)
` Two insulation measuring circuits
` Detects symmetrical insulation
S1EN faults
` Switch for function testing
` LED for supply voltage and fault
The unit measures the insulation re-
sistance between the phases and the
operating earth on galvanically isolat-

ed voltage supplies. If the insulation
resistance in either of the two measur-
Zulassungen ing circuits drops below the response
UN Reset
B1 B2 Y1 Y2 12 14
AR: speichernd/nicht speichernd

lätching/non latching
mémorisation/sans mémorisation
MR: acumuladora/no acumuladora
con/senza memorizzazione
handmatig/automatische reset K1
Auswertung
Evaluation
Èvaluation RE £ Ran 24 V DC
Test: Evaluatión
G Valutazione
Evaluatie AC/DC:
Normal: 24 ... 240 V
Ran
A1 A2 B3 11
UB
Key
` UN: Mains voltage
` Ron: Response value
` UB at B3-A2: 24 VAC/DC
` UB at A1-A2: 42-240 VAC/DC
1.2-25
S1EN
Timing diagram
UB
RE
1.2 Rab
Ran
nicht speichernd
non-latching
11-14 sans mémorisation
no acumuladora
senza memorizzazione
automatische reset
1
Reset
0
speichernd
latching
11-14 mémorisation
acumuladora
con memorizzazione
handmatige reset
Key
` UB: Supply voltage ` Roff: Release value
` Ron: Response value ` RE: Insulation resistance
Connection examples
` Example 1
AC application circuit
L1
N
1L1
1L2
PE
F1
T1 UN
F2
UB UN
RE
B1 B2 RE
A1 Y1 Y2
S1EN
E1
B3 A2
11 12 14
1.2-26
S1EN
` Example 2
3AC application circuit
L1
L2
L3
1L1
1L2
PE
1.2
F1
T1
UN UN
F2
UB UN
RE
RE
B1 B2
A1 Y1 Y2
S1EN
E1
B3 A2
11 12 14
1.2-27
S1EN
` Example 3
3AC/DC application circuit
L1
L2
L3
1L1
1.2 1L2
PE
alternativ/alternatively/
alternatif/alternativo/
in alternativa/alternatief
F1
UN
T1
F2
G1
UB UN
B1 B2 RE
RE
A1 Y1 Y2 UN
S1EN
E1
B3 A2
11 12 14
1.2-28
S1EN
` Example 4
DC application example
L1
N
1L1
1L2
PE
1.2
F1
T1
~
G1
=
UN
F2
UB UN
RE
B1 B2 RE
A1 Y1 Y2
S1EN
E1
B3 A2
11 12 14
1.2-29
S1EN
Technical details S1EN
Electrical data
Supply voltage AC/DC: 24 ... 240 V
Frequency range AC 50 … 60 Hz
1.2 Power consumption 240 VAC: 5 VA, 24 VDC: 1 W
Switching capability in accordance with
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
EN 60947-5-1
Measuring circuit
Rated mains voltage (monitored supply) 50 kΩ version: AC/DC: 0 ... 240 V
200 kΩ version: AC/DC: 0 ... 400 V
Response value 50 kΩ version: 12.5 ... 50 kΩ, selectable
200 kΩ version: 50 … 200 kΩ, selectable
Release value 50 kΩ version: Response value + ca. 5 kΩ
200 kΩ version: Response value + ca. 20 kΩ
Max. measuring current (DC) 50 kΩ version: 2.4 mA
200 kΩ version: 1.0 mA
Max. measuring voltage (DC) ± 17 V
Max. permitted external voltage (AC/DC) 50 kΩ version: 264 V
200 kΩ version: 460 V
Min. impedance (AC/DC) 50 kΩ version: 75 KΩ
200 kΩ version: 300 KΩ
Max. permitted line capacitance 1 µF
Max. response error in accordance with ± 15%
DIN EN 61557-8
Measuring time 10 s
Environmental data
EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Condensation and ice formation Not permitted
Mechanical data
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 – 2.50 mm², 24 –14 AWG
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Weight 150 g
Bestelldaten
1.2-30
S1EN
Order reference
Type UB Ron Order no.

S1EN 24 - 240 VAC/DC 50 KΩ 884 100
S1EN 24 - 240 VAC/DC 200 KΩ 884 110
1.2
UB: Supply voltage
Ron: Response value
1.2-31
Thermistor monitor
S1MS
Unit features
 For DC and AC supplies

Altdaten CMT
 Normally energised mode

 Automatic reset
1.2 Description
The thermistor monitoring relay is en-
closed in an S-95 slimline housing.
There are 5 versions available for AC
operation and one for AC and DC op-
1001889-EN-01-2013-04
S1MS
1.2
Electronic
Thermistor
Altdaten CMT
monitoring
monitor relays PMDsrange
eration.
Features:
The S1MS thermistor monitoring relay  Relay outputs: 2 auxiliary contacts
is used as a protection device in tem- (2 C/O)
perature monitoring circuits in accord-  Measuring circuit for connecting a
ance with EN 44081. It protects temperature sensor (PTC resistor,
motors, generators, storage areas, up to Rmax 1.5 kΩ)
etc. from overheating.  Automatic reset
 LED for supply voltage and fault
Approvals
The S1MS unit meets the following
safety requirements:
S1MS  Operates to normally energised
mode
 Protection of the monitored unit is

guaranteed in the case of:
– Power supply failure
– Coil defect

– Open circuit
A temperature sensor is connected to

UL approval only for unit types up to
Zulassungen
the S1MS measuring circuit. If the

240 VAC temperature exceeds a defined value,
i.e. the resistance of the temperature
sensor reaches the response value,
the output contacts switch.
Contacts 11-14 and 21-24 open, con-
tacts 11-12 and 21-22 close. If the
temperature then falls again, i.e. the
resistance of the temperature sensor
reaches the release value, the auxiliary
contacts automatically switch again.
The unit is ready for operation.
1.2-32
Thermistor monitor
S1MS
Messkreis
Measuring circuit
Circuit de mesure
Circuito de medición
Circuito di misurazione
UB Meetcircuit
A1
(+)
A2
(-) T1 T2 12 14 22 24
1.2
K1
G1 ~ + F1 J > NAT
=
K1
S1MS
11 21
1.2-33
Thermistor monitor
S1MS
Timing diagram
UB
Rth
Ran
1.2
Rab
nicht speichernd
non-latching
sans mémorisation
11-14, 21-24 no acumuladora
senza memorizzazione
automatische reset
Key
 UB Supply voltage  Roff Release value
 Ron Response value  Rth PTC resistor
Connection example
L1
L2
L3
UB
1L1
(1L+)
S1
F2
A1 11 21
T1
S1MS K2
V
U W
12 14 T2 M 3 AC
22 24 A2 M1
J J J
S2 K2
K2 H1
1L2 0V
(1L-)
1.2-34
Thermistor monitor
S1MS
Technical details S1MS
Electrical data
Supply voltage AC: 48, 110, 230, 240, 400 V
AC/DC: 24 V
Frequency range AC 50 ... 60 Hz 1.2
Power consumption AC: ca. 3.5 VA, DC: 2 W
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
EN 60947-5-1
Measuring circuit
Delay-on energisation ca. 500 ms
Response value 3.6 kΩ ± 10 %
Release value 1.8 kΩ ± 10 %
Cold resistance at 20 °C Max. 1.5 kΩ
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Weight AC: 160 g; DC: 120 g
Bestelldaten
1.2-35
Thermistor monitor
S1MS
Order reference
Type UB Order no.

S1MS 24 VAC/DC 839 775
S1MS 48 VAC 839 725
S1MS 110 VAC 839 740
1.2 S1MS 230 VAC 839 760
S1MS 240 VAC 839 765
S1MS 400 VAC 839 770
UB: Supply voltage

1.2-36
Thermistor monitor
S1MN
Unit features

Altdaten CMT

 Monitors sensor short circuits
 Fault latching or automatic reset
 Manual reset via internal or external 1.2
reset button
Description

closed in an S-95 slimline housing. Dif-
1001860-EN-01-2013-04
S1MN
1.2
Electronic
Thermistor
Altdaten CMT
monitoring
The S1MN thermistor monitoring relay ferent versions are available for AC
is used as a protection device in tem- operation and one version is available
perature monitoring circuits in accord- for AC and DC operation.
ance with EN 44081. It protects Features:
motors, generators, storage areas,  Relay outputs: 2 auxiliary contacts
etc. from overheating. (2 C/O)
 Measuring circuit for connecting a
Approvals temperature sensor (PTC resistor)
 Monitors the temperature sensor
for short circuit
S1MN  LED for supply voltage and fault
A temperature sensor is connected to

 the S1MN measuring circuit. If the
temperature exceeds a defined value,
i.e. the resistance of the temperature
 sensor reaches the response value,
the output contacts switch. If the tem-
perature then falls again, i.e. the resist-
UL approval only for unit types up to ance of the temperature sensor
Zulassungen
240 VAC reaches the release value, the auxiliary

contacts switch again if automatic re-
set is selected. The unit is ready for
operation. If manual reset is selected,
an internal/external button must be
operated. The unit can also be reset by
interrupting the supply voltage.
1.2-37
Thermistor monitor
S1MN
A1 UB A2
(+) (-) T1 T2 X2 X1 12 14 22 24
S1
1.2
R
S
1 K1
G1 ~ +
F1 J > NAT
=
K1
Messkreis/Measuring circuit/ Reset-Kreis/Reset circuit/ 11 21

Circuit de mesure/Circuito de Circuit de réarmement/
medición/Circuito di Circuito de reset/Circuito di
misura/Meetcircuit reset/Resetcircuit
1.2-38
Thermistor monitor
S1MN
Timing diagram
UB
Rth
Ran
1.2
Rab
1
Reset
0
speichernd
latching
mémorisation
11-14, 21-24 acumuladora
con memorizzazione
handmatige reset
Key
Connection example
L1
L2
L3
UB
1L1
(1L+)
S2
F2
A1 11 21
X1 X2 T1
S1M0 K2
V
U W
12 14 T2 M 3 AC
22 24 A2 M1
J J J
S2 K2
K2 H1
1L2 0V
(1L-)
PE
1.2-39
Thermistor monitor
S1MN
Technical details S1MN
Electrical data
AC/DC: 24 V
1.2 Frequency range AC 50 ... 60 Hz
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
EN 60947-5-1
Measuring circuit
Response value in the case of sensor short circuit ca. 25 Ω
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Bestelldaten
1.2-40
Thermistor monitor
S1MN
Order reference
Type UB Order no.

S1MN 24 VAC/DC 839 400
S1MN 48 VAC 839 405
S1MN 110 VAC 839 410
S1MN 230 VAC 839 415 1.2
S1MN 240 VAC 839 420
S1MN 400 VAC 839 425
UB: Supply voltage

1.2-41
Thermistor monitor
S1M0
Unit features

Altdaten CMT

 Monitors sensor short circuits
 Non-volatile fault latching
1.2  Manual reset via internal or external
reset button
Description

closed in an S-95 slimline housing.
1001859-EN-01-2013-04
S1M0
1.2
Electronic
Thermistor
Altdaten CMT
monitoring
The S1MO thermistor monitoring relay There are 5 versions available for AC
is used as a protection device in tem- operation and one for AC and DC op-
perature monitoring circuits in accord- eration.
ance with EN 44081. It protects Features:
motors, generators, storage areas,  Relay outputs: 2 auxiliary contacts
etc. from overheating. (2 C/O)
 Measuring circuit for connecting a
temperature sensor (PTC resistor)
Approvals  Monitors the temperature sensor
for short circuit
 Reset button
S1M0  Connection option for external re-
set button
 Manual reset with non-volatile reset
 latch
 LED for supply voltage and fault
 A temperature sensor is connected to

the S1M0 measuring circuit. If the tem-
perature exceeds a defined value, i.e.
UL approval only for unit types up to the resistance of the temperature sen-
Zulassungen
240 VAC sor reaches the response value, the

output contacts switch. Contacts 11-
14 and 21-24 open, contacts 11-12
and 21-22 close. If the temperature
then falls, i.e. the resistance of the
temperature sensor reaches the re-
lease value, the unit can only be
switched back on by pressing the re-
set button S1 (or the external reset
button). The non-volatile reset latch
prevents the unit from starting up
again automatically after a fault, when
the voltage fails and is then restored.
1.2-42
Thermistor monitor
S1M0
UB
A1 A2
(+) (-) 12 14 22 24
1.2
K2
F1 J > NAT
G1
~ +
= K1
S1
K1
T2 T1/X1 X2 11 21
Messkreis/Measuring circuit/ Reset-Kreis/Reset circuit/
Circuit de mesure/Circuito de Circuit de réarmement/
medición/Circuito di Circuito de reset/Circuito di
misura/Meetcircuit reset/Resetcircuit
1.2-43
Thermistor monitor
S1M0
Timing diagram
UB
Rth
Ran
1.2
Rab
1
Reset
0
speichernd
latching
mémorisation
11-14, 21-24 acumuladora
con memorizzazione
handmatige reset
Key
Connection example
L1
L2
L3
UB
1L1
(1L+)
S2
F2
A1 11 21
X1 X2 T1
S1M0 K2
V
U W
12 14 T2 M 3 AC
22 24 A2 M1
J J J
S2 K2
K2 H1
1L2 0V
(1L-)
PE
1.2-44
Thermistor monitor
S1M0
Technical details S1M0
Electrical data
AC/DC: 24 V
Frequency range AC 50 ... 60 Hz 1.2
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
Measuring circuit
Response value in the case of sensor short circuit ca. 25 Ω
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Bestelldaten
1.2-45
Thermistor monitor
S1M0
Order reference
Type UB Order no.

S1M0 24 VAC/DC 839 600
S1M0 48 VAC 839 620
S1M0 110 VAC 839 630
1.2 S1M0 230 VAC 839 650
S1M0 240 VAC 839 655
S1M0 400 VAC 839 660
UB: Supply voltage

1.2-46
S1SW P
Unit features ` Potentiometer to adjust the switch-

on threshold and monitoring time
` Standstill monitoring with and with- ` Slide switch to double the measur-
Altdaten CMT
out rundown time ing range

` Standstill threshold can be set ` LEDs for relay's switch status, fault
` Run-down monitoring time can be status and supply voltage
set 1.2
` Normally de-energised mode The S1SW P monitors the rundown on
` Measuring circuits are galvanically a three-phase asynchronous machine
isolated with standstill detection. The regener-
` No speed sensor is required ated voltage induced from the motor is
` Suitable for use with a frequency measured; standstill is signalled (relay
S1SW
1001892-EN-01-2009-09
1.2
Electronic
Standstill
Altdaten
P CMT
monitoring
converter contact) if the value falls below a set
The S1SW P standstill monitoring relay threshold. A second relay signals a
is used to monitor standstill on DC and Description fault if the voltage does not fall below
three-phase motors. The standstill monitoring relay is en- the set threshold within the set run-
closed in an S-99 slimline housing with down monitoring time. The time meas-
Approvals plug-in terminals. urement is started by closing a volt-
Features: free start contact (N/C contact on the
` Relay outputs: motor contactor at Y3, Y4). The slide
S1SW P Standstill: 1 auxiliary contact (C/O) switches can be used to switch the
Fault: 1 auxiliary contact (C/O) measuring ranges.
` Operating modes:
– Standstill monitoring without
rundown monitoring
– Standstill and rundown monitor-
Zulassungen
ing
A1 B3 A2 A2 U V Y4 Y3 12 14 22 24
Pwr K1
~ + (gr) K2
UM < Uan t < ta
=
Stand- Flt
K1 still K2
(rd)
(gr)
11 21
Key
` UB at B3-A2: 24 VAC/DC
` UB at A1-A2: 42 ... 240 VAC/DC
1.2-47
S1SW P
Timing diagram
UB
1.2 Y3-Y4
UM
Uab
Uan
K1
K2
ta ta ta
Key
` UB Supply voltage
` Y3-Y4 Start contact
Connection examples
Example 1
Rundown time is not monitored,
supply voltage 24 V
L01
L02
L1
L2
L3
N
F1 F2
K3
U V
A1 B3 A2 A2
U VM
M~
H1
14 11 12 Y3
24 21 22 Y4
PE
1.2-48
S1SW P
Example 2
Rundown time is not monitored,
supply voltage 42 V and higher
L1
L2
L3
N
1.2
F1 F2
K3
U V
A1 B3 A2 A2
U VM
M~
H1
14 11 12 Y3
24 21 22 Y4
PE
Example 3
Rundown time is monitored,
supply voltage 24 V
L01
L02
L1
L2
L3
N
F1 F2
K3
U V
A1 B3 A2 A2
U VM
M~
H2 H1
K3
14 11 12 Y3
24 21 22 Y4
PE
1.2-49
S1SW P
Example 4
Rundown time is monitored,
supply voltage 42 V and higher
L1
L2
L3
N
1.2
F1 F2
K3
U V
A1 B3 A2 A2
U VM
M~
H2 H1
K3
14 11 12 Y3
24 21 22 Y4
PE
Technical details S1SW P
Electrical data
Supply voltage AC/DC: 24 ... 240 V
Power consumption AC: 5 VA, DC: 2.5 W
EN 60947-4-1 AC1: 240 V/0.1 ... 5 A/1200 VA
DC1: 24 V/0.1 ... 5 A/120 W
EN 60947-5-1 AC15: 230 V/2 A; DC13: 24 V/1.5 A
Measuring circuit
Adjustable limit values for measuring ranges 0,02 ... 3 V
0,04 ... 6 V
Max. input voltage AC/DC: 690 V
Impedance of the measuring inputs 5 MΩ
Rundown monitoring time 0 ... 30 s
Environmental data
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
1.2-50
S1SW P
Mechanical data
1 core flexible 0.20 - 4.00 mm2, 24 – 10 AWG
with crimp connectors, no plastic sleeve 0.20 – 2.50 mm2, 24 – 14 AWG
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 – 2.50 mm2, 24 – 14 AWG
Torque setting for connection terminals 0.6 Nm (screws) 1.2
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
Weight 145 g
Bestelldaten
Order reference

S1SW P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 690 VAC/DC 407 710
UB: Supply voltage

1.2-51
General details
Technical details
2009-09
1.2
Electronic
1.2
General
Technical
][Technische
details
details
monitoring
Daten CMT
relays PMDsrange
Technical details
Unless stated otherwise in the unit-specific data
Electrical data
Contact material AgCdO
Duty cycle 100 %
Environmental data
EMC EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2
Vibration in accordance with EN 60068-2-6 Frequency: 10 - 55 Hz,
Amplitude: 0.35 mm
Ambient temperature -10…+55 °C
Storage temperature -40…+85 °C
Mechanical data
Housing material Thermoplastic Noryl SE 100
Housing: IP40
Terminals: IP20
1.2-52
General details
Dimensioned drawings, housing features
Dimensioned drawings (dimensions

in mm)
1.2
121 (4.76")
Electronic
1.2
General
Dimensioned
][Allgemeine
details
monitoring
Daten
drawings,
CMTrelays
housing
PMDsrange
features
75 (2.95") 22,5
87 (3.42") (0,89")
Housing features
Fig.: S-95 housing: 22.5 mm wide
Housing material: Noryl SE 100
` In accordance with UL 94 V1
` Fire-resistant
` Non-drip
` Self-extinguishing
Installation
` Can be clipped on to a DIN rail in
121 (4.76")
accordance with DIN EN 50022

(DIN 46277, sheet 3)
Wiring connection
` Print terminals with pozidrive
screws for
` Single-core
` Multi-core with crimp connectors 75 (2.95")
87 (3.42") 45 (1,77")
Fig.: P-93 housing: 45 mm wide

121 (4.76")
75 (2.95") 22,5
87 (3.42") (0.88")
94 (3.70")
Fig.: S-99 housing: 22.5 mm wide
1.2-53
Relays for functional safety

2.0
2.0

2.0-0
Contents Page
Selection guide from 2.1-1

Safety relays PNOZ X from 2.2-1
Safety relays PNOZsigma from 2.3-1
2.0
2.0-1
Relays forguide
Selection
2.1 functional safety
2.1

2.1-0
Selection guide
Contents Page
Selection guide
Safety relays PNOZ X 2.1-2
Safety relays PNOZsigma 2.1-4
2.1
2.1-1
Selection guide
Safety relays PNOZ X
Type Application Safety-related characteristic data
up to PL up to for application up
in acc. SIL CL in to category
with acc. with (in acc. with
EN ISO EN 62061 EN 954-1)
13849-1
2 3 4
2.1 PNOZ X1P e 3
PNOZ X2P e 3
PNOZ X2.1VP d 3
PNOZ X2.3P e 3
PNOZ X2.7P e 3
PNOZ X2.8P e 3
PNOZ X2.9P e 3
PNOZ X3P e 3
PNOZ X3.10P e 3
PNOZ X7P e 3
PNOZ X8P e 3
PNOZ X9P e 3
PNOZ X10.11P e 3
PNOZ X11P e 3
PNOZ XV1P e 3
PNOZ XV2P e 3
PNOZ XV2.1P e 3
PNOZ XV3P e 3
PNOZ XV3.1P e 3
PMUT X1P
P2HZ X1P e 3 EN 574, Type IIIC

P2HZ X1.10P e 3 EN 574, Type IIIC
P2HZ X4P e 3 EN 574, Type IIIC
PSWZ X1P e 3
PZE X4P Contact expansion modules e 3 As base unit
PZE X4.1P Contact expansion modules e 3 As base unit
PZE X4VP Contact expansion modules d 2 As base unit
PZE X4VP4 Contact expansion modules d 2 As base unit
PZE X4VP8 Contact expansion modules d 2 As base unit
PZE X5P Contact expansion modules e 3 As base unit

PZE 9P Contact expansion modules e 3 As base unit
Can be installed in this category
2.1-2
Selection guide
Type Output contacts Universal Housing width Page

power supply in mm
safe not safe
PNOZ X1P 3 1 22,5 2.2-2

2.1
PNOZ X2P 2 22,5 2.2-11
PNOZ X2.1VP 2 1 22,5 2.2-20
PNOZ X2.3P 3 22,5 2.2-29

PNOZ X2.7P 3 1 22,5 2.2-38
PNOZ X2.8P 3 1 22,5 2.2-48
PNOZ X2.9P 3 1 22,5 2.2-59

PNOZ X3P 3 1 1 45 2.2-68
PNOZ X3.10P 3 1 1 45 2.2-78
PNOZ X7P 2 22,5 2.2-87
PNOZ X8P 3 2 2 45 2.2-97

PNOZ X9P 7 2 2 90 2.2-107
PNOZ X10.11P 6 4 90 2.2-117
PNOZ X11P 7 1 2 90 2.2-126
PNOZ XV1P 3 22,5 2.2-135
PNOZ XV2P 4 45 2.2-144
PNOZ XV2.1P 4 90 2.2-154
PNOZ XV3P 5 45 2.2-164
PNOZ XV3.1P 5 1 90 2.2-174
PMUT X1P 3 1 5 90 2.2-185

P2HZ X1P 3 1 2 45 2.2-194
P2HZ X1.10P 3 1 2 45 2.2-202
P2HZ X4P 3 1 22,5 2.2-209

PSWZ X1P 2 1 1 45 2.2-216
PZE X4P 4 22,5 2.2-224
PZE X4.1P 4 22,5 2.2-232
PZE X4VP 4 22,5 2.2-240
PZE X4VP4 4 45 2.2-248
PZE X4VP8 4 45 2.2-256

PZE X5P 5 2 45 2.2-264
PZE 9P 8 1 90 2.2-272
2.1-3
Selection guide
Safety relays PNOZsigma
Type Application Safety-related characteristic data
up to PL up to for application up to
in acc. SIL CL in category
with acc. with (in acc. with
EN ISO EN 62061 EN 954-1)
13849-1
2 3 4
2.1 PNOZ s1 c 2
PNOZ s2 e 3
PNOZ s3 e 3
PNOZ s4 e 3
PNOZ s4.1 e 3
PNOZ s5 e 3
PNOZ s6 e 3 EN 574, Type IIIC
PNOZ s6.1 c 1 EN 574, Type IIIA

PNOZ s7 Contact expansion modules e 3 As base unit
PNOZ s7.1 Contact expansion modules e 3 As base unit
PNOZ s7.2 Contact expansion modules e 3 As base unit
PNOZ s8 Contact expansion modules c 2 As base unit

(max. Category 3)
PNOZ s30 Speed monitors e 3
2.1-4
Selection guide
Type Output contacts Universal Housing width in Page

power supply mm
safe not safe
PNOZ s1 2 1 12,5 2.3-2

2.1
PNOZ s2 3 1 1 17,5 2.3-10
PNOZ s3 2 1 17,5 2.3-19
PNOZ s4 3 1 1 22,5 2.3-28

PNOZ s4.1 3 1 1 22,5 2.3-38
PNOZ s5 2 2 1 22,5 2.3-47
PNOZ s6 3 1 1 22,5 2.3-58

PNOZ s6.1 3 1 1 22,5 2.3-67
PNOZ s7 4 1 17,5 2.3-78
PNOZ s7.1 3 17,5 2.3-86
PNOZ s7.2 4 1 17,5 2.3-97

PNOZ s8 2 1 12,5 2.3-107
PNOZ s9 3 1 17,5 2.3-137

PNOZ s10 4 1 45 2.3-114
PNOZ s11 8 1 45 2.3-122
PNOZ s22 6 2 22,5 2.3-130
PNOZ s30 2 2 4 45 2.3-148
2.1-5
Relays relays
Safety
2.2 for functional
PNOZ Xsafety
2.2

2.2-0
Contents Page
E-STOP relays, safety gate monitors

PNOZ X1P 2.2-2
PNOZ X2P 2.2-11
PNOZ X2.1VP 2.2-20
PNOZ X2.3P 2.2-29
PNOZ X2.7P 2.2-38
PNOZ X2.8P 2.2-48
PNOZ X2.9P 2.2-59
PNOZ X3P 2.2-68
PNOZ X3.10P 2.2-78
2.2
PNOZ X7P 2.2-87
PNOZ X8P 2.2-97
PNOZ X9P 2.2-107
PNOZ X10.11P 2.2-117
PNOZ X11P 2.2-126
PNOZ XV1P 2.2-135
PNOZ XV2P 2.2-144
PNOZ XV2.1P 2.2-154
PNOZ XV3P 2.2-164
PNOZ XV3.1P 2.2-174
Muting controller
PMUT X1P 2.2-185
Two-hand control devices

P2HZ X1P 2.2-194
P2HZ X1.10P 2.2-202
P2HZ X4P 2.2-209
Safe monitoring relays

PSWZ X1P 2.2-216
Contact expansion
PZE X4P 2.2-224
PZE X4.1P 2.2-232
PZE X4VP 2.2-240
PZE X4VP4 2.2-248
PZE X4VP8 2.2-256
PZE X5P 2.2-264
PZE 9P 2.2-272
2.2-1
Up to PL e of EN ISO 13849-1
PNOZ X1P
Unit features Safety features
` Positive-guided relay outputs: The relay meets the following safety

Gertemerkmale ][Sicherheitseigenschaften Schaltgerät_allgemeiner Teil
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- requirements:

neous ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- self-monitoring.
taneous ` The safety function remains effec-
` Connection options for: tive in the case of a component fail-
– E-STOP pushbutton ure.
– Reset button ` The correct opening and closing of
` LED indicator for: the safety function relays is tested
– Switch status channel 1/2 automatically in each on-off cycle.
PNOZ
1001997-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
X1P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors – Supply voltage
` Plug-in connection terminals (either
2.2 Safety relay for monitoring E-STOP
][Bildunterschrift_nur_Not-Halt
spring-loaded terminal or screw

pushbuttons
terminal)
Approvals
Unit description
The safety relay is not suitable for non-

Gertebeschreibung
PNOZ X1P
contact barriers because
` a dynamic start is not possible
The safety relay meets the require-
Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung NOT-AUS, Schutz_PNOZ

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1
and VDE 0113-1 and may be used in
applications with
` E-STOP pushbuttons
` Safety gates

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 Y1 Y2 13 23 33 41
= Reset/
Input Start
= K1
Power
K2
14 24 34 42
2.2-2
PNOZ X1P
Function description ` Automatic start: Unit is active once ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_autoStart
the input circuit has been closed. instantaneous safety contacts by

` Single-channel operation: no re- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once connecting contact expansion
][Funktionen_einkanalig_Erd_Start ][Funktionen_manuStart
dundancy in the input circuit, earth the input circuit is closed and then modules or external contactors.
faults in the reset circuit are detect- the reset circuit is closed.
ed.
][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung
Timing diagram
x
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
a b
POWER
Reset/Start 2.2
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Reset/start: Reset circuit Y1-Y2 42 circuit
` Input: Input circuits A1 ` c: Automatic reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
23-24, 33-34 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset
circuit
Wiring
Please note:
][Verdrahtung_Si_unverz_1Hi_unverz
` Information given in the “Technical

details” must be followed.
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
safety contacts, output 41-42 is an
auxiliary contact (e.g. for display).
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse
should be connected before the
tails).
` Calculation of the max. cable runs
lmax in the input circuit:
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km
Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-

ance (see technical details)
Rl /km = cable resistance/km
` Use copper wire that can withstand
60/75 °C.
` Sufficient fuse protection must be
provided on all output contacts with
capacitive and inductive loads.
2.2-3
PNOZ X1P
` Supply voltage
Betriebsbereitschaft herstellen
Supply voltage AC DC
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
Input circuit Single-channel Dual-channel
E-STOP S1
without detection of shorts across con- A1 L+
tacts
Safety gate
without detection of shorts across con-
tacts
S1
A1 L+
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP wiring (single-channel) E-STOP wiring (dual-channel)

Safety gate (single-channel) Safety gate (dual-channel)
Automatic reset
Y1
Y2
Manual reset S3
Y1
Y2
2.2-4
PNOZ X1P
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop Automatic reset Manual reset

Contacts from external contactors S3
Y1 Y1
K5 K6 K5 K6
Y2 Y2
13 (23, 33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24, 34) 14 (24 ,34) N
K6 K6
` Key
S1 E-STOP pushbutton 2.2

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-5
PNOZ X1P
Terminal configuration
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.2
Installation Dimensions
` The safety relay should be installed * with spring-loaded terminals

Montage_PNOZ_X Abmessungen
in a control cabinet with a protec-

tion type of at least IP54.
to attach it to a DIN rail.
` Ensure the unit is mounted securely
on a vertical DIN rail (35 mm) by us-
121 (4.76")
ing a fixing element (e.g. retaining

bracket or an end angle).
22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-6
PNOZ X1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph
The service life graphs indicate the

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text vor Kurve v
rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L
Corrente di esercizio nominale (A)

number of cycles from which failures Corriente nominal de servicio (A)
10
AC1: 230 V
due to wear must be expected. The Nominale bedrijfsstroom (A)
wear is mainly caused by the electrical
Nominal operating current (A)
DC13: 24 V
load; the mechanical load is negligible. DC1: 24 V
2.2
Nennbetriebstrom (A)
AC15: 230 V
Courant coupé (A)
0.1
GB
NL
D
E
F
10 100 1000 10000

I
D Schaltspielzahl x 103 E Número de ciclos x 103

GB Cycles x 103 I Numero dei cicli di commutazione x 103
F Nombre de manvres x 103 NL Aantal schakelingen x 103
Example To increase the service life, sufficient

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SF4 Bsp
` Inductive load: 2 A spark suppression must be provided

` Utilisation category: AC15 on all output contacts. With capacitive
` Contact service life: 400 000 cycles loads, any power surges that occur
Provided the application requires few- must be noted. With contactors, use
er than 400 000 cycles, the PFH value freewheel diodes for spark suppres-
(see technical details) can be used in sion.
the calculation.
][Technische Daten PNOZ
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB DC 24 V
Voltage and current at
Input circuit DC: 24.0 V 45.0 mA
Reset circuit DC: 24.0 V 45.0 mA
Feedback loop DC: 24.0 V 45.0 mA
Number of output contacts
Safety contacts (S) instantaneous: 3
Auxiliary contacts (N/C): 1
2.2-7
PNOZ X1P
Electrical data
Safety contacts: AC1 at 240 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 6.0 A
Pmax: 1500 VA
Safety contacts: DC1 at 24 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 6.0 A
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Safety contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 5.0 A
Safety contacts: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 4.0 A
2.2 Auxiliary contacts: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 4.0 A
Contact material AgSnO2 + 0.2 µm Au
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Max. overall cable resistance Rlmax
input circuits, reset circuits
single-channel at UB DC 30 Ohm
PL in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1: 2006 PL e (Cat. 4)
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset typ. 60 ms
with automatic reset max. 120 ms
with manual reset typ. 50 ms
with manual reset max. 120 ms
Delay-on de-energisation
with E-STOP typ. 55 ms
with E-STOP max. 90 ms
with power failure typ. 55 ms
with power failure max. 90 ms
Recovery time at max. switching frequency 1/s
after E-STOP 150 ms
after power failure 150 ms
Supply interruption before de-energisation 20 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
2.2-8
PNOZ X1P
Environmental data
Pollution degree 2
Rated impulse withstand voltage 4.00 kV
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
2.2
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2 core, same cross section, flexible:
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787100
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787100
94.0 mm No. 777100
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 200 g No. 787100
Technische Daten_Satz No.
205 g No. 777100
No. stands for order number.
It is essential to consider the relay's The PFH value depends on the switch- used irrespective of the switching fre-
Si-Kennzahlen_Zusatz_Relais_Lebensdauer_PDB
service life graphs. The relay outputs' ing frequency and the load on the relay quency and the load, as the PFH value
safety-related characteristic data is output. already considers the relay's B10d val-
only valid if the values in the service life If the service life graphs are not acces- ue as well as the failure rates of the
graphs are met. sible, the stated PFH value can be other components.
Si_Kennzahlen_Erläuterung_1
All the units used within a safety function must be considered when calculating the safety characteristic data.
INFORMATION
A safety function's SIL/PL values are

not identical to the SIL/PL values of
the units that are used and may be dif-
ferent. We recommend that you use
the PAScal software tool to calculate
the safety function's SIL/PL values.
Technische Daten_Satz Normen
The standards current on 2004-09 apply.

][Dauerstrom_DC
2.2-9
PNOZ X1P
Conventional thermal current while loading several contacts
Number of contacts Ith per contact at UB DC

1 6.00 A
2 6.00 A
3 4.50 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 100
2.2 PNOZ X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 100
2.2-10
PNOZ X2P


` Connection options for: self-monitoring.
– E-STOP pushbutton ` The safety function remains effec-
– Safety gate limit switch tive in the case of a component fail-
– Reset button ure.
` LED indicator for: ` The correct opening and closing of
– Switch status channel 1/2 the safety function relays is tested
– Supply voltage automatically in each on-off cycle.
PNOZ
1002003-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
X2P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
Safety relay for monitoring E-STOP
][Bildunterschrift
pushbuttons and safety gates. terminal) 2.2
` See order reference for unit types
Approvals
Unit Description

PNOZ X2P
ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1
applications with
` Safety gates

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S33 S34 Y36 Y37 13 23
~ Reset/ Reset/
Input Input Start Start
= K1
Power
K2
( )* 14 24
*only applicable for UB 48 – 240 VAC/DC
2.2-11
PNOZ X2P
Function Description – short circuits in the input circuit ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
and, with a monitored reset, in the input circuit is closed and once
` Single-channel operation: no re- the reset circuit too, the reset circuit is closed after the
][Funktionen_einkanalig
dundancy in the input circuit, earth – shorts between contacts in the waiting period has elapsed
faults in the reset and input circuit input circuit. (see technical details).
are detected. ` Automatic start: Unit is active once ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_autoStart ][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung
` Dual-channel operation with detec- the input circuit has been closed. instantaneous safety contacts by
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit_quer_ber
tion of shorts across contacts: re- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once connecting contact expansion
][Funktionen_manuStart
dundant input circuit, detects the input circuit is closed and then modules or external contactors.
– earth faults in the reset and input the reset circuit is closed.
circuit,
][Funktionen_berStart_Wartezeit
Timing diagram
2.2 2
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3
a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2
t4
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` c: Automatic reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S33-S34, ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
Y36-Y37 ` e: Monitored reset ` t3: Waiting period
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` a: Input circuit closes before reset ` t4: Recovery time
S22 circuit
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
23-24 circuit
Wiring
Please note: ` Sufficient fuse protection must be

][Verdrahtung_Si_unverz
` Information given in the “Technical provided on all output contacts with

details” must be followed. capacitive and inductive loads.
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24 are safety
contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-12
PNOZ X2P

` Supply voltage
UB 24 VAC/DC
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
UB 48 - 240 VAC/DC
A1 L1 A1 L+
A2 N A2 L-
2.2
PE PE
` Input circuit

E-STOP (only when UB 24 VAC/DC)
without detection of shorts across con- S1
tacts A1 L+
S21
S22 S11
S12
E-STOP S1
with detection of shorts across contacts S11
S21
S22
S12
Safety gate (only when UB 24 VAC/DC)

tacts
S1
A1 L+
S21
S22 S11
S12
Safety gate
with detection of shorts across contacts
S11
S1
S12 S2
S21
S22
2.2-13
PNOZ X2P
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset (only when UB 24 VAC/DC)
S33
S33
S34
S34
Y36
Y36
Y37
Y37
Manual reset (only when UB 24 VAC/DC)

S3
S3
S33
S33
S34
2.2 S34
Y36
Y36
Y37
Y37
Monitored reset (only when UB 24 VAC/DC)

S3
S3
S33
S33
S34
S34
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit Automatic reset Monitored reset

S33 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S34 S34
13 (23) L1 13 (23) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24) 14 (24) N
K6 K6
` Key
S1/S2 E-STOP/safety gate switch

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-14
PNOZ X2P
UB 24 VAC/DC
Klemmenbelegung
A1 13 23
P1
S33 S34 Y36 Y37
P2
PNOZ X2P
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
13 23
2.2
14 24
19877
P2
S11 S12 S21 S22
P1
A2 14 24
UB 48 - 240 VAC/DC
A1 13 23
P1
S33 S34 Y36 Y37
P2
PNOZ X2P
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
13 23
14 24
19436
P2
S11 S12 S21 S22
P1
A2 14 24


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-15
PNOZ X2P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life trend

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text vor Kurve
number of cycles from which failures

due to wear must be expected. The
load; the mechanical load is negligible.
2.2 Lebensdauerkurve

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SIR_SLR Bsp
` Inductive load: 0,2 A spark suppression must be provided

` Contact service life: 4,000,000 cy- loads, any power surges that occur
cles must be noted. With contactors, use
Provided the application requires few- freewheel diodes for spark suppres-
er than 4,000,000 cycles, the PFH val- sion.
ue (see technical details) can be used

in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC/DC 24 V, 48 - 240 V
Power consumption at UB AC 3.5 VA No. 777307, 787307
4.5 VA No. 777303, 787303
Power consumption at UB DC 1.0 W No. 777307, 787307
2.0 W No. 777303, 787303
2.2-16
PNOZ X2P
Electrical data
Input circuit DC: 24.0 V 15.0 mA No. 777307, 787307
25.0 mA No. 777303, 787303
Reset circuit DC: 24.0 V 25.0 mA No. 777307, 787307
50.0 mA No. 777303, 787303
Feedback loop DC: 24.0 V 25.0 mA No. 777307, 787307
50.0 mA No. 777303, 787303
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W 2.2
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
single-channel at UB DC 100 Ohm No. 777307, 787307
150 Ohm No. 777303, 787303
single-channel at UB AC 100 Ohm No. 777307, 787307
50 Ohm No. 777303, 787303
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 100 Ohm No. 777307, 787307
15 Ohm No. 777303, 787303
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 100 Ohm No. 777307, 787307
30 Ohm No. 777303, 787303
Min. input resistance when switching on 19 Ohm No. 777307, 787307
21 Ohm No. 777303, 787303
2.2-17
PNOZ X2P
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset typ. 120 ms No. 777307, 787307
60 ms No. 777303, 787303
with automatic reset max. 150 ms No. 777307, 787307
90 ms No. 777303, 787303
with automatic reset after power on typ. 130 ms No. 777307, 787307
60 ms No. 777303, 787303
with automatic reset after power on max. 100 ms No. 777303, 787303
160 ms No. 777307, 787307
with manual reset max. 150 ms No. 777307, 787307
90 ms No. 777303, 787303
on monitored reset with rising edge typ. 38 ms
2.2 on monitored reset with rising edge max. 50 ms
with E-STOP typ. 12 ms No. 777307, 787307
17 ms No. 777303, 787303
with power failure typ. 40 ms No. 777307, 787307
70 ms No. 777303, 787303
with power failure max. 110 ms No. 777303, 787303
70 ms No. 777307, 787307
with power failure typ. UB AC : 240 V 320 ms No. 777307, 787307
with power failure max. UB AC : 240 V 500 ms No. 777307, 787307
after E-STOP 50 ms
after power failure 150 ms No. 777303, 787303
550 ms No. 777307, 787307
Waiting period with a monitored reset
with rising edge 180 ms
Min. start pulse duration with a monitored reset
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 ∞
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-18
PNOZ X2P
Mechanical data
1 core flexible 0.25 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 777303, 777307
with crimp connectors, without insulating sleeve 0.25 - 1.00 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777303, 777307
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777303, 777307
Torque setting with screw terminals 0.50 Nm No. 777303, 777307
Cross section of external conductors with spring-loaded termi- 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 787303, 787307
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787303, 787307
Stripping length 8 mm No. 787303, 787307
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787303, 787307
94.0 mm No. 777303, 777307
Width 22.5 mm 2.2
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight
200 g
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X2P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 303
PNOZ X2P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 303
PNOZ X2P C 48 - 240 VAC 48 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 307
PNOZ X2P 48 - 240 VAC 48 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 777 307
2.2-19
Up to PL d of EN ISO 13849-1
PNOZ X2.1VP

– 2 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on requirements:

de-energisation ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
` 1 semiconductor output self-monitoring.
` Connection options for: ` The safety function remains effec-
– E-STOP pushbutton tive in the case of a component fail-
– Safety gate limit switch ure.
– Reset button ` The correct opening and closing of
` LED indicator for: the safety function relays is tested
– Supply voltage ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
Sicherheitseigenschaften Zusatz - Sicherung DC_PNOZ
1001998-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X2.1VP
relays,
d of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors

][Bildunterschrift – Semiconductor output
2.2 ` Semiconductor output signals:
pushbuttons and safety gates.
– Switch status channel 1/2
Approvals ` Plug-in connection terminals (either
terminal)
PNOZ X2.1VP ` See order reference for unit types
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
` Safety gates
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 S33 S34 27 37
= Reset/
Input Input Input Start
= K1
Power
K2
Y11 Y12 28 38
2.2-20
PNOZ X2.1VP
Function description – earth faults in the reset and input ` Manual reset: Unit is active once
circuit, the input circuit is closed and then
` Single-channel operation: no re- – short circuits and shorts be- the reset circuit is closed.
dundancy in the input circuit, earth tween contacts in the input cir- ` Increase in the number of available
faults in the reset and input circuit cuit. instantaneous safety contacts by
are detected. ` Automatic start: Unit is active once connecting contact expansion
` Dual-channel operation with detec- the input circuit has been closed. modules or external contactors.
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit_quer_manu
tion of shorts across contacts: re-

dundant input circuit, detects
Timing diagram
l
s
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
a b 2.2
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Semi
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Semi: Semiconductor output ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S33-S34 ` c: Automatic reset circuit
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` d: Manual reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
S22, S31-S32 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Output safe: Safety contacts, de- circuit ` t3: Recovery time
layed 27-28, 37-38
Wiring
Please note:
][Verdrahtung_Si_verz

` Outputs 27-28, 37-38 are delay-on
de-energisation safety contacts.
tails).
Imax in the input circuit:
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

Rl / km = cable resistance/km
60/75 °C.
2.2-21
PNOZ X2.1VP
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1
tacts S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts S1
S12
S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S33 S33
S34 S34
Manual reset S3 S3
S33 S33
S34 S34
2.2-22
PNOZ X2.1VP
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit Automatic reset Manual reset

S33 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S34 S34
27 (37) L1 27 (37) L1
K5 N K5
28 (38) 28 (38) N
K6 K6
` Semiconductor output
Y11 24 V DC
2.2
Y12 SPS Input
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-23
PNOZ X2.1VP
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 Y11 27 37
P1
S33 S34 S11 S12
P2
PNOZ X2.1VP
POWER
ON
CH.1
CH.2
Y11 27 37
2.2 Y12
P2
28 38
S31 S32 S21 S22
P1
A2 Y12 28 38


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-24
PNOZ X2.1VP
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

10
AC1: 230 V
DC13: 24 V
2.2
AC15: 230 V
Courant coupé (A)
0.1
GB
NL
D
E
F
10 100 1000 10000

I



the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Safety contacts (N/O), delayed: 2
2.2-25
PNOZ X2.1VP
Electrical data
Safety contacts, delayed: AC1 at 240 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 6.0 A
Pmax: 1500 VA
Safety contacts, delayed: DC1 at 24 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 6.0 A
Pmax: 150 W
Safety contacts, delayed: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 5.0 A
Safety contacts, delayed: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 4.0 A
Conventional thermal current 6.0 A
Safety contacts: 6A
2.2 Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Semiconductor outputs (short circuit proof) 24.0 V DC, 100 mA
External supply voltage 24.0 V DC
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 20 Ohm
PL in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1: 2006 PL d (Cat. 3)
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset after power on typ. 100 ms
with automatic reset after power on max. 210 ms
after E-STOP 1550 ms
Delay time tV: fixed 0.75 s
Time accuracy -30 %/+100 % No. 777600
-30% / +100% No. 787600
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2-26
PNOZ X2.1VP
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787600
94.0 mm No. 777600
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 195 g No. 787600
200 g No. 777600
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
2.2-27
PNOZ X2.1VP
Order reference

PNOZ X2.1VP C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 600
PNOZ X2.1VP 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 600
2.2
2.2-28
PNOZ X2.3P
Unit features ` The safety function remains effec-

tive in the case of a component fail-
` Positive-guided relay outputs: ure.
Gertemerkmale
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- ` The correct opening and closing of

neous the safety function relays is tested
` Connection options for: automatically in each on-off cycle.
– E-STOP pushbutton ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
– Safety gate limit switch

– Reset button
` LED indicator for:
– Supply voltage
1001999-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X2.3P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
][Bildunterschrift
terminal) 2.2
pushbuttons and safety gates. ` See order reference for unit types
Approvals Unit description

PNOZ X2.3P ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with

` Safety gates

Safety features
The relay meets the following safety

][Sicherheitseigenschaften Schaltgerät_allgemeiner Teil
requirements:
` The circuit is redundant with built-in
Zulassungen
self-monitoring.
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S33 S34 Y36 Y37 13 23 33
~ Reset/ Reset/
Input Input Start Start
= K1
Power
K2
14 24 34
2.2-29
PNOZ X2.3P
Function description – short circuits in the input circuit ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_einkanalig_Erd_Start
faults in the reset circuit are detect- input circuit. (see technical details).
ed. ` Automatic start: Unit is active once ` Increase in the number of available
circuit,
Timing diagram
2.2 2
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3
a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2
t4
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` c: Automatic reset ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S33-S34 ` d: Manual reset circuit
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` e: Monitored reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
S22 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, circuit ` t3: Waiting period
23-24, 33-34 ` t4: Recovery time
Wiring


` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-30
PNOZ X2.3P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1
tacts S21
S22 S11
S12
E-STOP S1
S21
S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
A1 L+
S21
S22 S11
S12
Safety gate
S11
S1
S12 S2
S21
S22
2.2-31
PNOZ X2.3P
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S33 S33
S34 S34
Y36 Y36
Y37 Y37
Manual reset S3 S3
S33 S33
S34 S34
Y36 Y36
2.2 Y37 Y37
Monitored reset S3 S3
S33 S33
S34 S34
Y36 Y36
Y37 Y37
` Feedback circuit

S33 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S34 S34
13 (23,33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24,34) 14 (24 ,34) N
K6 K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-32
PNOZ X2.3P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 13 23 33
P1
S33 S34 Y36 Y37
P2
PNOZ X2.3P
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
13 23 33
14 24 34
P2 2.2
S11 S12 S21 S22
P1
A2 14 24 34


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-33
PNOZ X2.3P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

10
AC1: 230 V
DC13: 24 V
2.2
AC15: 230 V
Courant coupé (A)
0.1
GB
NL
D
E
F
10 100 1000 10000

I



the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC/DC 24 V
2.2-34
PNOZ X2.3P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
2.2
Safety contacts: 4A
single-channel at UB AC 30 Ohm
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 40 Ohm
Min. input resistance when switching on 21 Ohm
Times
Switch-on delay
on monitored reset with rising edge max. 70 ms
after E-STOP 50 ms
2.2-35
PNOZ X2.3P
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
2.2 Mounting (e.g. cabinet) IP54
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787304
94.0 mm No. 777304
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 200 g No. 787304
205 g No. 777304
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC
2.2-36
PNOZ X2.3P
Number of contacts Ith per contact at UB DC Ith at UB AC

1 6.00 A 6.00 A
2 6.00 A 6.00 A
3 5.00 A 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X2.3P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 304
PNOZ X2.3P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 304 2.2
2.2-37
PNOZ X2.7P


– Safety gate limit switch ` The correct opening and closing of
– Reset button the safety function relays is tested
– Light barriers automatically in each on-off cycle.
1002000-EN-06-2011-06
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X2.7P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors

][Bildunterschrift_NOT_Sch.tuer_Licht
– Supply voltage
pushbuttons, safety gates and light ` Plug-in connection terminals (either
beam devices spring-loaded terminal or screw
terminal)
Approvals ` See order reference for unit types
Unit description
PNOZ X2.7P
Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung NOT-AUS, Schutzt, Lichtschr_PNOZ
ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
` Safety gates
` Light beam devices
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S12 S34 13 23 33 41
~ Reset/
)*

= K1
(
Power
K2
14 24 34 42
*only with UB 24 – 240 VAC/DC
2.2-38
PNOZ X2.7P
Function description – short circuits in the input circuit – shorts between contacts in the
and, with a monitored reset, in input circuit.
` Single-channel operation: no re- the reset circuit too. ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_einkanalig_Erd_Start ][Funktionen_berStart_Wartezeit
dundancy in the input circuit, earth ` Dual-channel operation with detec- the input circuit is closed and once
faults in the reset circuit are detect- tion of shorts across contacts: re- the reset circuit is closed after the
ed. dundant input circuit, detects waiting period has elapsed
` Dual-channel operation without de- – earth faults in the reset and input (see technical details).
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_ohne_quer
tection of shorts across contacts: circuit, ` Increase in the number of available

redundant input circuit, detects – short circuits in the input circuit instantaneous safety contacts by
– earth faults in the reset and input and, with a monitored reset, in connecting contact expansion
circuit, the reset circuit too, modules or external contactors.
Timing diagram
x
2
b
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
2.2
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
t3 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Reset/start: Reset circuit S12-S34 23-24, 33-34 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t3: Waiting period
S22, S52 42
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-39
PNOZ X2.7P
` Supply voltage
Supply voltage 24 – 240 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC
A1 L1 A1 L+
S21
A2 N A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
without detection of shorts across con- S11 S11
tacts S21 S12 S21
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
E-STOP S1
S11 S21
S52 S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S21 S12 S21 S2
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
Safety gate
S11
S1
S11 S12 S2
S52 S21
S22
Light beam device 24 V DC

S22
via ESPE S21
(not on units with a universal power supply) A2 S12
S52
GND
2.2-40
PNOZ X2.7P
` Reset circuit

S12 S12
S34 S34
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit Automatic reset Monitored reset 2.2

S12
K5 K6
S34
13 (23, 33) L1
K5
14 (24 ,34) N
K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-41
PNOZ X2.7P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 13 23 33
P1
S52 S34 41 42
P2
PNOZ X2.7P
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
18992
P2
2.2 S11 S12 S21 S22
P1
A2 14 24 34


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-42
PNOZ X2.7P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph


Lebensdauerkurve

2.2
UB 24 V AC/DC

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SIF Bsp

Lebensdauerkurve

in the calculation.
2.2-43
PNOZ X2.7P
UB 24 - 240 V AC/DC
2.2

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SIS Bsp


in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC/DC 24 - 240 V, 24 V
5.5 VA No. 777305, 787305
2.5 W No. 777305, 787305
30.0 mA No. 777305, 787305
50.0 mA No. 777306, 787306
50.0 mA No. 777306, 787306
2.2-44
PNOZ X2.7P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Safety contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 3.0 A No. 777306, 787306
5.0 A No. 777305, 787305
Safety contacts: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 4.0 A No. 777306, 787306
5.0 A No. 777305, 787305 2.2
Auxiliary contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 3.0 A No. 777306, 787306
5.0 A No. 777305, 787305
Auxiliary contacts: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 4.0 A No. 777306, 787306
5.0 A No. 777305, 787305
Contact material AgCuNi + 0.2 µm Au
Safety contacts: 10 A No. 777305, 787305
6 A No. 777306, 787306
Auxiliary contacts: 10 A No. 777305, 787305
6 A No. 777306, 787306
Blow-out fuse, slow
6 A No. 777305, 787305
6 A No. 777305, 787305
6 A No. 777305, 787305
6 A No. 777305, 787305
45 Ohm No. 777306, 787306
45 Ohm No. 777306, 787306
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 50 Ohm No. 777305, 787305
80 Ohm No. 777306, 787306
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 100 Ohm No. 777305, 787305
80 Ohm No. 777306, 787306
71 Ohm No. 777305, 787305
2.2-45
PNOZ X2.7P
Times
Switch-on delay
on monitored reset with rising edge max. 40 ms No. 777306, 787306
50 ms No. 777305, 787305
15 ms No. 777305, 787305
with E-STOP max. 20 ms No. 777306, 787306
30 ms No. 777305, 787305
with power failure typ. UB AC/DC: 24 V No. 777306, 787306 180 ms No. 777306, 787306
with power failure max. UB AC/DC: 24 V No. 777306, 787306 230 ms No. 777306, 787306
2.2 with power failure typ. UB AC : 240 V 1,100 ms No. 777306, 787306
after E-STOP 50 ms
250 ms No. 777306, 787306
after power failure on universal power supply 1500 ms No. 777306, 787306
with rising edge 250 ms No. 777305, 787305
300 ms No. 777306, 787306
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III / II
Ambient temperature -10 - 55 °C No. 777306, 787306
-35 - 55 °C No. 777305, 787305
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-46
PNOZ X2.7P
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787305, 787306
94.0 mm No. 777305, 777306
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 190 g No. 777305, 787305
205 g No. 787306
210 g No. 777306
It is essential to consider the relay's

The PFH value depends on the switch- used irrespective of the switching fre- 2.2
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 6.00 A 6.00 A
2 6.00 A 4.00 A No. 777305, 787305
6.00 A No. 777306, 787306
3 4.50 A No. 777306, 787306 3.50 A No. 777305, 787305
5.00 A No. 777305, 787305 4.50 A No. 777306, 787306
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X2.7P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 305
PNOZ X2.7P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 305
PNOZ X2.7P C 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 306
PNOZ X2.7P 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 777 306
2.2-47
PNOZ X2.8P


1002001-EN-06-2011-06
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X2.8P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors

– Supply voltage
pushbuttons, safety gates and light ` Plug-in connection terminals (either
beam devices spring-loaded terminal or screw
terminal)
Approvals ` See order reference for unit types
Unit description
PNOZ X2.8P
ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
` Safety gates
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S12 S34 13 23 33 41
~ Reset/
)*

= K1
(
Power
K2
14 24 34 42
*only applicable for UB 24 - 240 VAC/DC
2.2-48
PNOZ X2.8P
Function description – short circuits in the input circuit ` Automatic start: Unit is active once
and, with a monitored reset, in the input circuit has been closed.
` Single-channel operation: no re- the reset circuit too. ` Manual reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_einkanalig ][Funktionen_manuStart
dundancy in the input circuit, earth ` Dual-channel operation with detec- the input circuit is closed and then
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit_quer_manu
faults in the reset and input circuit tion of shorts across contacts: re- the reset circuit is closed.
are detected. dundant input circuit, detects ` Increase in the number of available
` Dual-channel operation without de- – earth faults in the reset and input instantaneous safety contacts by
tection of shorts across contacts: circuit, connecting contact expansion

redundant input circuit, detects – short circuits and shorts be- modules or external contactors.
– earth faults in the reset and input tween contacts in the input cir-
circuit, cuit.
Timing diagram
x
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
2.2
1 2
a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Reset/start: Reset circuit S12-S34 42 circuit
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` c: Automatic reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
S22, S52 ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` a: Input circuit closes before reset
23-24, 33-34, circuit
Wiring


` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-49
PNOZ X2.8P
` Supply voltage
Supply voltage 24 – 240 VAC/DC 24 VAC/DC
A1 L1 A1 L+
S21
A2 N A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S21 S12 S21
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
E-STOP S1
S11 S21
S52 S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S21 S12 S21 S2
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
Safety gate
S11
S1
S11 S12 S2
S52 S21
S22

S22
(not on units with a universal power supply) S21
A2 S12
S52
GND
2.2-50
PNOZ X2.8P
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S12 S12
S34 S34
Manual reset S3 S3
S12 S12
S34 S34 2.2
` Feedback circuit

S12 S12
K5 K6 K5 K6
S34 S34
13 (23,33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24,34) 14 (24 ,34) N
K6 K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-51
PNOZ X2.8P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 13 23 33
P1
S52 S34 41 42
P2
PNOZ X2.8P
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
13 23 33 41
2.2 14 24 34 42
18992
P2
S11 S12 S21 S22
P1
A2 14 24 34


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-52
PNOZ X2.8P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph


Lebensdauerkurve

2.2
UB 24 V AC/DC


in the calculation.
Lebensdauerkurve
2.2-53
PNOZ X2.8P
UB 24 - 240 VAC/DC
2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
5.5 VA No. 777301, 787301
2.5 W No. 777301, 787301
30.0 mA No. 777301, 787301
50.0 mA No. 777302, 787302
50.0 mA No. 777302, 787302
2.2-54
PNOZ X2.8P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
5.0 A No. 777301, 787301
5.0 A No. 777301, 787301 2.2
5.0 A No. 777301, 787301
5.0 A No. 777301, 787301
6 A No. 777302, 787302
6 A No. 777302, 787302
Blow-out fuse, slow
6 A No. 777301, 787301
6 A No. 777301, 787301
6 A No. 777301, 787301
6 A No. 777301, 787301
45 Ohm No. 777302, 787302
45 Ohm No. 777302, 787302
80 Ohm No. 777302, 787302
80 Ohm No. 777302, 787302
88 Ohm No. 777301, 787301
2.2-55
PNOZ X2.8P
Times
Switch-on delay
340 ms No. 777302, 787302
450 ms No. 777301, 787301
600 ms No. 777302, 787302
800 ms No. 777302, 787302
with manual reset typ. 125 ms No. 777301, 787301
180 ms No. 777302, 787302
450 ms No. 777301, 787301
2.2 Delay-on de-energisation
15 ms No. 777301, 787301
with E-STOP max. 20 ms No. 777302, 787302
30 ms No. 777301, 787301
with power failure typ. UB AC : 240 V 1,100 ms No. 777302, 787302
after E-STOP 50 ms
250 ms No. 777302, 787302
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Ambient temperature -10 - 55 °C No. 777302, 787302
-35 - 55 °C No. 777301, 787301
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-56
PNOZ X2.8P
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787301, 787302
94.0 mm No. 777301, 777302
Width 22.5 mm 2.2
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 190 g No. 777301, 787301
205 g No. 787302
210 g No. 777302
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC
2.2-57
PNOZ X2.8P

1 6.00 A 6.00 A
2 6.00 A 4.00 A No. 777301, 787301
6.00 A No. 777302, 787302
3 4.50 A No. 777302, 787302 3.50 A No. 777301, 787301
5.00 A No. 777301, 787301 4.50 A No. 777302, 787302
Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.2 PNOZ X2.8P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 301
PNOZ X2.8P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 301
PNOZ X2.8P C 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 302
PNOZ X2.8P 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 777 302
2.2-58
PNOZ X2.9P


1002002-EN-02-2011-01
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X2.9P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
` LED indicator for: ` No galvanic isolation between sup-
Sicherheitseigenschaften

– Supply voltage ply voltage and input circuit

pushbuttons, safety gates and light – Switch status channel 1/2 2.2
beam devices ` Plug-in connection terminals (either
Approvals terminal)
PNOZ X2.9P Unit description


ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1
applications with

` Safety gates

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S52 S34 Y36 Y37 13 23 33 41
= Reset/
Input Start
= K1
Power
K2
14 24 34 42
2.2-59
PNOZ X2.9P
Function description circuit, ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once

– short circuits in the input circuit the input circuit is closed and once
` Single-channel operation: no re- and, with a monitored reset, in the reset circuit is closed after the
][Funktionen_einkanalig_Erd_Start
dundancy in the input circuit, earth the reset circuit too. waiting period has elapsed
faults in the reset circuit are detect- ` Automatic start: Unit is active once (see technical details).
ed. the input circuit has been closed. ` Increase in the number of available
` Dual-channel operation without de- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once instantaneous safety contacts by
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_ohne_quer ][Funktionen_manuStart
tection of shorts across contacts: the input circuit is closed and then connecting contact expansion
redundant input circuit, detects the reset circuit is closed. modules or external contactors.
– earth faults in the reset and input
Timing diagram
x
2
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
2.2 1 2 3
a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2
Key
` Reset/start: Reset circuit S12-S34, 42 circuit
Y36-Y37 ` c: Automatic reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Input: Input circuits S11, S12, S52 ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, ` e: Monitored reset ` t3: Waiting period
23-24, 33-34 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset
circuit
Wiring


` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-60
PNOZ X2.9P
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S12
S52 S12
S52
E-STOP
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S12 S2
S52 S12
S52
Safety gate

via ESPE
S12
S52
2.2-61
PNOZ X2.9P
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S12 S12
S34 S34
Manual reset S3 S3
S12 S12
2.2 S34 S34
S12 S12
S34 S34
Y36 Y36
Y37 Y37
` Feedback circuit

S12 S12
K5 K6 K5 K6
S34 S34
13 (23,33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24,34) 14 (24 ,34) N
K6 K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-62
PNOZ X2.9P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.2
Installation Dimensions in mm (")


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-63
PNOZ X2.9P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-64
PNOZ X2.9P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
2.2
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 80 Ohm
Times
Switch-on delay
after E-STOP 50 ms
2.2-65
PNOZ X2.9P
Times
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
2.2 Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787300
94.0 mm No. 777300
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 175 g No. 787300
180 g No. 777300
2.2-66
PNOZ X2.9P
INFORMATION

][Dauerstrom_DC

1 6.00 A 2.2
2 6.00 A
3 4.50 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X2.9P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 300
PNOZ X2.9P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 300
2.2-67
PNOZ X3P


` 1 semiconductor output tive in the case of a component fail-
` Connection options for: ure.
– E-STOP pushbutton ` The correct opening and closing of
– Safety gate limit switch the safety function relays is tested
– Reset button automatically in each on-off cycle.
PNOZ
1002006-EN-02-2011-09
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
X3P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Light barriers

pushbuttons, safety gates and light – Supply voltage
beam devices ` Semiconductor output signals:
terminal)
PNOZ X3P
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1


applications with
` Safety gates
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 S13 S14 S33 S34 13 23 33 41
~ Reset/ Reset/
)*
Input Input Input Start Start

= K1
(
Power
K2
0 V 24 V
Y30 Y31 Y32 ( )* 14 24 34 42
*only with UB 24 - 240 VAC/DC
2.2-68
PNOZ X3P
Function description and, with a monitored reset, in ` Automatic start: Unit is active once
the reset circuit too. the input circuit has been closed.
` Single-channel operation: no re- ` Dual-channel operation with detec- ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_einkanalig ][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit_quer_ber ][Funktionen_berStart_Wartezeit
dundancy in the input circuit, earth tion of shorts across contacts: re- the input circuit is closed and once
faults in the reset and input circuit dundant input circuit, detects the reset circuit is closed after the
are detected. – earth faults in the reset and input waiting period has elapsed
` Dual-channel operation without de- circuit, (see technical details).
tection of shorts across contacts: – short circuits in the input circuit ` Increase in the number of available
redundant input circuit, detects and, with a monitored reset, in instantaneous safety contacts by
– earth faults in the reset and input the reset circuit too, connecting contact expansion
circuit, – shorts between contacts in the modules or external contactors.
– short circuits in the input circuit input circuit.
Timing diagram
2.2
H
C
s
x
2
b
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi CH
t1 t2 t1 t2 t4 t1 t2 t4 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` c: Automatic reset
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S13-S14, 23-24, 33-34 ` d: Monitored reset
S33-S34 ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- 42 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
S22, S31-S32 ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- ` t3: Recovery time
put switch status channel 1/2 ` t4: Waiting period
Wiring
Please note: Rl /km = cable resistance/km

` Information given in the “Technical ` Use copper wire that can withstand
details” must be followed. 60/75 °C.
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
safety contacts, output 41-42 is an provided on all output contacts with
auxiliary contact (e.g. for display). capacitive and inductive loads.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

2.2-69
PNOZ X3P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S21 S11 S21
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S12 S11
S21 S1
S11 S21 S2
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31

S21
S22
via ESPE
(not on units with a universal power supply) A2 S12
S32
GND
2.2-70
PNOZ X3P
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S13 S13
S14 S14
S33 S33
S34 S34
S13 S13
S14 S14 2.2
` Feedback circuit

S13 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S14 S34
13 (23, 33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24, 34) 14 (24 ,34) N
K6 K6
Y31 24 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-71
PNOZ X3P
UB 24 VAC/DC
Klemmenbelegung
A1 S31 S32 13 23 33 41
P3
S11 S12 S13 S14 S21 S22 S33 S34
P4
PNOZ X3P 13 23 33 41
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
14 24 34 42
2.2
15839
P4
A2 Y30 Y31 Y32 14 24 34 42
UB 24 – 240 VAC/DC
A1 S31 S32 13 23 33 41
P3
S11 S12 S13 S14 S21 S22 S33 S34
P4
PNOZ X3P 13 23 33 41
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
14 24 34 42
15839
P4
A2 Y30 Y31 Y32 14 24 34 42


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-72
PNOZ X3P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2


in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
40.0 mA No. 777310, 787310
70.0 mA No. 777310, 787310
2.2-73
PNOZ X3P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
2.2 Safety contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 5.0 A
Safety contacts: 10 A
Auxiliary contacts: 10 A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
200 Ohm No. 777313, 787313
200 Ohm No. 777313, 787313
400 Ohm No. 777313, 787313
400 Ohm No. 777313, 787313
30 Ohm No. 777313, 787313
2.2-74
PNOZ X3P
Times
Switch-on delay
330 ms No. 777313, 787313
500 ms No. 777310, 787310
750 ms No. 777313, 787313
with automatic reset after power on max. 1,000 ms No. 777313, 787313
550 ms No. 777310, 787310
25 ms No. 777313, 787313 2.2
with power failure typ. UB AC : 240 V 1,500 ms No. 777313, 787313
after E-STOP 50 ms
200 ms No. 777313, 787313
with rising edge 200 ms No. 777313, 787313
300 ms No. 777310, 787310
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-75
PNOZ X3P
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787310, 787313
94.0 mm No. 777310, 777313
2.2 Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 265 g No. 777310
270 g No. 787310
300 g No. 787313
306 g No. 777313
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 8.00 A 8.00 A
2 7.00 A No. 777313, 787313 7.00 A
8.00 A No. 777310, 787310
3 6.00 A No. 777313, 787313 6.00 A
7.00 A No. 777310, 787310
Bestelldaten
2.2-76
PNOZ X3P
Order reference

PNOZ X3P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 310
PNOZ X3P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 310
PNOZ X3P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 313
PNOZ X3P 24 - 240 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 313
2.2
2.2-77
PNOZ X3.10P


` 1 semiconductor output tive in the case of a component fail-
1002005-EN-02-2011-09
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X3.10P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Light barriers

2.2 pushbuttons, safety gates and light – Switch status channel 1/2
beam devices – Supply voltage
` Semiconductor output signals:
Approvals – Switch status channel 1/2
PNOZ X3.10P terminal)

Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
` Safety gates
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 13 23 33 41
~
Input Input Input
= K1
Power
K2
Reset/ Reset/ Reset/
Start Start Start
0 V 24 V
Y30 Y31 Y32 S13 S14 S15 S16 S33 S34 14 24 34 42
2.2-78
PNOZ X3.10P
Function description – short circuits in the input circuit ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
faults in the reset and input circuit input circuit. (see technical details).
are detected. ` Automatic start: Unit is active once ` Increase in the number of available
circuit,
Timing diagram
H
C
s
x
2
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
2.2
1 2 3
a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi CH
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t4 t1 t2 t4 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S13-S14, put switch status Y32 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
S33-S34 ` c: Automatic reset ` t3: Recovery time
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` d: Manual reset ` t4: Waiting period
S22, S31-S32 ` e: Monitored reset
23-24, 33-34 circuit
` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
42 circuit
Wiring
Please note: Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-

` Information given in the “Technical ance (see technical details)

details” must be followed. Rl /km = cable resistance/km
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are ` Use copper wire that can withstand
safety contacts, output 41-42 is an 60/75 °C.
auxiliary contact (e.g. for display). ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse provided on all output contacts with
should be connected before the capacitive and inductive loads.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km
2.2-79
PNOZ X3.10P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S21 S11 S21
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S12 S11
S21 S1
S11 S21 S2
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31

via ESPE S21
S22 S12
S32
2.2-80
PNOZ X3.10P
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP wiring, safety gate Safety gate (dual-channel)

Automatic reset
S13
S15
S16 S1 S2
S14 S13
S14
Manual reset S3
S13
2.2
S14
S33 S33
S34 S34
` Feedback circuit

S13 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S14 S34
13 (23, 33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24, 34) 14 (24 ,34) N
K6 K6
Y31 24 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-81
PNOZ X3.10P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 A1 S31 S32 13 23 33 41
X1 P3
S11 S12 S13 S14
X2 P4
PNOZ X3.10P 13 23 33 41
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
14 24 34 42
2.2
18995
X3 P3
A2 S16 S15 S21 S22 S33 S34
X4 P4
A2 Y30 Y31 Y32 14 24 34 42


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-82
PNOZ X3.10P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2


in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-83
PNOZ X3.10P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 360 Ohm
Times
Switch-on delay
2.2-84
PNOZ X3.10P
Times
after E-STOP 50 ms
2.2
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787314
94.0 mm No. 777314
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 283 g No. 787314
290 g No. 777314
2.2-85
PNOZ X3.10P
INFORMATION

2.2 the safety function's SIL/PL values.

][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 8.00 A 8.00 A
2 8.00 A 7.00 A
3 7.00 A 6.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X3.10P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 314
PNOZ X3.10P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 314
2.2-86
PNOZ X7P
Unit features ` The correct opening and closing of

the safety function relays is tested
` Positive-guided relay outputs: automatically in each on-off cycle.
Gertemerkmale
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), instanta-

neous
` Connection options for:
– E-STOP pushbutton
– Reset button
– Supply voltage
terminal)
PNOZ
1002007-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
X7P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
2.2
Unit description
][Bildunterschrift
pushbuttons and safety gates. The safety relay meets the require-
ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

Approvals and VDE 0113-1 and may be used in
applications with
PNOZ X7P ` Safety gates
Safety features
The relay meets the following safety

requirements:

` The circuit is redundant with built-in
self-monitoring.
` The safety function remains effec-
ure.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 Y1 Y2 13 23
~ Reset/
Input Start
= K1
Power
K2
14 24
2.2-87
PNOZ X7P
Function description ` Automatic start: Unit is active once ` Increase in the number of available
the input circuit has been closed. instantaneous safety contacts by

` Single-channel operation: no re- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once connecting contact expansion
dundancy in the input circuit, earth the input circuit is closed and then modules or external contactors.
faults in the reset and input circuit the reset circuit is closed.
are detected.
Timing diagram
o
u
b
U
In
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
a b
Reset/Start
2.2 Power/Input
Output safe
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` c: Automatic reset ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Reset/start: Reset circuit Y1-Y2 ` d: Manual reset circuit
` Input: Input circuits A1 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, circuit ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
23-24
Wiring
PNOZ X7 AC: The cable runs depend ` Stub circuit: Cable capacitance CL
Verdrahtung
on the cable capacitance. and therefore the cable runs ls are

` Loop circuit, 1 phase: max. lr = 1 km dependent on the supply voltage
UB
Cable capacitance CL depends on the supply voltage UB
UB [V] 24 110 120 230 240

CL [nF] 37.5 37.5 37.5 7.5 7.5
Cable runs Loop circuit Stub circuit
lr
PNOZ X7 AC
UB ls PNOZ X7 AC
A1 UB
N
A2 A1
N
A2
2.2-88
PNOZ X7P
Please note:
contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km
Rlmax = max. overall cable resist- 2.2

60/75 °C.
2.2-89
PNOZ X7P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1
without detection of shorts across con- A1 L+/L1
tacts
Safety gate
tacts
S1
A1 L+/L1
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
Y1
Y2
Manual reset S3
Y1
Y2
2.2-90
PNOZ X7P
` Feedback circuit

Y1 Y1
K5 K6 K5 K6
Y2 Y2
13 (23) L1 L1
K5 13
14 (24) N K5
14 N
K6 K6
` Key
S1 E-STOP pushbutton 2.2

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-91
PNOZ X7P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.2


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-92
PNOZ X7P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC 110 - 120 V, 230 - 240 V
Power consumption at UB AC 2.0 VA No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
3.0 VA No. 777059, 787059
2.2-93
PNOZ X7P
Electrical data
Input circuit DC: 110.0 - 120.0 V No. 777053, 787053 17.0 mA No. 777053, 787053
230.0 - 240.0 V No. 777056, 787056 50.0 mA No. 777059, 787059
24.0 V No. 777059, 787059 8.0 mA No. 777056, 787056
40.0 mA No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
40.0 mA No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
Safety contacts: AC1 at 240 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 4.0 A No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
6.0 A No. 777059, 787059
2.2 Pmax: 1000 VA No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
1500 VA No. 777059, 787059
Safety contacts: DC1 at 24 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 4.0 A No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
6.0 A No. 777059, 787059
Pmax: 100 W No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
150 W No. 777059, 787059
Safety contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 4.0 A No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
5.0 A No. 777059, 787059
Safety contacts: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 4.0 A No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
6.0 A No. 777059, 787059
Safety contacts: 4 A No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
6 A No. 777059, 787059
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset typ. 230 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
50 ms No. 777059, 787059
700 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
with automatic reset after power on typ. 230 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
50 ms No. 777059, 787059
700 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
with manual reset typ. 140 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
35 ms No. 777059, 787059
700 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
2.2-94
PNOZ X7P
Times
70 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
with E-STOP max. 100 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
70 ms No. 777059, 787059
70 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
with power failure max. 100 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
70 ms No. 777059, 787059
after E-STOP 120 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
50 ms No. 777059, 787059
after power failure 120 ms No. 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
150 ms No. 777059, 787059 2.2
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
1 core flexible 0.25 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 777053, 777056, 777059
with crimp connectors, without insulating sleeve 0.25 - 1.00 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777053, 777056, 777059
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777053, 777056, 777059
Torque setting with screw terminals 0.50 Nm No. 777053, 777056, 777059
Cross section of external conductors with spring-loaded termi- 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 787053, 787056, 787059
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787053, 787056, 787059
Stripping length 8 mm No. 787053, 787056, 787059
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787053, 787056, 787059
94.0 mm No. 777053, 777056, 777059
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 185 g No. 787059
190 g No. 777059
225 g No. 787053, 787056
230 g No. 777053, 777056

2.2-95
PNOZ X7P
INFORMATION


Schaltleistung der Sicherheitskontakte
Conventional thermal current
Number of contacts Ith (A) at UB AC/DC Ith (A) at UBAC

1 4 A Order no.: 777059, 787059 4 A Order no.: 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
2 4 A Order no.: 777059, 787059 3 A Order no.: 777053, 777056, 787053, 787056
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X7P C 110 - 120 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 053
PNOZ X7P 110 - 120 VAC Screw terminals 777 053
PNOZ X7P C 230 - 240 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 056
PNOZ X7P 230 - 240 VAC Screw terminals 777 056
2.2-96
PNOZ X8P
Unit features ` Safety gates

` Positive-guided relay outputs:
Gertemerkmale
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- Safety features

neous
– 2 auxiliary contacts (N/C), in- The relay meets the following safety
stantaneous requirements:
` 2 semiconductor outputs ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
` Connection options for: self-monitoring.
– E-STOP pushbutton ` The safety function remains effec-
– Safety gate limit switch tive in the case of a component fail-
PNOZ
1002008-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
X8P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Reset button ure.
– Light barriers ` The correct opening and closing of
Safety relay for monitoring E-STOP ` LED indicator for: the safety function relays is tested
][Bildunterschrift
pushbuttons and safety gates. – Switch status channel 1/2 automatically in each on-off cycle. 2.2
– Supply voltage ` The tranformer is short circuit-
Sicherheitseigenschaften Zusatz - AC/DC-Gerte_PNOZ
Approvals ` Semiconductor outputs signal: proof. An electronic fuse is used on

– Switch status channel 1/2 a DC supply.
– Supply voltage is present
PNOZ X8P ` Plug-in connection terminals (either
terminal)
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S33 S34 S37 13 23 33 41 51 51
~
Input Input Reset/
Start
= K1
Power
K2
Feed-
back
0 V 24 V
Y1 Y2 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 14 24 34 42 52 52
2.2-97
PNOZ X8P
Function description ` Dual-channel operation with detec- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once
tion of shorts across contacts: re- the input circuit is closed and then
` Single-channel operation: no redundant input circuit, detects the reset circuit is closed.
dundancy in the input circuit, earth – earth faults in the reset and input ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_berStart_allg
faults in the reset and input circuit circuit, – the input circuit is closed and
are detected. – short circuits in the input circuit then the reset circuit is closed
` Dual-channel operation without de- and, with a monitored reset, in and opened again.
tection of shorts across contacts: the reset circuit too, – the reset circuit is closed and
redundant input circuit, detects – shorts between contacts in the then opened again once the in-
– earth faults in the reset and input input circuit. put circuit is closed.
circuit, ` Automatic start: Unit is active once ` Increase in the number of available
– short circuits in the input circuit the input circuit has been closed. instantaneous safety contacts by
and, with a monitored reset, in connecting contact expansion
the reset circuit too. modules or external contactors.

2.2 ][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit_quer_ber
Timing diagram
H
C
N
U
R
s
x
1
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3
a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi RUN
Out semi CH
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` e: Monitored reset
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S33-S34, 42, 51-52 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset
Y1-S37 ` Out semi RUN: Semiconductor out- circuit
` Input: Input circuits S21-22, S11- put supply voltage Y35 ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
S12, S52 ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- circuit
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, put switch status Y32 ` t1: Switch-on delay
23-24, 33-34 ` c: Automatic reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` d: Manual reset ` t3: Recovery time
Wiring
Please note: ` Calculation of the max. cabling runs ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
][Verdrahtung_Si_Hi_unverz
` Information given in the “Technical lmax in the input circuit: provided on all output contacts with
details” must be followed. Rlmax capacitive and inductive loads.
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are Imax =
Rl / km
safety contacts, outputs 41-42, 51-
52 are auxiliary contacts (e.g. for Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
display). ance (see technical details)
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse Rl /km = cable resistance/km
should be connected before the ` Use copper wire that can withstand
output contacts (see technical de- 60/75 °C.
tails).
2.2-98
PNOZ X8P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
A2 N
PE A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S21 S12 S21
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
E-STOP S1
S11 S21
S52 S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S21 S12 S21 S2
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
Safety gate
S11
S1
S11 S12 S2
S52 S21
S22
Light beam device with detection of shorts 24 V DC

across contacts via ESPE
S21
S22 S12
S52
GND
2.2-99
PNOZ X8P
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP/safety gate wiring (single-channel E-STOP/safety gate wiring

and dual-channel without shorts across (dual-channel with shorts across contacts)
contacts)
Automatic reset
S33 S12
S34 S34
Manual reset S3 S3
S33 S12
2.2
S34 S34
S33 S12
S34 S34
Y1 Y1
S37 S37
` Feedback circuit

Contacts from external contactors
Y1 Y1
K5 K6 K5 K6
Y2 Y2
13 (23, 33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5 N
14 (24, 34) 14 (24, 34)
K6 K6
Y31 24 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y35 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Key
S1 E-STOP pushbutton
S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-100
PNOZ X8P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 S33 S34 S52 S11 13 23 33

P3
S11 S12 S12 S21 S22 41 51 51
P4
13 23 33 41 51
PNOZ X8P
POWER
START 14 24 34 42 52
CH.1 IN CH. 1
CH.2 IN CH. 2
2.2
95157
P3
Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 42 52 52
P4
A2 Y1 Y2 Y1 S37 14 24 34


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-101
PNOZ X8P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC 24 V, 110 V, 115 V, 120 V, 230 V
Power consumption at UB AC 6.5 VA No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
2.2-102
PNOZ X8P
Electrical data
Input circuit DC: 24.0 V 40.0 mA No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
45.0 mA No. 777760, 787760
60.0 mA No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
60.0 mA No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
Utilisation category in accordance with EN 60947-4-1 2.2
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
single-channel at UB AC 100 Ohm No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 200 Ohm No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 28 Ohm No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
2.2-103
PNOZ X8P

Times
Switch-on delay
175 ms No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
2.2 220 ms No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
200 ms No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
250 ms No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
160 ms No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
220 ms No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
after E-STOP 50 ms
250 ms No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770, 787764,
787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 150 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2-104
PNOZ X8P
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
1 core flexible 0.25 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 777760, 777764, 777765,
777766, 777768, 777770
with crimp connectors, without insulating sleeve 0.25 - 1.00 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777760, 777764, 777765,
777766, 777768, 777770 2.2
without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777760, 777764, 777765,
777766, 777768, 777770
Torque setting with screw terminals 0.50 Nm No. 777760, 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770
Cross section of external conductors with spring-loaded termi- 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 787760, 787764, 787765,
nals: Flexible with/without crimp connectors 787766, 787768, 787770
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787760, 787764, 787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
Stripping length 8 mm No. 787760, 787764, 787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787760, 787764, 787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
94.0 mm No. 777760, 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 310 g No. 787760
320 g No. 777760
410 g No. 787764, 787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
420 g No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC
2.2-105
PNOZ X8P

1 8.00 A No. 777760, 787760 8.00 A No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770,
787764, 787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
2 8.00 A No. 777760, 787760 7.30 A No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770,
787764, 787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
3 7.00 A No. 777760, 787760 6.00 A No. 777764, 777765, 777766, 777768, 777770,
787764, 787765, 787766, 787768, 787770
Bestelldaten
Order reference
2.2 Type Features Terminals Order no.

PNOZ X8P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 760
PNOZ X8P C 110 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 764
PNOZ X8P 110 VAC Screw terminals 777 764
2.2-106
PNOZ X9P


– 2 auxiliary contacts (N/C), in- self-monitoring.
stantaneous ` The safety function remains effec-
` 2 semiconductor outputs tive in the case of a component fail-
– Reset button ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
PNOZ
1002009-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
X9P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
Safety relay for monitoring E-STOP ` LED indicator for:

pushbuttons, safety gates and light – Switch status channel 1/2 2.2
beam devices – Input circuits
– Supply voltage
Approvals – Reset circuit
` Semiconductor outputs signal:
PNOZ X9P – Supply voltage is present
terminal)
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
Order no. 777607 is without approval ` E-STOP pushbuttons
Zulassungen
` Safety gates
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 (B1) A2 (B2) S11 S12 S21 S22 S52 S33 S34 S37 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 81 91
=
(~)* Input Input Input
Reset/
K1
Start
=
K2
Power
Feed-
back K3
0 V 24 V/
12 V
Y1 Y2 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 82 92
*Only applies when UB = 100 - 240 VAC
2.2-107
PNOZ X9P

Timing diagram
H
C
N
U
R
s
x
1
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3
a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi RUN
Out semi CH
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S33-S34 82, 91-92 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` Out semi RUN: Semiconductor out- circuit
S22, S52 put supply voltage Y35 ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- circuit
23-24, 33-34, 43-44, 53-54, 63-64, put switch status Y32 ` t1: Switch-on delay
73-74 ` c: Automatic reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` d: Manual reset ` t3: Recovery time
Wiring
Please note: ` Calculation of the max. cabling runs ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43- Imax =
Rl / km
44, 53-54, 63-64, 73-74 are safety
contacts, outputs 81-82, 91-92 are Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
auxiliary contacts (e.g. for display). ance (see technical details)
tails).
2.2-108
PNOZ X9P
` Supply voltage
UB = 12 VDC/24 VDC/100 – 240 VAC
A1 L1 B1 L+
A2 N
PE B2 L-
UB = 12 VDC/24 VDC
A1 L+
A2 L- 2.2
` Input circuit

E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S21 S12 S21
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
E-STOP S1
S11 S21
S52 S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S21 S12 S21 S2
S22 S52 S22 S12
S52
Safety gate
S11
S1
S11 S12 S2
S52 S21
S22

S21
S22 S12
S52
GND
2.2-109
PNOZ X9P
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP/safety gate wiring (single-channel E-STOP/safety gate wiring

and dual-channel without shorts across (dual-channel with shorts across contacts)
contacts)
Automatic reset
S33 S12
S34 S34
Manual reset S3 S3
S33 S12
2.2
S34 S34
S33 S12
S34 S34
Y1 Y1
S37 S37
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit
Y1
K5 K6
Y2
13 (23 ... 73) L1
K5 N
14 (24 ... 74)
K6
Y31 24 V DC/12 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y35 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-110
PNOZ X9P
UB = 12 VDC/24 VDC
Klemmenbelegung
S11 S12 S12 S21 S22 Y1 Y2

P3
A1 S33 S34 S33 81 81 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73
P4 P5
PNOZ X9P
81 81 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73
POWER START
IN - CH. 1 - OUT
IN - CH. 2 - OUT
82 82 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74
2.2
P4 P5
A2 Y1 S37 82 82 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74
P3
Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 S11 S52
UB = 24 VDC/100 -240 VAC
S11 S12 S12 S21 S22 Y1 Y2

P3
A1 B1 S33 S34 S33 81 81 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73
P4 P5
PNOZ X9P AC
81 81 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73
POWER START
IN - CH. 1 - OUT
IN - CH. 2 - OUT
82 82 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74
20162
P4 P5
A2 B2 Y1 S37 82 82 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74
P3
Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 S11 S52


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70") 90
(3.54")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-111
PNOZ X9P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SIR_SLR_400 Bsp

in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC 100 - 240 V
Supply voltage UB DC 12 V, 24 V
Voltage tolerance -15 %/+10 % No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
-20 %/+20 % No. 777607
Power consumption at UB DC 5.5 W No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
7.0 W No. 777607
2.2-112
PNOZ X9P
Electrical data
Input circuit DC: 12.0 V No. 777607 130.0 mA No. 777607
24.0 V No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609 50.0 mA No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
Reset circuit DC: 12.0 V No. 777607 100.0 mA No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
24.0 V No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609 200.0 mA No. 777607
Feedback loop DC: 12.0 V No. 777607 100.0 mA No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
24.0 V No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609 200.0 mA No. 777607
Pmax: 2000 VA
Safety contacts: DC1 at 24 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 8.0 A 2.2
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Semiconductor outputs (short circuit proof) 12.0 V No. 777607
24.0 V No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609 DC, 20 mA
External supply voltage 12.0 V No. 777607
24.0 V No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609 DC
single-channel at UB DC 45 Ohm No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
8 Ohm No. 777607
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 15 Ohm No. 777607
90 Ohm No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 15 Ohm No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
8 Ohm No. 777607
9 Ohm No. 777607
2.2-113
PNOZ X9P

Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset typ. 130 ms No. 777607
200 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
with automatic reset max. 200 ms No. 777607
250 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
2.2 with automatic reset after power on typ. 150 ms No. 777607
220 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
with automatic reset after power on max. 220 ms No. 777607
300 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
with manual reset typ. 150 ms No. 777607
200 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
with manual reset max. 200 ms No. 777607
250 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
on monitored reset with falling edge typ. 100 ms No. 777607
150 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
on monitored reset with falling edge max. 150 ms No. 777607
220 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
with power failure typ. 170 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
60 ms No. 777607
with power failure max. 250 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
80 ms No. 777607
with power failure typ. UB AC: 100 V, 100 V 165 ms No. 777606, 787606
with power failure max. UB AC: 100 V, 100 V 200 ms No. 777606, 787606
after E-STOP 50 ms
after power failure 100 ms No. 777607
300 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
with falling edge 30 ms No. 777607
50 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 150 ms No. 777606, 777609, 787606, 787609
50 ms No. 777607
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2-114
PNOZ X9P
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787606, 787609
94.0 mm No. 777606, 777607, 777609
Width 90.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 570 g No. 787609
575 g No. 787606
580 g No. 777607, 777609
585 g No. 777606
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC
2.2-115
PNOZ X9P

1 8.00 A 8.00 A No. 777606, 787606
2 8.00 A 8.00 A No. 777606, 787606
3 8.00 A 8.00 A No. 777606, 787606
4 7.00 A 7.00 A No. 777606, 787606
5 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 777606, 787606
6 5.50 A 5.50 A No. 777606, 787606
7 5.00 A 5.00 A No. 777606, 787606
Bestelldaten
Order reference
2.2
PNOZ X9P C 110 - 240 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 606
PNOZ X9P 110 - 240 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 606
2.2-116
PNOZ X10.11P


– 4 auxiliary contacts (N/C), in- self-monitoring.
stantaneous ` The safety function remains effec-
` LED indicator for: ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
1001992-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X10.11P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors Sicherheitseigenschaften Zusatz - Sicherung DC_PNOZ

pushbuttons, safety gates and light – Supply voltage 2.2
beam devices – Reset circuit
– Input circuits
terminal)
PNOZ X10.11P
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
` Safety gates
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 Y3 S33 S34 S37 13 23 33 43 53 63 71 81 91 01
= Reset/ Reset/
Input Input Input Start Start K1
=
K2
Power
Feed-
back K3
Y1 Y2 14 24 34 44 54 64 72 82 92 02
2.2-117
PNOZ X10.11P

Timing diagram
x
1
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3
a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S33(S12)- 72, 81-82, 91-92, 01-02 circuit
S34 ` c: Automatic reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
S22, Y3 ` e: Monitored reset ` t3: Recovery time
23-24, 33-34, 43-44, 53-54, 63-64 circuit
Wiring
Please note:
Rlmax
` Information given in the “Technical Imax =
Rl / km
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43- Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
44, 53-54, 63-64 are safety con- ance (see technical details)
tacts, outputs 71-72, 81-82, 91-92, Rl /km = cable resistance/km
01-02 are auxiliary contacts (e.g. for ` Use copper wire that can withstand
display). 60/75 °C.
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
should be connected before the provided on all output contacts with
output contacts (see technical de- capacitive and inductive loads.
tails).
` Calculation of the max. cabling runs
2.2-118
PNOZ X10.11P
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S12 S11 S21
Y3 S21 S22 S12
S22 Y3
E-STOP S1
S11 S21
Y3 S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S12 S11
S12 S1
S11 S21 S2
Y3 S21 S22 S12
S22 Y3
Safety gate
S11
S1
S11 S12 S2
Y3 S21
S22

S21
S22 S12
Y3
GND
2.2-119
PNOZ X10.11P
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP/safety gate wiring (single or dual- E-STOP/safety gate wiring (dual-channel,
channel, without detection of shorts across with detection of shorts across contacts)
contacts)
Automatic reset
S33 S12
S34 S34
Manual reset S3 S3
S33 S12
2.2
S34 S34
S33 S12
S34 S34
Y1 Y1
S37 S37
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit
Y1
K5 K6
Y2
13 (23 ... 63) L1
K5 N
14 (24 ... 64)
K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-120
PNOZ X10.11P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 A1 S33 S34 71 91 91 81
X1 P3
Y3 S11 S12 S12 S21 S22 Y1 Y2 81 01 13 23 33 43 53 63
X2 P4 X6 P5
PNOZ X10.11P 71 91 91 81 81 0113 23 33 43 53 63

POWER K1
CH.1 IN K2
CH.2 IN K3
72 92 92 82 82 0214 24 34 44 54 64
2.2
18993
X3 P4 X7 P5
Y1 Y2 S11 Y3 S12 Y1 S37 82 02 14 24 34 44 54 64
X4 P3
A2 A2 72 92 92 82


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70") 90
(3.54")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-121
PNOZ X10.11P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-122
PNOZ X10.11P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
2.2
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
after E-STOP 50 ms
2.2-123
PNOZ X10.11P
Times
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2 Rated insulation voltage 250 V
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787750
94.0 mm No. 777750
Width 90.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 560 g No. 787750
570 g No. 777750
2.2-124
PNOZ X10.11P
INFORMATION

][Dauerstrom_DC

1 8.00 A 2.2
2 8.00 A
3 8.00 A
4 7.00 A
5 6.00 A
6 5.50 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ X10.11P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 750
PNOZ X10.11P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 750
2.2-125
PNOZ X11P


` 2 semiconductor outputs tive in the case of a component fail-
` LED indicator for: ` The tranformer is short circuit-
1001993-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
X11P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors

– Switch status channel 1/2 proof. An electronic fuse is used on
2.2 pushbuttons, safety gates and light – Supply voltage a DC supply.
beam devices – Reset circuit
– Input circuits
Approvals ` Semiconductor outputs signal:
– Supply voltage is present
PNOZ X11P ` Plug-in connection terminals (either
terminal)
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
Zulassungen
` Safety gates
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 S33 S34 S37 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 81
~ Reset/ Reset/
Input Input Input Start Start
= K1
Power
= Feed-
K2
back
= 0 V 24 V
B1 B2 Y1 Y2 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 82
2.2-126
PNOZ X11P
Function description – short circuits in the input circuit – the input circuit is closed and
and, with a monitored reset, in then the reset circuit is closed
` Single-channel operation: no re- the reset circuit too, and opened again.
dundancy in the input circuit, earth – shorts between contacts in the – the reset circuit is closed and
faults in the reset and input circuit input circuit. then opened again once the in-
are detected. ` Automatic start: Unit is active once put circuit is closed.
` Dual-channel operation with detec- the input circuit has been closed. ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit_quer_ber ][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung
tion of shorts across contacts: re- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once instantaneous safety contacts by
dundant input circuit, detects the input circuit is closed and then connecting contact expansion
– earth faults in the reset and input the reset circuit is closed. modules or external contactors.
circuit, ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
Timing diagram
H
C
N
U
R
s
x
1
b
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
2.2
1 2 3
a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi RUN
Out semi CH
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S33-S34, 82 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset
S37 ` Out semi RUN: Semiconductor out- circuit
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- put supply voltage Y35 ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
S22, S31-S32 ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- circuit
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, put switch status Y32 ` t1: Switch-on delay
23-24, 33-34, 43-44, 53-54, 63-64, ` c: Automatic reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
73-74 ` d: Manual reset ` t3: Recovery time
Wiring
Please note:
Rlmax
Rl / km
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43- Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
44, 53-54, 63-64, 73-74 are safety ance (see technical details)
contacts, output 81-82 is an auxilia- Rl /km = cable resistance/km
ry contact (e.g. for display). ` Use copper wire that can withstand
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse 60/75 °C.
should be connected before the ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
output contacts (see technical de- provided on all output contacts with
tails). capacitive and inductive loads.
2.2-127
PNOZ X11P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 B1 L+
A2 N
B2 PE B2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1
tacts S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts S1
S12
S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31
2.2-128
PNOZ X11P
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S33 S33
S34 S34
Manual reset S3 S3
S33 S33
S34 S34 2.2

S33 S33
S34 S34
S37 S37
` Feedback circuit

Y1 Y1
K5 K6 K5 K6
Y2 Y2
13 (23 ... 73) L1 13 (23 ... 73) L1
K5 N K5 N
14 (24 ... 74) 14 (24 ... 74)
K6 K6
Y31 24 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y35 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-129
PNOZ X11P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.2


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70") 90
(3.54")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-130
PNOZ X11P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC 24 V, 110 - 120 V, 230 - 240 V
2.2-131
PNOZ X11P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
2.2 Safety contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 5.0 A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
2.2-132
PNOZ X11P
Times
after E-STOP 50 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
2.2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787080, 787083, 787086
94.0 mm No. 777080, 777083, 777086
Width 90.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 630 g No. 787080, 787083, 787086
640 g No. 777080, 777083, 777086

2.2-133
PNOZ X11P
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 8.00 A 8.00 A
2 8.00 A 8.00 A
3 8.00 A 6.80 A
4 7.20 A 5.90 A
5 6.50 A 5.30 A
6 5.90 A 4.80 A
7 5.50 A 4.50 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.2-134
PNOZ XV1P

Gertemerkmale

neous
– 1 safety contact (N/O), delay-on The relay meets the following safety
de-energisation requirements:
` Connection options for: ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
– E-STOP pushbutton self-monitoring.
– Safety gate limit switch ` The safety function remains effec-
– Reset button tive in the case of a component fail-
– Light barriers ure.
1002010-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
XV1P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
][Bildunterschrift
pushbuttons and safety gates. – Supply voltage automatically in each on-off cycle. 2.2
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
Approvals spring-loaded terminal or screw

terminal)
PNOZ XV1P
Unit description
The max. category the safety contacts

Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung_Kategorie_PNOZ
can achieve in accordance with EN

954-1 and EN ISO 13849-1 is stated in
the technical details.
ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S32 S21 S22 13 23 37
=
Input Input Input
K3
=
K1
Power K4
K2
Start Start
S14 S33 S34 14 24 38
2.2-135
PNOZ XV1P
the reset circuit too, the input circuit has been closed.
` Single-channel operation: no re- – shorts between contacts in the ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_einkanalig ][Funktionen_berStart_Wartezeit
dundancy in the input circuit, earth input circuit. the input circuit is closed and once
faults in the reset and input circuit ` Dual-channel operation without de- the reset circuit is closed after the
are detected. tection of shorts across contacts: waiting period has elapsed
` Dual-channel operation with detec- redundant input circuit, detects (see technical details).
tion of shorts across contacts: re- – earth faults in the reset and input ` Increase in the number of available
dundant input circuit, detects circuit, instantaneous safety contacts by

– earth faults in the reset and input – short circuits in the input circuit connecting contact expansion
circuit, and, with a monitored reset, in modules or external contactors.
– short circuits in the input circuit the reset circuit too.
Timing diagram
2.2
rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
1 2
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output safe del

t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 t2 t3 t5 t4 t1 t2 t3
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe: Safety contacts, in- ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S11-S14, stantaneous 13-14, 23-24 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
S33-S34 ` Output safe del: Safety contacts, ` t3: Delay time
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S12- delayed 37-38 ` t4: Waiting period
S32, S21-S22 ` c: Automatic reset ` t5: Recovery time
` d: Monitored reset
Wiring


` Outputs 37-38 are delay-on de-en-
ergisation safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-136
PNOZ XV1P
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1
tacts S21 S12
S22 S32
E-STOP S1
S11 S21
S12 S22
S32
Safety gate
tacts S1
S11
S21 S12
S22 S32
Safety gate
S21
S1
S11 S22 S2
S12 S12
S32

S21
S22 S12
S32
2.2-137
PNOZ XV1P
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP wiring, safety gate Safety gate (dual-channel)

Automatic reset
S11
S1 S2
S14 S11
S14
Monitored reset S3
S33
2.2
S34
` Feedback circuit

S11 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S14 S34
13 (23) L1 13 (23) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24) 14 (24) N
K6 K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-138
PNOZ XV1P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.2

Montage

121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-139
PNOZ XV1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SIM Bsp

the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-140
PNOZ XV1P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1250 VA
Pmax: 125 W
Pmax: 1250 VA
Pmax: 125 W
2.2
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts, delayed: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
PL in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1: 2006
Safety contacts, instantaneous PL e (Cat. 4)
Safety contacts, delayed <30 s PL d (Cat. 3)
Safety contacts, delayed ≥30 s PL c (Cat. 1)
Category in accordance with EN 954-1
Safety contacts, instantaneous Cat. 4
Safety contacts, delayed <30 s Cat. 3
Safety contacts, delayed ≥30 s Cat. 1
SIL CL in accordance with EN IEC 62061
Safety contacts, instantaneous SIL CL 3
Safety contacts, delayed <30 s SIL CL 3
Safety contacts, delayed ≥30 s SIL CL 1
PFH in accordance with EN IEC 62061
Safety contacts, instantaneous 2.31E-09
Safety contacts, delayed <30 s 2.64E-09
Safety contacts, delayed ≥30 s 2.87E-09
SIL in accordance with IEC 61511
Safety contacts, instantaneous SIL 3
Safety contacts, delayed <30 s SIL 3
Safety contacts, delayed ≥30 s SIL 2
PFD in accordance with IEC 61511
2.2-141
PNOZ XV1P
Times
Switch-on delay
2.2 after E-STOP 50 ms +tv
Repetition accuracy 2%
Time accuracy -20 %/+20 %
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-142
PNOZ XV1P
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787601, 787602
94.0 mm No. 777601, 777602
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 225 g No. 787601, 787602
230 g No. 777601, 777602
only valid if the values in the service life If the service life graphs are not acces- ue as well as the failure rates of the 2.2
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC

1 5.00 A
2 3.70 A
3 3.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ XV1P 24 VDC 3 s selectable Screw terminals 777 601
PNOZ XV1P C 24 VDC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 601
2.2-143
PNOZ XV2P

` Positive-guided relay outputs: can achieve in accordance with

Gertemerkmale
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- EN 954-1 and EN ISO 13849-1 is stat-

neous ed in the technical details.
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on
de-energisation Safety features
– E-STOP pushbutton The relay meets the following safety
– Safety gate limit switch requirements:

– Reset button ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
` Delay-on de-energisation, fixed or self-monitoring.
1002451-EN-01-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
XV2P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
adjustable ` The safety function remains effec-
][Bildunterschrift
` Delay time can be cancelled via re- tive in the case of a component fail-
2.2 pushbuttons and safety gates. set button ure.
Approvals – Switch status channel 1/2 the safety function relays is tested
– Reset circuit ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
PNOZ XV2P ` Plug-in connection terminals (either

terminal)
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 13 23 37 47
=
Input Input Input
K3
=
K1
Power K4
Reset/ Reset/ Reset K2

Start Start
t
S13 S14 S33 S34 Y39 Y40 14 24 38 48
2.2-144
PNOZ XV2P
Function description – earth faults in the reset and input ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
circuit, the input circuit is closed and once

` Single-channel operation: no re- – short circuits in the input circuit the reset circuit is closed after the
dundancy in the input circuit, earth and, with a monitored reset, in waiting period has elapsed
faults in the reset and input circuit the reset circuit too, (see technical details).
are detected. – shorts between contacts in the ` Increase in the number of available
` Dual-channel operation with detec- input circuit. instantaneous safety contacts by

tion of shorts across contacts: re- ` Automatic start: Unit is active once connecting contact expansion
dundant input circuit, detects the input circuit has been closed. modules or external contactors.
Timing diagram
l
2
b
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
2.2
POWER
Reset/Start
Reset tv
Input
Output safe
Output safe del

Key
` Reset tv: Y39-Y40 delayed 37-38, 47-48 ` t4: Waiting period
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` c: Automatic reset ` t5: Recovery time
S22, S31-S32 ` d: Monitored reset
Wiring

][Verdrahtung_Si_unverz_verz

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24 are instanta-
neous safety contacts, outputs 37-
38, 47-48 are delay-on de-energi-
sation safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-145
PNOZ XV2P
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1
tacts S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts S1
S12
S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S13 S13
S14 S14
S33 S33
S34 S34
2.2-146
PNOZ XV2P
` Feedback circuit

S13 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S14 S34
13 (23,37,47) L1 13 (23,37,47) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24,38,48) 14 (24,38,48) N
K6 K6
` Reset delay time
Reset Without reset With reset 2.2

Link or N/C contact
Y39 Y39
Y40
Y40
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-147
PNOZ XV2P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 S31 S32 S11 S12 S13 S14

P3
13 23 37 47
P4
13 23 37 47
PNOZ XV2P
14 24 38 48
POWER 8
6 10
START 4 15
2 20
CH.1 1 25CH. 1 [t]
0,5 0 30
CH.2 CH. 2 [t]
s
2.2
18823
P3
14 24 38 48
P4
A2 Y39 Y40 S21 S22 S33S34


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-148
PNOZ XV2P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SIR_SLR_400 Bsp


in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-149
PNOZ XV2P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
2.2 Safety contacts, delayed: DC13 at 24 V (6 cycles/min) Imax: 7.0 A
Safety contacts, delayed: 10 A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
2.2-150
PNOZ XV2P
Times
Switch-on delay
after E-STOP 50 ms +tv
2.2
Delay time tV: selectable 0,00 s; 0,50 s; 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 4,00 s; 6,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s;
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 777500
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 777502
0,00 s; 0,50 s; 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 4,00 s; 6,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s;
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 787500
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 787502
Delay time tV: fixed 0.50 s No. 777504, 787504
1.00 s No. 777503, 787503
Time accuracy -15 %/+15 % +50 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-151
PNOZ XV2P
Mechanical data
777504
777504
777504
Torque setting with screw terminals 0.50 Nm No. 777500, 777502, 777503, 777504
nals: Flexible with/without crimp connectors 787504
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787500, 787502, 787503, 787504
Stripping length 8 mm No. 787500, 787502, 787503, 787504
2.2 Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787500, 787502, 787503, 787504
94.0 mm No. 777500, 777502, 777503, 777504
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 340 g No. 7875030, 787504
350 g No. 777503, 777504, 787500, 787502
360 g No. 777500, 777502
INFORMATION


The standards current on 03/02 apply.
][Dauerstrom_DC

1 8.00 A
2 7.00 A
3 5.70 A
4 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
2.2-152
PNOZ XV2P
Order reference

PNOZ XV2P 24 VDC 1 s fixed Screw terminals 777 503
PNOZ XV2P C 24 VDC 1 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 503
PNOZ XV2P 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 504
PNOZ XV2P C 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 504
2.2
2.2-153
PNOZ XV2.1P
Unit features EN 954-1 and EN ISO 13849-1 is stat-

ed in the technical details.
Gertemerkmale

neous
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on The relay meets the following safety
de-energisation requirements:
– E-STOP pushbutton self-monitoring.
– Safety gate limit switch ` The safety function remains effec-
– Reset button tive in the case of a component fail-
` Delay time can be cancelled via re- ure.
1002011-EN-02-2011-04
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
XV2.1P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
set button ` The correct opening and closing of
` Delay-on de-energisation, fixed or the safety function relays is tested
][Bildunterschrift
adjustable automatically in each on-off cycle.

pushbuttons and safety gates. ` LED indicator for: ` The unit has an electronic fuse.

Approvals – Supply voltage
– Reset circuit
PNOZ XV2.1P
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1


applications with
` Safety gates
can achieve in accordance with

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 13 23 37 47
~
Input Input Input
K3
=
K1
Power K4

Start Start
t
S13 S14 S33 S34 Y39 Y40 14 24 38 48
2.2-154
PNOZ XV2.1P
Function description – earth faults in the reset and input ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
circuit, the input circuit is closed and once

` Single-channel operation: no re- – short circuits in the input circuit the reset circuit is closed after the
dundancy in the input circuit, earth and, with a monitored reset, in waiting period has elapsed
faults in the reset and input circuit the reset circuit too, (see technical details).
are detected. – shorts between contacts in the ` Increase in the number of available
` Dual-channel operation with detec- input circuit. instantaneous safety contacts by

tion of shorts across contacts: re- ` Automatic start: Unit is active once connecting contact expansion
dundant input circuit, detects the input circuit has been closed. modules or external contactors.
Timing diagram
l
2
b
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
2.2
POWER
Reset/Start
Reset tv
Input
Output safe
Output safe del

Key
Wiring


` Outputs 13-14, 23-24 are instanta-
neous safety contacts, outputs 37-
38, 47-48 are delay-on de-energi-
sation safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-155
PNOZ XV2.1P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
A2 N
PE A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1
tacts S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts S1
S12
S21 S11
S22 S32
S31
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31
2.2-156
PNOZ XV2.1P
` Reset circuit

Automatic reset
S13
S1 S2
S14 S13
S14
S33 S33
S34 S34 2.2
S13 S13
S14 S14
` Reset delay time
Reset Without reset With reset

Link or N/C contact
Y39 Y39
Y40
Y40
` Feedback circuit

S13 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S14 S34
13 (23,37,47) L1 13 (23,37,47) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24,38,48) 14 (24,38,48) N
K6 K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-157
PNOZ XV2.1P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 Y39 Y40 13 23 37 47
P3 P5
S31 S32 S11 S12 S13 S14
P4
13 23 37 47
PNOZ XV2.1P
POWER
0,6 0,7 0,8
START 0,5 1
14 24 38 48
0,4 1,5
CH.1 0,3 2 CH.1 [t]
0,2 0,1 3
CH.2 CH.2 [t]
s
2.2
20525
P3 P5
A2 S21 S22 S33 S34 14 24 38 48


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70") 90
(3.54")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-158
PNOZ XV2.1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-159
PNOZ XV2.1P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
2.2-160
PNOZ XV2.1P
Times
Switch-on delay
with power failure typ. UB AC/DC: 24 V 120 ms
with power failure max. UB AC/DC: 24 V 500 ms
with power failure typ. UB AC : 240 V 900 ms
with power failure max. UB AC : 240 V 2200 ms
2.2
after power failure on universal power supply 2250 ms
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 777540
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 777542
0,00 s; 5,00 s; 10,00 s; 20,00 s; 40,00 s; 60,00 s; 80,00 s;
100,00 s; 150,00 s; 200,00 s; 250,00 s; 300,00 s No. 777548
0,00 s; 0,50 s; 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 4,00 s; 6,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s;
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 787540
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 787542
0,00 s; 5,00 s; 10,00 s; 20,00 s; 40,00 s; 60,00 s; 80,00 s;
100,00 s; 150,00 s; 200,00 s; 250,00 s; 300,00 s No. 787548
Delay time tV: fixed 0.50 s No. 777544
10.00 s No. 777547
3.00 s No. 777545
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
2.2-161
PNOZ XV2.1P
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
777545, 777547, 777548
777545, 777547, 777548
777545, 777547, 777548
2.2 nals: Flexible with/without crimp connectors
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787540, 787542, 787548
94.0 mm No. 777540, 777542, 777544, 777545, 777547, 777548
Width 90.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 550 g No. 777544, 777545, 777547, 787540, 787542, 787548
560 g No. 777540, 777542, 777548
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC
2.2-162
PNOZ XV2.1P

1 8.00 A 8.00 A
2 7.00 A 7.00 A
3 5.70 A 5.70 A
4 5.00 A 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ XV2.1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 542
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 3 s selectable Screw terminals 777 542 2.2
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 30 s selectable Screw terminals 777 540
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 544
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 3 s fixed Screw terminals 777 545
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 10 s fixed Screw terminals 777 547
2.2-163
PNOZ XV3P

` Positive-guided relay outputs: The max. category the safety contacts
Gertemerkmale Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung_Kategorie_PNOZ
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- can achieve in accordance with

neous EN 954-1 and EN ISO 13849-1 is stat-
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on ed in the technical details.
de-energisation
` Connection options for: Safety features
– Safety gate limit switch The relay meets the following safety
– Reset button requirements:

– Light barriers ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
1002452-EN-01-2011-11
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
XV3P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors ` Delay-on de-energisation, fixed or self-monitoring.
adjustable ` The safety function remains effec-
` Delay time can be cancelled via re- tive in the case of a component fail-
pushbuttons, safety gates and light
set button ure.
beam devices
Approvals

PNOZ XV3P
terminal)
Unit description

ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1


applications with
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 13 23 33 47 57
=
Input Input Input
K3
=
K1
Power K4

Start Start
t
S13 S14 S33 S34 Y39 Y40 14 24 34 48 58
2.2-164
PNOZ XV3P
the reset circuit too. the input circuit has been closed.
` Single-channel operation: no re- ` Dual-channel operation with detec- ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_einkanalig ][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit_quer_ber ][Funktionen_berStart_Wartezeit
dundancy in the input circuit, earth tion of shorts across contacts: re- the input circuit is closed and once
faults in the reset and input circuit dundant input circuit, detects the reset circuit is closed after the
are detected. – earth faults in the reset and input waiting period has elapsed
` Dual-channel operation without de- circuit, (see technical details).
tection of shorts across contacts: – short circuits in the input circuit ` Increase in the number of available
redundant input circuit, detects and, with a monitored reset, in instantaneous safety contacts by
– earth faults in the reset and input the reset circuit too, connecting contact expansion
circuit, – shorts between contacts in the modules or external contactors.
– short circuits in the input circuit input circuit.
Timing diagram
2.2
l
2
b
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
POWER
Reset/Start
Reset tv
Input
Output safe
Output safe del

Key
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S13-S14, stantaneous 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
Wiring
Please note: Rl / km = cable resistance/km

` Information given in the “Technical ` Use copper wire that can withstand
details” must be followed. 60/75 °C.
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are in- ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
stantaneous safety contacts, out- provided on all output contacts with
puts 47-48, 57-58 are delay-on de- capacitive and inductive loads.
energisation safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

2.2-165
PNOZ XV3P
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S21 S11 S21
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S12 S11
S21 S1
S11 S21 S2
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31

via ESPE S21
S22 S12
S32
2.2-166
PNOZ XV3P
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP wiring (single-channel), E-STOP wiring (dual-channel),

Automatic reset
S13 S13
S14 S14
S33 S33
S34 S34 2.2
` Reset delay time

Link or N/C contact
Y39 Y39
Y40
Y40
` Feedback circuit

S13 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S14 S34
13 (23 ... 57) L1 13 (23 ... 57) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24 ... 58) 14 (24 ... 58) N
K6 K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-167
PNOZ XV3P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 S31 S32 S11 S12 S13 S14

P3
13 23 33 47 57
P4
13 23 33 47 57
PNOZ XV3P
14 24 34 48 58
POWER 8
6 10
START 4 15
2 20
CH.1 1 25 [t] CH.1
0,5 0 30
CH.2 [t] CH.2
s
20507
2.2 P3
14 24 34 48 58
P4
A2 Y39 Y40 S21 S22 S33S34


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-168
PNOZ XV3P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-169
PNOZ XV3P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
2.2-170
PNOZ XV3P
Times
Switch-on delay
2.2
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 777510
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 777512
0,00 s; 5,00 s; 10,00 s; 20,00 s; 40,00 s; 60,00 s; 80,00 s;
100,00 s; 150,00 s; 200,00 s; 250,00 s; 300,00 s No. 777518
0,00 s; 0,50 s; 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 4,00 s; 6,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s;
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 787510
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 787512
0,00 s; 5,00 s; 10,00 s; 20,00 s; 40,00 s; 60,00 s; 80,00 s;
100,00 s; 150,00 s; 200,00 s; 250,00 s; 300,00 s No. 787518
10.00 s No. 777517
3.00 s No. 777515
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
2.2-171
PNOZ XV3P
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
777515, 777517, 777518
777515, 777517, 777518
777515, 777517, 777518
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787510, 787512, 787518
94.0 mm No. 777510, 777512, 777514, 777515, 777517, 777518
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 360 g No. 777514, 777515, 777517, 787510, 787512, 787518
370 g No. 777510, 777512, 777518
INFORMATION


The standards current on 08/02 apply.
][Dauerstrom_DC
2.2-172
PNOZ XV3P

1 8.00 A
2 6.80 A
3 5.50 A
4 4.80 A
5 4.30 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ XV3P 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 514 2.2
2.2-173
PNOZ XV3.1P
` Positive-guided relay outputs: The safety relay meets the require-

Gertemerkmale Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung NOT-AUS, Schutzt, Lichtschr_PNOZ
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

neous and VDE 0113-1 and may be used in
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on applications with
de-energisation ` E-STOP pushbuttons
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- ` Safety gates
taneous ` Light beam devices
` Connection options for: The max. category the safety contacts
– E-STOP pushbutton can achieve in accordance with

– Safety gate limit switch EN 954-1 and EN ISO 13849-1 is stat-
1002013-EN-02-2011-04
2.2 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
XV3.1P
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Light barriers ed in the technical details.
][Bildunterschrift – Reset button
2.2 ` Delay-on de-energisation, fixed or Safety features
pushbuttons and safety gates.
adjustable
` Delay time can be cancelled via re- The relay meets the following safety
Approvals
set button requirements:
` LED indicator for: ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
PNOZ XV3.1P – Switch status channel 1/2 self-monitoring.
– Supply voltage ` The safety function remains effec-
– Reset circuit tive in the case of a component fail-
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ure.
spring-loaded terminal or screw ` The correct opening and closing of
terminal) the safety function relays is tested
` See order reference for unit types automatically in each on-off cycle.
` The tranformer is short circuit-
proof. An electronic fuse is used on

a DC supply.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 13 23 33 57 67 41
~ Input Input Input

K3
=
K1
Power
Power K4

Start Start
t
S13 S14 S33 S34 Y39 Y40 14 24 34 58 68 42

UB AC
2.2-174
PNOZ XV3.1P
the reset circuit too, the input circuit has been closed.
` Single-channel operation: no re- – shorts between contacts in the ` Monitored reset: Unit is active once
][Funktionen_einkanalig_Erd_Start ][Funktionen_berStart_Wartezeit
dundancy in the input circuit, earth input circuit. the input circuit is closed and once
faults in the reset circuit are detect- ` Dual-channel operation without de- the reset circuit is closed after the
ed. tection of shorts across contacts: waiting period has elapsed

` Dual-channel operation with detec- redundant input circuit, detects (see technical details).
tion of shorts across contacts: re- – earth faults in the reset and input ` Increase in the number of available
dundant input circuit, detects circuit, instantaneous safety contacts by

– earth faults in the reset and input – short circuits in the input circuit connecting contact expansion
circuit, and, with a monitored reset, in modules or external contactors.
– short circuits in the input circuit the reset circuit too.
Timing diagram
2.2
l
x
2
b
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
POWER
Reset/Start
Reset tv
Input
Output safe
Output aux
Output safe del

Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe del: Safety contacts, ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S13-S14, delayed 57-58, 67-68 ` t3: Delay time
S33-S34 ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t4: Waiting period
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- 42 ` t5: Recovery time
S22, S31-S32 ` c: Automatic reset
` Output safe: Safety contacts, in- ` d: Monitored reset
stantaneous 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 ` t1: Switch-on delay
Wiring
Please note:
][Verdrahtung_Si_unverz_verz_1Hi_unverz
Rlmax
Rl / km
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are in- Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
stantaneous safety contacts, out- ance (see technical details)
puts 57-58, 67-68 are delay-on de- Rl /km = cable resistance/km
energisation safety contacts, out- ` Use copper wire that can withstand
put 41-42 is an instantaneous auxil- 60/75 °C.
iary contact (e.g. for display). ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse provided on all output contacts with
should be connected before the capacitive and inductive loads.
tails).
2.2-175
PNOZ XV3.1P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
A2 N
PE A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S21 S11 S21
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
E-STOP S1
S11 S32
S12 S31
S21
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S12 S11
S21 S1
S11 S21 S2
S22 S32 S22 S12
S31 S32
Safety gate
S22
S1
S11 S21 S2
S12 S32
S31

S21
S22
via ESPE
(only when UB = 24 VDC) A2 S12
S32
GND
2.2-176
PNOZ XV3.1P
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit E-STOP wiring (single-channel), E-STOP wiring (dual-channel)

Automatic reset
S13 S13
S14 S14
S33 S33
S34 S34 2.2
` Reset delay time

Link or N/C contact
Y39 Y39
Y40
Y40
` Feedback circuit

S13 S33
K5 K6 K5 K6
S14 S34
13 (23, 33) L1 13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N K5
14 (24, 34) 14 (24 ,34) N
K6 K6
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.2-177
PNOZ XV3.1P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.2

Montage

121 (4.76")

94 (3.70") 90
(3.54")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-178
PNOZ XV3.1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Power consumption at UB AC 8.5 VA No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
Power consumption at UB DC 4.5 W No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
5.0 W No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
Input circuit DC: 24.0 V 40.0 mA No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
50.0 mA No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
2.2-179
PNOZ XV3.1P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
2.2 Auxiliary contacts: AC1 at 240 V Imin: 0.01 A , Imax: 8.0 A
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
single-channel at UB DC 100 Ohm No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
150 Ohm No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
single-channel at UB AC 150 Ohm No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 120 Ohm No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
200 Ohm No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 200 Ohm No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB DC 10 Ohm No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
20 Ohm No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
dual-channel with detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 20 Ohm No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
2.2-180
PNOZ XV3.1P

2.2
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset max. 550 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
850 ms No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
with automatic reset after power on typ. 400 ms No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
625 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
on monitored reset with rising edge typ. 35 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
40 ms No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
on monitored reset with rising edge max. 60 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
70 ms No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
with power failure typ. 110 ms No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
with power failure max. 150 ms No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
with power failure typ. UB AC/DC: 24 V No. 777530, 777532, 90 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
with power failure max. UB AC/DC: 24 V No. 777530, 777532, 250 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
with power failure typ. UB AC : 240 V 815 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
with power failure max. UB AC : 240 V 1900 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
after power failure 200 ms No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 787520, 787522
after power failure on universal power supply 2000 ms No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532, 787538
2.2-181
PNOZ XV3.1P
Times
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 777520
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 777522
0,00 s; 0,50 s; 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 4,00 s; 6,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s;
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 777530
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 777532
0,00 s; 5,00 s; 10,00 s; 20,00 s; 40,00 s; 60,00 s; 80,00 s;
100,00 s; 150,00 s; 200,00 s; 250,00 s; 300,00 s No. 777538
0,00 s; 0,50 s; 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 4,00 s; 6,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s;
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 787520
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 787522
2.2 0,00 s; 0,50 s; 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 4,00 s; 6,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s;
15,00 s; 20,00 s; 25,00 s; 30,00 s No. 787530
0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s; 1,00 s;
1,50 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s No. 787532
0,00 s; 5,00 s; 10,00 s; 20,00 s; 40,00 s; 60,00 s; 80,00 s;
100,00 s; 150,00 s; 200,00 s; 250,00 s; 300,00 s No. 787538
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
777530, 777532, 777538
777530, 777532, 777538
777530, 777532, 777538
2.2-182
PNOZ XV3.1P
Mechanical data
nals: Flexible with/without crimp connectors 787532, 787538
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787520, 787522, 787530, 787532, 787538
Stripping length 8 mm No. 787520, 787522, 787530, 787532, 787538
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787520, 787522, 787530, 787532, 787538
94.0 mm No. 777520, 777522, 777525, 777530, 777532, 777538
Width 90.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 500 g No. 787520, 787522
510 g No. 777520, 777522, 777525
570 g No. 787530, 787532, 787538
580 g No. 777530, 777532, 777538
2.2
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 8.00 A 8.00 A No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532,
787538
2 7.80 A 7.80 A No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532,
787538
3 6.50 A 6.50 A No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532,
787538
4 5.50 A 5.50 A No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532,
787538
5 5.00 A 5.00 A No. 777530, 777532, 777538, 787530, 787532,
787538
Bestelldaten
2.2-183
PNOZ XV3.1P
Order reference

PNOZ XV3.1P C 24 VDC 30 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 520
PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 30 s selectable Screw terminals 777 520
PNOZ XV3.1P C 24 VDC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 522
PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 3 s selectable Screw terminals 777 522
PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 3 s fixed Screw terminals 777 525
2.2
2.2-184
Muting controller
Up to Category 4, EN 954-1
PMUT X1P
Unit features – Light barrier (ESPE) active

` Positive-guided relay outputs: spring-loaded terminal or screw
Gertemerkmale
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- terminal)

neous ` See order reference for unit types
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan-
taneous Unit description
` 4 inputs for muting sensors
` 1 ESPE input (2channel) The muting controller meets the re-
Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung_Muting_PDB
` 1 input for additional safety light quirements of EN 60204-1.

barrier (dual-channel) or safety con- It may be used in safety circuits which
tacts temporarily suspend safety functions
PMUT
1001961-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to Category
Muting
Up
Gertebild
X1P
controller4, EN 954-1 ` 2 muting lamps (muting), in accordance with
` Connection options for EN 61496-1.
Unit for the temporary suspension of 2.2
][Bildunterschrift_Muting
– Reset button
safety functions (muting)
– Key switch Safety features
– Feedback loop
Approvals
` Monitors muting lamps The relay meets the following safety
` Muting mode: sequential or parallel requirements:

` LED indicators for ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
PMUT X1P
– Switch status channel 1/2 self-monitoring.
– Muting sensors ` The safety function remains effec-
– Light barrier tive in the case of a component fail-
– Simultaneity requirement ure.
– Muting lamp error ` The correct opening and closing of
` Semiconductor outputs signal: the safety function relays is tested
– Muting active
– One of the muting lamps defec-

tive
– Both muting lamps defective
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S1+ S1 S1- S2+ S2 S2- S3+ S3 S3- S4+ S4 S4- S11 S12 S21 S22 S31 S32 S51 S52 S61 S62 GND 13 23 33 41
= Input Input Input Input

MS1 MS2 MS3 MS4 Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Input 4 Input 5 GND
=
K1
Power
Feed- K2
back Lamp Start Reset
0V 24 V
Y1 Y2 LA+ LA- LB+ LB- S33 S34 S43 S44 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y33 Y34 Y35 Y36 14 24 34 42
2.2-185
Muting controller
PMUT X1P
Function description ` Dual-channel operation (contact or ` Monitored manual reset. Supply

semiconductor outputs from ESPE) voltage must be present before the
` Dual-channel operation (contact or with detection of shorts between reset contact is closed. The unit is
][Funktionen_Muting
semiconductor outputs from ESPE) contacts: Redundant input circuit, not active until the reset button has
without detection of shorts be- earth faults in the input circuit or been operated.
tween contacts shorts between the input circuits
are detected.
Timing diagram
n
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
2 4 6
1 3 5 4 3
2.2 POWER
Reset/Start
MS1
MS2
MS3
MS4
BWS
ML
Output safe
Output aux
t1 t3 t5
t2 t4
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contact 41-42 ` t1: Switch-on delay of safety con-
` Reset/start: Reset button ` c: Operate reset button tacts
` ESPE: Light barrier ` d: Close safety contacts ` t2: Minimum start pulse duration
` MS1 ... MS2: Muting sensors ` e: Muting on ` t3: Minimum period before light bar-
` ML: Muting lamps ` f: Light barrier interrupted rier may be interrupted
` Output Safe: Safety contacts 13- ` g: Muting off ` t4: Recovery time after muting off
14, 23-24, 33-34 ` h: Open safety contacts ` t5: Delay-on de-energisation
Wiring
Please note: ` The safety contacts can be used to

Rlmax
` Information given in the “Technical Imax = shutdown the hazardous move-
Rl / km
details” must be followed. ment.
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are Rlmax = max. overall cable resist- ` Only safe contact outputs (e.g. from
safety contacts, output 41-42 is an ance (see technical details) safety light barriers) may be used
auxiliary contact (e.g. for display). Rl /km = cable resistance/km on S51-S52 and S61-S62. Do not
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse ` Use copper wire that can withstand connect safety light barriers to
should be connected before the 60/75 °C. semiconductor outputs.
output contacts (see technical de- ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
tails). provided on all output contacts with
` Calculation of the max. cable runs capacitive and inductive loads.
lmax in the input circuit: ` Mechanical and optoelectronic
][Verdrahtung_Zusatz_Muting
sensors (safety light barriers, safety

light guards) are suitable for use.
2.2-186
Muting controller
PMUT X1P
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
Input circuit Semiconductor Contacts
Muting sensors
24 V DC S1+
Input S1 MS1
0V S1- 24 V DC S1+
24 V DC S2+ Input S1 MS1
Input S2 MS2 24 V DC S2+
0V S2- Input S2
MS2
24 V DC S3+ 24 V DC S3+
Input S3 MS3 Input S3
MS3
0V S3- 24 V DC S4+
24 V DC S4+ Input S4
MS4
Input S4 MS4
0V S4-
Light beam device (ESPE)

24 V DC S11
+
Semiconductor output 2 x PNP

0V GND
Light beam device detects shorts across
Input S22
contacts
Input S12
S31
S32
S51
S52
S61
S62
Light beam device (ESPE)

24 V DC S11 S21
+
Semiconductor output PNP/NPN

0V GND S22
Detection of shorts across contacts;
Input S32 S31
- Semiconductor: via light beam device
- Contacts: via PMUT X1P Input S22 S32
S11 S11
S12 S12
S51 S51
S52 S52
S61 S61
S62 S62
Additional light beam device, dual-channel,

S51
E-STOP pushbutton
S52
S61
S62
2.2-187
Muting controller
PMUT X1P
` Reset circuit
S1: Key switch S3

S3: Reset button S33
S34
S43
S44
S1
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit Link Contacts in series to feedback loop
Y1
2.2 Y1
Y2
K5 K6
13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N
14 (24, 34)
Y2
K6
Y32: Light beam device active

Y31 24 V DC
Y33: Muting active
Y32 SPS Input
Y34: Muting lamp warning
Y33 SPS Input
Y35: Both muting lamps defective
Y34 SPS Input
Y36: Safety contacts closed
Y35 SPS Input
Y36 SPS Input
Y30 0V
2.2-188
Muting controller
PMUT X1P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 S1+ S1 S1- LA+ LA- LB+ LB- S11 S12 S31 S32 13 23 33 41
P3 P5
A1 S3+ S3 S3- S33 S34 S43 S44
P4
13 23 33 41
PMUT X1P
POWER Output
S1 ML Fault
S2 CH.1 14 24 34 42
OSSD
S1+S2 CH.2
P4 P1
A2 S4+ S4 S4- Y30 Y31 Y1 Y2 S51 S52 S61 S62
P3 P5
A2 S2+ S2 S2- Y32 Y33 Y34 Y35 Y36 S21 S22 GND 14 24 34 42
2.2


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70") 90
(3.54")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-189
Muting controller
PMUT X1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2


Technische Daten
in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Muting lamp DC: 24.0 V max. 500 mA
Muting lamp LED DC: 24,0 V > 40 mA
Muting sensor DC: 24.0 V 40 mA
2.2-190
Muting controller
PMUT X1P
Electrical data
Max. power consumption
Muting sensors 5W
Light barrier 10 W
Muting lamp 12 W
Muting lamp LED > 0,96 W
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
2.2
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
Muting typ. 35 ms
Muting max. 80 ms
Muting lamp 1, typ. 25 ms
Muting lamp 1, max. 30 ms
Muting lamp 2 60 ms
2.2-191
Muting controller
PMUT X1P
Times
with power failure during muting typ. 125 ms
with power failure during muting max. 180 ms
after the safety function is triggered, typ. 15 ms
after the safety function is triggered, max. 20 ms
after E-STOP 320 ms
after power failure 1s
after muting sensors off 300 ms
2.2 Waiting period with a monitored reset
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 3s
Supply interruption before de-energisation in the input circuit 5.0 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 61000-6-2, EN 61496-1
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 788010
94.0 mm No. 778010
Width 90.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 550 g No. 788010
567 g No. 778010
2.2-192
Muting controller
PMUT X1P


][Dauerstrom_DC

1 8.00 A
2 6.00 A
3 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference 2.2

PMUT X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 788 010
PMUT X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 778 010
2.2-193
P2HZ X1P
Unit features It can be used in applications with

` Mechanical presses (EN 692)
` Positive-guided relay outputs: ` Hydraulic presses (EN 693)
Gertemerkmale
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- ` Safety circuits in accordance with

neous EN 60204-1
taneous Safety features
` 2 semiconductor outputs
` Connection options for: The two-hand control relay meets the
][Sicherheitseigenschaften_Zweihand
– 2 operator elements (buttons) following safety requirements:

– Switch status channel 1/2 self-monitoring
P2HZ
1001956-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to PL
Two-hand
Up
Gertebild
X1Pe control
of EN ISO
devices
13849-1 – Supply voltage ` The safety function remains effec-
` Semiconductor outputs signal: tive in the case of a component fail-
2.2 Two-hand control unit for press con-
][Bildunterschrift_Zweihand
– Switch status channel 1/2 ure

trollers and safety circuits
– Supply voltage is present ` The circuit prevents a further press
` Plug-in connection terminals (either stroke in the case of:
Approvals
spring-loaded terminal or screw – Relay failure
terminal) – Contact welding
` See order reference for unit types – Coil defect on a relay
P2HZ X1P
– Open circuit
Unit Description – Short circuit

The two-hand control relay meets the
][Gertebeschreibung_Zweihand
requirements of EN 574 Type IIIC. It

forces the operator to keep his hands
outside the danger zone area during
the hazardous movement. The unit is
suitable for use on controllers for met-

alworking presses as a component for
simultaneous switching.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S13 S21 S22 S23 13 23 33 41
~
Input Input
= K1
Power
K2
Feed-
back
0 V 24 V
Y1 Y2 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 14 24 34 42
2.2-194
P2HZ X1P
Function description one or both of the buttons are re- ` Reactivation: The output relays will
leased, the unit interrupts the con- not re-energise until both operator
` The two-hand control relay must be trol command for the hazardous elements have been released and
][Funktionen_Zweihand
activated by simultaneously press- movement. then re-operated simultaneously.

ing two buttons within 500 ms. If
Timing diagram
H
C
N
U
R
s
x
u
n
h
w
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Button 1
Button 2
2.2
Feedback loop
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi CH
Out semi RUN

t0 t1 t2 t3 t1 t3 t1
Key
` POWER: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t1: Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2
` Button 1/Button 2: Input circuits 42 ` t2: Operating cycle ended through
S11-S12-S13, S21-S22-S23 ` Out semi RUN: Semiconductor out- button 1 or 2
` Feedback loop: Feedback loop Y1- put for operational readiness Y35 ` t3: Y1-Y2 must be closed before
Y2 ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- before the button is operated (re-
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, put switch status Y32 covery time)
23-24, 33-34 ` t0: Recovery time after power on Shaded area: Status irrelevant
Wiring


` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-195
P2HZ X1P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
Two-hand button S11
S12
S13
S21 S2
S22
S23
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop
Y1
K5 K6
Y2
13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N
14 (24, 34)
K6
Y31 24 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y35 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Key
S1/S2 Two-hand button
2.2-196
P2HZ X1P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33 41
P3
Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 S21 S22 S23
P4
P2HZ X1P S11
POWER S13
CH.1 S12
S22
CH.2 S23
S21
2.2
19880
P4
A2 S11 S12 S13 14 24 34 42

][Montage_Zweihand Abmessungen

121 (4.76")
Notice
The distance of the button connected
to the two-hand relay from the nearest
danger zone must be large enough
that if one of the buttons is released,
the dangerous moment is interrupted 94 (3.70")
before the operator can reach into the * 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
danger zone (see EN 999 “The posi-
tioning of protective equipment in re-
spect of approach speeds of parts of
the human body”).
2.2-197
P2HZ X1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2


][Technische Daten Zweihand

in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC 24 V, 42 V, 48 V, 110 V, 115 V, 120 V, 230 V, 240 V
Power consumption at UB AC 6.0 VA No. 777330, 777331, 777332, 777434, 777435, 777436,
777438, 777439, 787330, 787331, 787332, 787434, 787435,
787436, 787438, 787439
2.2-198
P2HZ X1P
Electrical data
Input circuit DC: 24.0 V
N/O contact 30 mA
N/C contact 20 mA
Pmax: 1250 VA
Pmax: 125 W
2.2
Pmax: 500 VA
Pmax: 50 W
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Voltage tolerance -15% / +10%
Max. overall cable resistance Rlmax per input circuit 14 Ohm
Times
Delay-on de-energisation (reaction time in accordance with
EN 574)
N/O contact 15 ms
N/C contact 30 ms
Recovery time 250 ms
2.2-199
P2HZ X1P
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
2.2 Mounting (e.g. cabinet) IP54
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
777340, 777434, 777435, 777436, 777438, 777439
777340, 777434, 777435, 777436, 777438, 777439
777340, 777434, 777435, 777436, 777438, 777439
Torque setting with screw terminals 0.50 Nm No. 777330, 777331, 777332, 777340, 777434, 777435,
777436, 777438, 777439
nals: Flexible with/without crimp connectors 787340, 787434, 787435, 787436, 787438, 787439
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787330, 787331, 787332, 787340, 787434, 787435, 787436,
787438, 787439
Stripping length 8 mm No. 787330, 787331, 787332, 787340, 787434, 787435,
787436, 787438, 787439
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787330, 787331, 787332, 787340, 787434,
787435, 787436, 787438, 787439
94.0 mm No. 777330, 777331, 777332, 777340, 777434, 777435,
777436, 777438, 777439
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 240 g No. 787340
250 g No. 777340
350 g No. 787330, 787331, 787332, 787434, 787435, 787436,
787438, 787439
360 g No. 777330, 777331, 777332, 777434, 777435, 777436,
777438, 777439
2.2-200
P2HZ X1P
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
Order reference

P2HZ X1P C 24 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 330 2.2
P2HZ X1P 24 VAC Screw terminals 777 330
P2HZ X1P C 42 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 331
P2HZ X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 340
P2HZ X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 340
2.2-201
P2HZ X1.10P
Unit features ` Mechanical presses (EN 692)

` Hydraulic presses (EN 693)
` Positive-guided relay outputs: ` Safety circuits in accordance with
Gertemerkmale
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- EN 60204-1

neous
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- Safety features
taneous
` 2 semiconductor outputs The two-hand control relay meets the
` Connection options for: following safety requirements:

– 2 operator elements (buttons) ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
` LED indicator for: self-monitoring
1001905-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 to PL
Two-hand
Up
P2HZ
Gertebild
X1.10P
e control
of EN ISO
devices
13849-1
– Switch status channel 1/2 ` The safety function remains effec-
– Supply voltage tive in the case of a component fail-
Two-hand control unit for press con-
` Semiconductor outputs signal: ure

2.2 trollers and safety circuits – Switch status channel 1/2 ` The circuit prevents a further press
– Supply voltage is present stroke in the case of:
Approvals ` Plug-in connection terminals (either – Relay failure
spring-loaded terminal or screw – Contact welding
terminal) – Coil defect on a relay
P2HZ X1.10P – Open circuit
Unit description – Short circuit



Zulassungen
It can be used in applications with
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S13 S21 S22 S23 13 23 33 41
=
Input Input
= K1
Power
K2
Feed-
back
0 V 24 V
Y1 Y2 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 14 24 34 42
2.2-202
P2HZ X1.10P

Timing diagram
H
C
N
U
R
s
x
u
n
h
w
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Button 1
Button 2
2.2
Feedback loop
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi CH
Out semi RUN

t0 t1 t2 t3 t1 t3 t1
Key
` POWER: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t1: Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2
` Button 1/Button 2: Input circuits 42 ` t2: Operating cycle ended through
S11-S12-S13, S21-S22-S23 ` Out semi RUN: Semiconductor out- button 1 or 2
` Feedback loop: Feedback loop Y1- put for operational readiness Y35 ` t3: Y1-Y2 must be closed before
Y2 ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- before the button is operated (re-
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, put switch status Y32 covery time)
23-24, 33-34 ` t0: Recovery time after power on Shaded area: Status irrelevant
Wiring


` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-203
P2HZ X1.10P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
Two-hand button S11
S12
S13
S21 S2
S22
S23
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop
Y1
K5 K6
Y2
13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N
14 (24, 34)
K6
Y31 24 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y35 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Key
2.2-204
P2HZ X1.10P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33
X1 P3
S11 S12 S13 S21 S22 S23
X2 P4
S11
P2HZ X1.10P
POWER S13
CH.1 S12
S22
CH.2 S23
S21
2.2
18994
X3 P3
Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 41 42
X4 P4
A2 A2 14 24 34


121 (4.76")
Notice
that if one of the buttons is released,
the dangerous moment is interrupted 94 (3.70")
before the operator can reach into the * 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
the human body”).
2.2-205
P2HZ X1.10P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
N/O contact 30 mA
N/C contact 20 mA
2.2-206
P2HZ X1.10P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1250 VA
Pmax: 125 W
Pmax: 500 VA
Pmax: 50 W
2.2
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
EN 574)
N/O contact 15 ms
N/C contact 30 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2-207
P2HZ X1.10P
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2 with crimp connectors, without insulating sleeve 0.25 - 1.00 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777341
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787341
94.0 mm No. 777341
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 280 g No. 787341
290 g No. 777341
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
Order reference

P2HZ X1.10P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 341
P2HZ X1.10P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 341
2.2-208
P2HZ X4P
Unit features ` Safety circuits in accordance with

EN 60204-1
Gertemerkmale

neous
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- The two-hand control relay meets the
taneous following safety requirements:

– 2 operator elements (buttons) self-monitoring
` LED indicator for: ` The safety function remains effec-
– Switch status channel 1/2 tive in the case of a component fail-
– Supply voltage ure
P2HZ
1001960-EN-02-2010-09
2.2 to PL
Two-hand
Up
Gertebild
X4Pe control
of EN ISO
devices
13849-1
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` The circuit prevents a further press
][Bildunterschrift_Zweihand spring-loaded terminal or screw stroke in the case of:
terminal) – Relay failure 2.2
trollers and safety circuits
` See order reference for unit types – Contact welding
Approvals – Coil defect on a relay
Unit description – Open circuit
– Short circuit
P2HZ X4P
It can be used in applications with
` Mechanical presses (EN 692)
` Hydraulic presses (EN 693)
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S32 S33 S21 13 23 33 41
=
Input
= K1
Power
K2
Feed-
back
Y1 Y2 14 24 34 42
2.2-209
P2HZ X4P

Timing diagram
x
u
n
h
w
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Button 1
Button 2
2.2
Feedback loop
Output safe
Output aux.
t0 t1 t2 t3 t1 t3 t1
Key
` POWER: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t3: Y1-Y2 must be closed before
` Button 1/Button 2: Input circuits 42 before the button is operated (re-
S11, S21, S32, S33 ` t0: Recovery time after power on covery time)
` Feedback loop: Feedback loop Y1- ` t1: Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 Shaded area: Status irrelevant
Y2 ` t2: Operating cycle ended through
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, button 1 or 2
23-24, 33-34
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-210
P2HZ X4P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
Two-hand button S1
S32
S33 S2
S21
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop
Y1
K5 K6
Y2
13 (23, 33) L1
K5 N
14 (24, 34)
K6
` Key
2.2-211
P2HZ X4P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 13 23 33
P1
Y1 Y2 41 42
P2
P2HZ X4P
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
20009
P2
2.2 S32 S11 S21 S33
P1
A2 14 24 34


121 (4.76")
Notice
22,5
that if one of the buttons is released, 94 (3.70") (0.88")
the dangerous moment is interrupted * 101 (3.98")
before the operator can reach into the
the human body”).
2.2-212
P2HZ X4P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

10
AC1: 230 V
DC13: 24 V
2.2
AC15: 230 V
Courant coupé (A)
0.1
GB
NL
D
E
F
10 100 1000 10000

I



the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC 24 V
N/O contact 15 mA
N/C contact 20 mA No. 777355, 787355
25 mA No. 777354, 787354
30.0 mA No. 777355, 787355
2.2-213
P2HZ X4P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1250 VA
Pmax: 125 W
Pmax: 600 VA
Pmax: 60 W
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
EN 574)
N/O contact 15 ms
N/C contact 30 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2-214
P2HZ X4P
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787354, 787355
94.0 mm No. 777354, 777355
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 215 g No. 787354, 787355
220 g No. 777354, 777355
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
Order reference

P2HZ X4P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 355
P2HZ X4P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 355
2.2-215
PSWZ X1P
Unit features ` Standstill monitoring functions on

plants with dangerous machine
` Positive-guided relay outputs: parts or tools (EN 1088 clause 7.4),
Gertemerkmale
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- ` Safety circuits in accordance with

neous EN 60204-1 and IEC 60204-1.
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- Standstill is only detected on power-
taneous free measuring circuits. Residual volt-
` LED indicator for: ages, induced voltages or drives with-
– Supply voltage in the position control will prevent safe
– Standstill on channel 1/2 standstill detection!
– Switch status
– Fault signal if simultaneity time is Safety features
PSWZ
1002014-EN-02-2011-02
2.2 tomonitoring
Safe
Up
Gertebild
PL
X1P
e of ENrelays
ISO 13849-1
exceeded
` Semiconductor outputs signal: ` Relays K1 and K2 are interlocked in
][Sicherheitseigenschaften Stillstand
2.2 Standstill monitor for safe standstill

][Bildunterschrift_Stillstandswchter
– Error such a way that the unit cannot be

monitoring – Switch status switched back on in the case of
` Semiconductor input for reset func- contact welding or an open circuit.
Approvals tion ` The unit monitors the measuring
` Measuring inputs for single or circuits for open circuit. If an open
three-phase motors circuit occurs between the unit and
PSWZ X1P ` Measuring voltage selectable the motor or on the motor itself, the
` Feedback loop unit immediately switches off.
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` The standstill monitor prevents the
spring-loaded terminal or screw plant from being enabled in the fol-
terminal) lowing cases
` See order reference for unit types – Power supply failure

– Component failure
Unit description – Measuring circuits are open cir-
cuit
The unit is used for safe standstill
Gertebeschreibung
– Coil defect/open circuit

monitoring. It is designed for use on
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 L1 L2 L3 13 23 41
~
Input
= K1
Power
K2
Feed-
back Reset
0 V 24 V
Y1 Y2 Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 RESET 14 24 42
2.2-216
PSWZ X1P
Function description simultaneity requirement is exceeded, measuring circuit has an open circuit.
the standstill monitor does not enable The correct function of the output relay
The device uses two separate measur- the monitored plant. The unit can be and feedback loop is also tested. The
][Funktionen_einkanalig_Stillstand
ing channels to measure the regener- reactivated by switching 24 VDC on test takes ca. 1.5 s.
ated voltage, induced from the motor and off at the RESET input. Operating modes:
][Funktionen_zweiphasig_Stillstand
during the rundown period or during The response value Uon can be set ` Single-phase operation:
start-up. If the voltage falls below the jointly for both channels in order to suit – One measuring circuit (calculat-
set response value (standstill thresh- the motor that is to be monitored. The ed at two different measuring
old), the standstill monitor enables the release value Uoff (hysteresis) corre- points) affects both channels
monitored plant. If the voltage ex- sponds to twice the response value. ` Three-phase operation:
ceeds the set release value, the stand- When used with frequency converters, – Two redundant (identical) meas-
still monitor disables the monitored the PSWZ X1P cannot detect standstill uring circuits affect channel 1
plant. until the controller inhibit has been and 2
To reactivate, the voltage at both switched off. – Voltages in the measuring circuit
channels must fall below the response After the supply voltage is switched are monitored (failsafe in the 2.2
value Uon within the time tg (simultane- on, the unit performs a self test. The event of a short circuit)
ity monitoring). To do this the feed- unit simulates a situation in which the
back loop Y1-Y2 must be closed. If the release value is exceeded and the
Timing diagram
rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
POWER
Feedback
Output safe
Output aux
Semi Y35
RESET
UL1/UL2
Uoff
Uon
t < tg t > tg 1,5 s

50 ms
Key
` POWER: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contact 41-42 ` Uoff: Release value
` UL1/UL2: Input circuitL1, L2, L3 ` Semi Y35: Semiconductor output ` tg: Simultaneity
` Feedback: Feedback loop Y1-Y2 for fault signal
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` RESET: Reset input RESET
23-24 ` Uon: Response value
Wiring
Please note: output contacts (see technical de- motor. Connect the cable screening
][Verdrahtung_Si_unverz_1Hi_unverz_Stillstand
` Information given in the “Technical tails). on the motor.

details” must be followed. ` Use copper wire that can withstand
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24 are safety 60/75 °C.
contacts, output 41-42 is an auxilia- ` When used with converters: Use
ry contact (e.g. for display). screened cable for the wiring be-
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse tween the standstill monitor and the
2.2-217
PSWZ X1P
` Supply voltage
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
` Input circuit
2.2
Input circuit Single-phase motor Three-phase motor
L1 L1
L1 L1
L2 L2
N N L3 L3
L1
L L2 L1
M
~
M L2
N L3
~ L3
` Feedback loop
Contacts from external contactors or link

Y1
K5 K6 Y1
Y2
13 (23) L1
K5 N
14 (24)
Y2
K6
Y32: Semiconductor output for switch sta-

Y31 24 V DC
tus
Y32 SPS Input
Y35: Semiconductor output for fault signal
Y35 SPS Input
Y30 0V
` Semiconductor input
SPS Output RESET
0V Y30
2.2-218
PSWZ X1P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
* * *
* * * *
2.2
*
* * * *


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-219
PSWZ X1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2


Technische Daten

in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-220
PSWZ X1P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
2.2
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Semiconductor input
High 15 V DC
Low 5 V DC
Input current 20 mA
Measuring circuit
Input voltage L1-L3, L2-L3 0 - 690 VAC/DC
Input voltage in accordance with UL 0 - 600 VAC
Input impedance 1300 kOhm
Switching threshold per channel
Response value Uon 120 - 3000 mV No. 777950, 787950
20 - 500 mV No. 777949, 777959, 787949
7.5 - 500 mV No. 777951, 787951
Release value Uoff 2 x Uon
Max. inrush current 10.00 A
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset typ. 1,500 ms
with automatic reset after power on max. 2,200 ms
Delay-on de-energisation after motor on max. 170 ms
2.2-221
PSWZ X1P
Times
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 7s
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2 Rated insulation voltage 250 V
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
777959
777959
777959
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787949, 787950, 787951
94.0 mm No. 777949, 777950, 777951, 777959
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 315 g No. 787949, 787950, 787951
320 g No. 777949, 777950, 777951, 777959
2.2-222
PSWZ X1P
INFORMATION

Bestelldaten
Order reference

PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Spring-loaded terminals 787 949 2.2
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Screw terminals 777 949
PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.12 - 3 V Spring-loaded terminals 787 950
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.12 - 3 V Screw terminals 777 950
PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.0075 – 0.5 V Spring-loaded terminals 787 951
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.0075 – 0.5 V Screw terminals 777 951
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Screw terminals 777 959
(coated version)
2.2-223
Contact expansion
PZE X4P
` Positive-guided relay outputs: The unit meets the following safety re-
Gertemerkmale Sicherheitseigenschaften Kontakterweiterungen allg_PNOZ
– 4 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- quirements:

neous ` The contact expansion module ex-
` LED indicator for: pands an existing circuit. As the
– Switch status channel 1/2 output relays are monitored via the
` Plug-in connection terminals (either base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
spring-loaded terminal or screw ty functions on the existing circuit
terminal) are transferred to the contact ex-
` See order reference for unit types pansion module.
Unit description tive in the case of a component fail-
1002018-EN-03-2011-11
PZE
2.2 toX4P
Contact
Up
Gertebild
PLexpansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1
Contact expansion module for in- ure.

][Bildunterschrift Kontakterweiterungen
2.2 creasing the number of available con- The unit meets the requirements of
Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung Kontakterweiterungen Schalt_PNOZ
` Earth fault in the feedback loop:

tacts EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and Detected, depending on the base
VDE 0113-1. The contact expansion unit that is used.
Approvals module is used to increase the number ` Earth fault in the input circuit:
of instantaneous safety contacts avail- The output relays de-energise and
able on a base unit. Base units are all the safety contacts open.
PZE X4P safety relays with feedback loop mon-
itoring.
The category that can be achieved in
accordance with EN 954-1 and
EN ISO 13849-1 depends on the cate-
gory of the base unit. The contact ex-
pansion module may not exceed this.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 Y1 13 23 33 43
=
Input
= K1
Power
K2
Y2 14 24 34 44
2.2-224
Contact expansion
PZE X4P
Function description
` Single-channel operation: one in-

][Funktionen_Kontakterweiterungen einkanalig
put circuit affects both output re-

lays
Timing diagram
fk
u
o
n
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
Output safe 2.2

Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Input: Input circuits A1 23-24, 33-34, 43-44 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Feedback: Feedback loop Y1-Y2
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-44
are safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-225
Contact expansion
PZE X4P
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1
A2 PZE
0V
2.2 ` Input circuit

Base unit: 24 V DC
PNOZ X safety relay
A1
A2 PZE
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1
PNOZelog safety relay
Driven via semiconductor outputs (24 VDC)
0V A2 PZE
L-
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop Base unit: PNOZ X safety relay Base unit: PNOZelog safety relay
Y1, Y2 and Input are inputs on the base 24 V DC
unit; they evaluate the feedback loop
Y1 Y1
Y1
Y2 Y2
PZE Input Y2
PZE
2.2-226
Contact expansion
PZE X4P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 13 23 33
P1
PNOZ X4P
CH.1
CH.2
13 23 33 43
14 24 34 44
P2
Y1 Y2 43 44 2.2
P1
A2 14 24 34


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-227
Contact expansion
PZE X4P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2


][Technische Daten Kontaktvervielfachung

in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-228
Contact expansion
PZE X4P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
2.2
Safety contacts: 6A
Max. overall cable resistance Rlmax per input circuit
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
2.2-229
Contact expansion
PZE X4P
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2 Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787585
94.0 mm No. 777585
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight
170 g
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.2-230
Contact expansion
PZE X4P

1 6.00 A
2 6.00 A
3 5.00 A
4 4.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PZE X4P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 585
PZE X4P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 585 2.2
2.2-231
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P
Unit features The category that can be achieved in

` Positive-guided relay outputs: EN ISO 13849-1 depends on the cate-
Gertemerkmale
– 4 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- gory of the base unit. The contact ex-
neous pansion module may not exceed this.
` Safe separation of safety contacts
13-14, 23-24, 33-34 from input cir- Safety features
cuits K1-U-K2 and feedback loop
Y1-Y2 The unit meets the following safety re-
Sicherheitseigenschaften Kontakterweiterungen allg_PNOZ
` LED indicator for: quirements:

– Switch status channel 1/2 ` The contact expansion module ex-
– Supply voltage pands an existing circuit. As the
1002016-EN-02-2011-11
PZE
2.2 toX4.1P
Contact
Up
Gertebild
PLexpansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1
` Plug-in connection terminals (either output relays are monitored via the
Contact expansion module for in-
spring-loaded terminal or screw base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
2.2 creasing the number of available con- terminal) ty functions on the existing circuit
tacts ` Suitable to be driven via a semicon- are transferred to the contact ex-
ductor output pansion module.
Approvals ` See order reference for unit types ` The safety function remains effec-
Unit description ure.
PZE X4.1P ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
The unit meets the requirements of Detected, depending on the base
][Gertebeschreibung PZE Schalt_Steu_OSSD
EN 60204-1 and IEC 60204-1. The unit that is used.

contact expansion module is used to ` Earth fault in the input circuit:
increase the number of contacts avail- The output relays de-energise and
` Safety relays with feedback loop
` Programmable safety systems with
feedback loop
` Units with OSSD semiconductor
outputs and feedback loop
Zulassungen
Block diagram
* Safe separation in accordance with EN 60947-1, 6 kV (see unit features)

Blockschaltbild
A1 A2 K1 U K2 Y1 13 23 33
* 43
=
Input
= K1
Power
K2
Y2 14 24 34 44
2.2-232
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P
Function description ` Dual-channel operation:

– two redundant input circuits af-
` Single-channel operation: one in- fect one output relay
put circuit affects both output re- – Detection of shorts across con-
lays tacts only possible with pulsed
inputs
][Funktionen PZE zweikanalig getaktet
Timing diagram
fk
u
o
n
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input 2.2
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Input: Input circuits K1-U-K2 23-24, 33-34, 43-44 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-44
are safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-233
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P
` Supply voltage
Only when driven via safety relay with safe-
A1 L+
ty contacts
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
Base unit:
K1
PNOZ X safety relay K1
U
Driven via safety contacts U
K2
K2 PZE
PZE
Base unit:
O1 K1 O1 K1
PNOZelog safety relay, programmable
U U
safety system or PNOZmulti
K2 O2 K2
Driven via safe semiconductor outputs (24
0V A2 PZE 0V A2 PZE
VDC)
L- L-
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop Base unit: PNOZ X Base unit: PNOZelog safety relay, pro-
safety relay grammable safety system or PNOZmulti
Y1 Y1
Y1
Y2 Y2
PZE Input Y2
PZE
2.2-234
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
13 23 33 43
P1
A1 U K1 K2
P2
PNOZ X4.1P
POWER
CH.1
CH.2
13 23 33 43
14 24 34 44
P2
A2 Y1 Y2 2.2
P1
14 24 34 44


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-235
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-236
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
2.2
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
2.2-237
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2 Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787587
94.0 mm No. 777587
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 180 g No. 787587
185 g No. 777587
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.2-238
Contact expansion
PZE X4.1P

1 6.00 A
2 6.00 A
3 4.50 A
4 3.50 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PZE X4.1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 587
PZE X4.1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 587 2.2
2.2-239
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP
– 4 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on quirements:

de-energisation ` The contact expansion module ex-
PZE
1002019-EN-03-2011-11
2.2 toX4VP
Contact
Up
Gertebild
PLexpansion
d of EN ISO 13849-1
][Bildunterschrift Kontakterweiterungen ure.
2.2 The unit meets the requirements of

creasing the number of available con-
PZE X4VP safety relays with feedback loop mon-
itoring.
The delay-on de-energisation safety
][Gertebeschreibung PZE Kat. 3
contacts may only be used up to cate-

gory 3.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 Y1 17 27 37 47
=
Input
= K1
Power
K2
Y2 18 28 38 48
2.2-240
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP


lays
Timing diagram
z
v
fk
u
o
n
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER/Input
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
2.2
Key
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 17-18, 27-28, 37-38, 47-48
are delay-on de-energisation safety
contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-241
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1
A2 PZE
0V
2.2 ` Input circuit

Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZ X
Driven via safety contacts
A1
A2 PZE
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1
Safety relay PNOZmulti
0V A2 PZE
L-
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit Base unit: Safety relay Base unit: Safety relay PNOZmulti
PNOZ X
Y1 Y1
Y1
Y2 Y2
PZE Input Y2
PZE
2.2-242
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 17 27 37
P1
PNOZ X4VP 3s
CH.1
CH.2
17 27 37 47
18 28 38 48
P2
Y1 Y2 47 48 2.2
P1
A2 18 28 38


121 (4.76")

22,5
94 (3.70") (0.88")
* 101 (3.98")
2.2-243
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-244
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
2.2
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
Switch-on delay
Delay time tV: fixed 0.50 s No. 777580, 787580
1.00 s No. 777581, 787581
2.00 s No. 777582, 787582
3.00 s No. 777583, 787583
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
2.2-245
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
777583
777583
777583
2.2 nals: Flexible with/without crimp connectors 787583
Spring-loaded terminals: Terminal points per connection 2 No. 787580, 787581, 787582, 787583
Stripping length 8 mm No. 787580, 787581, 787582, 787583
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787580, 787581, 787582, 787583
94.0 mm No. 777580, 777581, 777582, 777583
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 180 g No. 777580, 787580
185 g No. 777581, 787581
195 g No. 777582, 787582
200 g No. 777583, 787583
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.2-246
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP

1 6.00 A
2 5.00 A
3 4.50 A
4 4.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PZE X4VP C 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 580
PZE X4VP 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 580 2.2
PZE X4VP C 24 VDC 1 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 581
PZE X4VP 24 VDC 1 s fixed Screw terminals 777 581
2.2-247
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4
` 4 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on quirements:

1002020-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 toX4VP4
Contact
Up
PZE
Gertebild
PLexpansion
d of EN ISO 13849-1

ure.

PZE X4VP4 safety relays with feedback loop mon-
itoring.

gory 3.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 Y1 17 27 37 47
=
Input
= K1
Power
K2
Y2 18 28 38 48
2.2-248
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4


lays
Timing diagram
z
v
fk
u
o
n
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER/Input
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
2.2
Key
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 17-18, 27-28, 37-38, 47-48
contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-249
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1
A2 PZE
0V
2.2 ` Input circuit

Base unit: 24 V DC
PNOZ X safety relay
A1
A2 PZE
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1
0V A2 PZE
L-
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop Base unit: Safety relay Base unit: Safety relay
PNOZ X PNOZelog
Y1 Y1
Y1
Y2 Y2
PZE Input Y2
PZE
2.2-250
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4
` Setting the delay time
1s 2s 3s 4s
4A 3A 2A 1A 4A 3A 2A 1A 4A 3A 2A 1A 4A 3A 2A 1A
4s 4s 4s 4s
3s 3s 3s 3s
2s 2s 2s 2s
1s 1s 1s 1s
1s 1s 1s 1s
2s
3s
2s
3s
2s
3s
2s
3s 2.2
4s 4s 4s 4s
4B 3B 2B 1B 4B 3B 2B 1B 4B 3B 2B 1B 4B 3B 2B 1B
2.2-251
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 17 27 37 4A 3A 2A 1A
P4
4s
PZE X4VP4 3s
2s
CH. 1 1s
CH. 2
17 27 37 47 1s
2s
18 28 38 48 3s
4s
17257
2.2 P3
A2 18 28 38 4B 3B 2B 1B
P1
Y1 Y2 47 48


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-252
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

10
AC1: 230 V
DC13: 24 V
2.2
AC15: 230 V
Courant coupé (A)
0.1
GB
NL
D
E
F
10 100 1000 10000

I



the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Pmax: 1200 VA
Pmax: 120 W
2.2-253
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4
Electrical data
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
2.2 SIL CL in accordance with EN IEC 62061 SIL CL 2
Times
Switch-on delay
Delay time tV: selectable 1,00 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s; 4,00 s No. 777586
1,00 s; 2,00 s; 3,00 s; 4,00 s No. 787586
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-254
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP4
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787586
94.0 mm No. 777586
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 300 g No. 787586
305 g No. 777586
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
Order reference

PZE X4VP4 C 24 VDC 4 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 586
PZE X4VP4 24 VDC 4 s selectable Screw terminals 777 586
2.2-255
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8
– 4 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on quirements:

1002021-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 toX4VP8
Contact
Up
PZE
Gertebild
PLexpansion
d of EN ISO 13849-1

ure.

PZE X4VP8 safety relays with feedback loop mon-
itoring.

gory 3.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 Y1 17 27 37 47
=
Input
= K1
Power
K2
Y2 18 28 38 48
2.2-256
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8


lays
Timing diagram
z
v
fk
u
o
n
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER/Input
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
2.2
Key
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 17-18, 27-28, 37-38, 47-48
contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-257
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1
A2 PZE
0V
2.2 ` Input circuit

Base unit: 24 V DC
PNOZ X safety relay
A1
A2 PZE
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1
0V A2 PZE
L-
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop Automatic reset Monitored reset

Y1 Y1
Y1
Y2 Y2
PZE Input Y2
PZE
2.2-258
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8
` Setting the delay time
5s 6s 7s 8s
8A 7A 6A 5A 8A 7A 6A 5A 8A 7A 6A 5A 8A 7A 6A 5A
8s 8s 8s 8s
7s 7s 7s 7s
6s 6s 6s 6s
5s 5s 5s 5s
5s 5s 5s 5s
6s
7s
6s
7s
6s
7s
6s
7s 2.2
8s 8s 8s 8s
8B 7B 6B 5B 8B 7B 6B 5B 8B 7B 6B 5B 8B 7B 6B 5B
2.2-259
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 17 27 37 8A 7A 6A 5A
P4
8s
PZE X4VP8 7s
6s
CH. 1 5s
CH. 2
17 27 37 47
5s
6s
18 28 38 48 7s
8s
17240
2.2 P3
A2 18 28 38 8B 7B 6B 5B
P1
Y1 Y2 47 48


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-260
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

10
AC1: 230 V
DC13: 24 V
2.2
AC15: 230 V
Courant coupé (A)
0.1
GB
NL
D
E
F
10 100 1000 10000

I



the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Pmax: 1200 VA
Pmax: 120 W
2.2-261
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8
Electrical data
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
2.2 SIL CL in accordance with EN IEC 62061 SIL CL 2
Times
Switch-on delay
Delay time tV: selectable 5,00 s; 6,00 s; 7,00 s; 8,00 s No. 777584
5,00 s; 6,00 s; 7,00 s; 8,00 s No. 787584
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2-262
Contact expansion
PZE X4VP8
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787584
94.0 mm No. 777584
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 325 g No. 787584
330 g No. 777584
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
Order reference

PZE X4VP8 C 24 VDC 8 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 584
PZE X4VP8 24 VDC 8 s selectable Screw terminals 777 584
2.2-263
Contact expansion
PZE X5P

` 2 semiconductor outputs pands an existing circuit. As the
` LED indicator for: output relays are monitored via the
– Switch status channel 1/2 base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
– Supply voltage ty functions on the existing circuit
` Semiconductor outputs signal: are transferred to the contact ex-
– Switch status channel 1/2 pansion module.
– Supply voltage is present ` The safety function remains effec-
1002022-EN-02-2011-11
PZE
2.2 toX5P
Contact
Up
Gertebild
PLexpansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1
` Plug-in connection terminals (either tive in the case of a component fail-
spring-loaded terminal or screw ure.
2.2 creasing the number of available con- terminal) ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
tacts ` See order reference for unit types Detected, depending on the base
unit that is used.
Approvals Unit description ` Earth fault in the input circuit:
The output relays de-energise and
The unit meets the requirements of the safety contacts open.
PZE X5P EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and

VDE 0113-1. The contact expansion
module is used to increase the number
of instantaneous safety contacts avail-
able on a base unit. Base units are all
safety relays with feedback loop mon-
itoring.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 K1 K1 U Y4 K2 U Y3 Y1 13 23 33 43 53
~
Input Input
= K1
Power
K2
0 V 24 V
Y30 Y31 Y32 Y35 Y2 14 24 34 44 54
2.2-264
Contact expansion
PZE X5P

][Funktionen PZE zweikanalig

lays tacts is also possible
Timing diagram
fk
s
u
o
n
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
Output safe 2.2

Feedback
Out semi CH
Out semi RUN

t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Out semi CH: Semiconductor out- ` Feedback: Feedback loop Y1-Y2
` Input: Input circuits K1, K2 put switch status channel 1/2 ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` Out semi RUN: Semiconductor out- ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
23-24, 33-34, 43-44, 53-54 put supply voltage
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-
44, 53-54 are safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-265
Contact expansion
PZE X5P
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.2
E-STOP
K1 K1
U U
tacts
K2 K2
Y3 Y3
Y4 PZE Y4 PZE
E-STOP
K1
U
K2
Y3
Y4 PZE
` Feedback circuit
Y1 and Y2 are feedback loop inputs on the

base unit Y1 Y1
Y2 Y2
PZE
Y31 24 V DC
Y32 SPS Input
Y35 SPS Input
Y30 0V
2.2-266
Contact expansion
PZE X5P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
A1 Y31 Y32 Y35 13 23 33 43

P3
K1 K2 Y1 53
P1
PZE X5P
13 23 33 43 53 Y1
POWER
CH. 1
CH. 2
14 24 34 44 54 Y2
2.2
P1
U K1 Y2 54
P4
A2 Y30 Y4 Y3 14 24 34 44
Installation Dimensions in mm (")


121 (4.76")

94 (3.70")
* 101 (3.98") 45
(1.77")
2.2-267
Contact expansion
PZE X5P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.2-268
Contact expansion
PZE X5P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
2.2
Safety contacts: 6A

Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.2-269
Contact expansion
PZE X5P
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
2.2 without crimp connectors or with TWIN crimp connectors 0.20 - 1.50 mm² , 24 - 16 AWG No. 777150
Dimensions
Height 101.0 mm No. 787150
94.0 mm No. 777150
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 255 g No. 787150
260 g No. 777150
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.2-270
Contact expansion
PZE X5P

1 8.00 A
2 8.00 A
3 6.50 A
4 5.60 A
5 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PZE X5P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 150 2.2
PZE X5P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 150
2.2-271
Contact expansion
PZE 9P
Unit features EN ISO 13849-1 depends on the cate-

` Positive-guided relay outputs: pansion module may not exceed this.
Gertemerkmale

neous Safety features
taneous The unit meets the following safety re-
` Safe separation of safety contacts quirements:

23-24 ... 83-84 from input circuits ` The contact expansion module ex-
K1-U2, K2-U2, Y3-Y4, feedback pands an existing circuit. As the
loop Y1-Y2 and auxiliary contact output relays are monitored via the
91-92. base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
PZE
1002015-EN-02-2011-11
2.2 to9P
Contact
Up
Gertebild
PLexpansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1
` LED indicator for: ty functions on the existing circuit
– Switch status channel 1/2 are transferred to the contact ex-
2.2 creasing the number of available con- – Supply voltage pansion module.
tacts ` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` The safety function remains effec-
spring-loaded terminal or screw tive in the case of a component fail-
Approvals terminal) ure.
` See order reference for unit types ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
Detected, depending on the base
PZE 9P Unit description unit that is used.
` Earth fault in the input circuit:
The unit meets the requirements of The output relays de-energise and
][Gertebeschreibung PZE Schalt_Steu
EN 60204-1 and IEC 60204-1. The the safety contacts open.

contact expansion module is used to
increase the number of contacts avail-
` Safety relays with feedback loop
` Programmable safety systems with
feedback loop
Zulassungen
Block diagram
* Galvanic isolation in accordance with EN 60947-1, 6 kV (see unit features)

Blockschaltbild
UB = 24 V AC/DC UB = 24 V AC/DC
*
A1 A2 B1 B2 K1 U1 K2 U2 Y3 Y4 Y1 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 91
~ ~
Input
= = K1
Power Power
= K2
~
A1 A2 Y2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 92
UB = 100 - 240 V AC/DC
2.2-272
Contact expansion
PZE 9P

][Funktionen PZE zweikanalig

lays tacts is also possible
Timing diagram
f
x
u
w
k
n
o
K
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
Output safe
Output aux. 2.2

Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` Feedback: Feedback loop Y1-Y2
` Input: Input circuits K1-U1, K2-U2, 23-24, 33-34, 43-44, 53-54, 63-64, ` t1: Switch-on delay
Y3-Y4 73-74, 83-84 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 91-
92
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-
44, 53-54, 63-64, 73-74, 83-84 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.2-273
Contact expansion
PZE 9P
` Supply voltage
Supply voltage AC/DC AC/DC

Order no.: 777148, 787148 Order no. 777148, 787148
UB = 100 - 240 V UB = 24 V
A1 L1/L+ B1 L1/L+
A2 N/L-
B2 PE B2 N/L-
Order no. 777140, 787140

2.2 UB = 24 V
A1 L1/L+
A2 N/L-
` Input circuit

K1 K1
tacts
U1 U1
K2 K2
U2 U2
Y3 Y3
Y4 PZE Y4 PZE

K1
U1
K2
U2
Y3
Y4 PZE
` Feedback loop
Y1 and Y2 are feedback loop inputs on the

base unit Y1 Y1
Y2 Y2
PZE
2.2-274
Contact expansion
PZE 9P
UB = 24 VAC/DC
Klemmenbelegung
A1 U1 K1 K1 K2 U2 Y1 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
P4 P5
PZE 9P
Y1 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
POWER
CH. 1
CH. 2
Y2 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 2.2
P4 P5
A2 Y3 Y4 Y2 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
UB = 24 VAC/DC, 100 – 240 VAC/DC
A1 B1 K1 K2 U2 Y1 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
P4 P5
PZE 9P AC
Y1 91 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
POWER
CH. 1
CH. 2
Y2 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
P4 P5
A2 B2 U1 K1 Y3 Y4 Y2 92 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
` The safety relay should be installed

Montage_PNOZ_X g
n
u
s
e
m
b
A

121 (4.76")

75 (2.95") 90
(3.54")
87 (3.42")
2.2-275
Contact expansion
PZE 9P
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.2



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage UB AC/DC 24 V, 100 - 240 V
9.5 VA No. 777140, 787140
2.2-276
Contact expansion
PZE 9P
Electrical data
Pmax: 2000 VA
Pmax: 200 W
Pmax: 500 VA
Pmax: 50 W
2.2
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
dual-channel without detect. of shorts across contacts at UB AC 160 Ohm
5 Ohm No. 777140, 787140
8 Ohm No. 777148, 787148
Times
Switch-on delay
30 ms No. 777140, 787140
40 ms No. 777140, 787140
40 ms No. 777148, 787148
50 ms No. 777148, 787148
2.2-277
Contact expansion
PZE 9P
Times
125 ms No. 777148, 787148
Supply interruption before de-energisation 150 ms No. 777148, 787148
20 ms No. 777140, 787140
2.2 Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Front ABS UL 94 V0
Dimensions
Height 87.0 mm
Width 90.0 mm
Depth 121.0 mm
Weight 425 g No. 787140
430 g No. 777140
445 g No. 787148
450 g No. 777148

2.2-278
Contact expansion
PZE 9P
INFORMATION

the safety function's SIL/PL values. 2.2

][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 8.00 A 8.00 A
2 8.00 A 8.00 A
3 8.00 A 8.00 A
4 7.10 A 7.10 A
5 6.30 A 6.30 A
6 5.80 A 5.80 A
7 5.40 A 5.40 A
8 5.00 A 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PZE 9P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 140
PZE 9P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 140
PZE 9P C 24 VAC/DC, Spring-loaded terminals 787 148
100 - 240 VAC/DC
PZE 9P 24 VAC/DC, Screw terminals 777 148
100 - 240 VAC/DC
2.2-279
Relays relays
Safety
2.3 for functional
PNOZsigma
safety
2.3

2.3-0
Contents Page

PNOZ s1 2.3-2
PNOZ s2 2.3-10
PNOZ s3 2.3-19
PNOZ s4 2.3-28
PNOZ s4.1 2.3-38
PNOZ s5 2.3-47

PNOZ s6 2.3-58
PNOZ s6.1 2.3-67
Contact expansion 2.3

PNOZ s7 2.3-78
PNOZ s7.1 2.3-86
PNOZ s7.2 2.3-97
PNOZ s8 2.3-107
PNOZ s10 2.3-114
PNOZ s11 2.3-122
PNOZ s22 2.3-130
Safe timer relay/contact expansion modules

PNOZ s9 2.3-137
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30 2.3-148
2.3-1
Up to PL c of EN ISO 13849-1
PNOZ s1
` Relay outputs: The safety relay meets the require-

Gertemerkmale Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung NOT-AUS, Schutz_PNOZ

` 1 semiconductor output applications with
` Connection options for: ` E-STOP pushbuttons
– E-STOP pushbutton ` Safety gates
– Safety gate limit switch
– Reset button Safety features
` A connector can be used to con-
nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex- The relay meets the following safety
1001965-EN-02-2010-10
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
s1relays,
c of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors

][Bildunterschrift
pander module requirements:
pushbuttons and safety gates. ` LED indicator for: ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
– Supply voltage self-monitoring.
Approvals – Input status, channel 1 ` The safety function remains effec-
2.3 – Input status, channel 2 tive in the case of a component fail-
– Switch status, safety contacts ure.
PNOZ s1 – Reset circuit ` The correct opening and closing of
– Error the safety function relays is tested
` Plug-in connection terminals (either automatically in each on-off cycle.
spring-loaded terminal or screw ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
terminal)
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 13 23
=
Input
= K1
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Reset/
Start
S34 Y32 14 24
2.3-2
PNOZ s1
Function description ` Automatic start: Unit is active once connecting contact expander mod-
the input circuit has been closed. ules or external contactors/relays;
` Single-channel operation: no re- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once A connector can be used to con-
dundancy in the input circuit, earth the input circuit is closed and then nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex-
faults in the reset and input circuit the reset circuit is closed. pander module.
are detected. ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung_PNOZsigma
instantaneous safety contacts by

Timing diagram
s
n
o
u
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input 2.3
Output safe
Semi
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
t3
Key
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S34 ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Input: Input circuits A1-A2 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset ` t3: Recovery time
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, circuit
23-24 ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Semi: Semiconductor outputY32 circuit
Wiring
Please note:

contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-3
PNOZ s1
` Supply voltage
S1
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.3 E-STOP S1
tacts
Safety gate
tacts S1
A1 L+
` Reset circuit
Reset circuit Reset circuit Feedback circuit

Automatic reset
A1
A1 K5 K6
S34
13 (23) L1
K5 N
14 (24)
S34
K6
Manual reset S3
S3 A1
A1 K5 K6
S34
13 (23) L1
K5
14 (24) N
S34 K6
2.3-4
PNOZ s1
*
Y32 PLC Input
*Connect together the 0V connections on all the external power supplies
` Key
S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open 2.3
Gate closed
INFORMATION
][Betriebsbereitschaft_herstellen_Info_Grundgert_DB
If a base unit and a contact expansion

module from the PNOZsigma range
are linked via the connector, no addi-
tional wiring is necessary.
2.3-5
PNOZ s1
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3
Install base unit without contact ex-

][Montage_PNOZsigma g
n
u
s
e
m
b
A
pander module:
` Ensure that the plug terminator is
inserted at the side of the unit.
Connect base unit and PNOZsigma
contact expander module:
120 (4.72")
` Remove the plug terminator at the

side of the base unit and at the con-
tact expander module.
` Connect the base unit and the con-
tact expander module to the sup-
plied connector before mounting
the units to the DIN rail. 98 (3.86")
12,5 (0.69")
Installation in control cabinet * 100 (3,94")

to attach it to a DIN rail (35 mm).
` When installed vertically: Secure
the unit by using a fixing element
(e.g. retaining brakket or end angle).
wards before lifting it from the DIN
rail.
2.3-6
PNOZ s1
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

Technical details PNOZsigma
and operation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3
Pmax: 720 VA
Pmax: 72 W
Contact material AgSnO2
Safety contacts: 4A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 2A
Safety contacts: 2A
Times
Switch-on delay
2.3-7
PNOZ s1
Times
after E-STOP 100 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
2.3 Airgap creepage in accordance with EN 60947-1
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 100.0 mm No. 751101
98.0 mm No. 750101
Width 12.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 105 g

2.3-8
PNOZ s1
INFORMATION

][Dauerstrom_DC

1 3.00 A
2 3.00 A
Bestelldaten
2.3
Order reference

PNOZ s1 24 VDC With screw terminal 750 101
PNOZ s1 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminal 751 101
2.3-9
PNOZ s2

Gertemerkmale Bestimmung/Gerätebeschreibung NOT-AUS, Schutz_PNOZ

– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- applications with
taneous ` E-STOP pushbuttons
` Safe separation of safety contacts ` Safety gates
from all other circuits
` 1 semiconductor output Safety features
– E-STOP pushbutton The relay meets the following safety
1001968-EN-03-2011-11
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
s2relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Safety gate limit switch requirements:

][Bildunterschrift
– Reset button ` The circuit is redundant with built-in

pushbuttons and safety gates. ` A connector can be used to con- self-monitoring.
nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex- ` The safety function remains effec-
Approvals pander module tive in the case of a component fail-
2.3
` Operating modes can be set via ro- ure.
tary switch ` The correct opening and closing of
PNOZ s2 ` LED indicator for: the safety function relays is tested
` Supply voltage automatically in each on-off cycle.
` Input status, channel 1 ` The unit has an electronic fuse.

` Input status, channel 2
` Switch status, safety contacts
` Reset circuit

` Error
terminal)
Gertemerkmale
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
*
A1 A2 13 23 33 41
=
Input
= K1
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Reset/
Start
S34 Y32 14 24 34 42
* Safe separation in accordance with EN 60947-1, 6 kV
2.3-10
PNOZ s2
Function description ` Monitored reset with falling edge: is closed after the waiting period
][Funktionen_berStart_fall_Flanke
Unit is active once has elapsed (see technical details).

` Single-channel operation: no re- – the input circuit is closed and ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_einkanalig ][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung_PNOZsigma
dundancy in the input circuit, earth then the reset circuit is closed instantaneous safety contacts by
faults in the reset and input circuit and opened again. connecting contact expander mod-
are detected. – the reset circuit is closed and ules or external contactors/relays;
` Automatic start: Unit is active once then opened again once the in- A connector can be used to con-
the input circuit has been closed. put circuit is closed. nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex-
` Manual reset: Unit is active once ` Monitored reset with rising edge: pander module.
][Funktionen_manuStart ][Funktionen_berStart_steig_Flanke
the input circuit is closed and then Unit is active once the input circuit
the reset circuit is closed. is closed and once the reset circuit
Timing diagram
S
x
2
1
o
u
b
U
In
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3 4
a b a b a b
Reset/Start 2.3
POWER/Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Out semi: Semiconductor ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S34 outputY32 circuit
` Input: Input circuits A1-A2 ` c: Automatic reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
23-24, 33-34 ` e: Monitored reset with rising edge ` t3: Waiting period
` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` f: Monitored reset with falling edge ` t4: Waiting period reset circuit was
42 ` a: Input circuit closes before reset closed
circuit
Wiring


` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-11
PNOZ s2
` Supply voltage
Betriebsbereitschaft herstellen PNOZs
S1
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit
2.3 E-STOP S1
tacts
Safety gate
tacts S1
A1 L+
` Reset circuit/feedback loop
Reset circuit/feedback loop Reset circuit Feedback circuit

Automatic reset
A1
A1 K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33) L1
K5 N
14 (24,34)
S34
K6
Manual/monitored reset S3
S3 A1
A1 K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33) L1
K5
14 (24,34) N
S34 K6
2.3-12
PNOZ s2
*
Y32 PLC Input
` Key
S3 Reset button
Gate open
Gate closed 2.3
INFORMATION

2.3-13
PNOZ s2
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3
Install base unit without contact ex- *with spring-loaded terminals

][Montage_PNOZsigma Abmessungen
pander module:
120 (4.72")

the units to the DIN rail.
Installation in control cabinet 98 (3.86")
17,5
` The safety relay should be installed * 100 (3,94") (0.69")
rail.
2.3-14
PNOZ s2
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3


in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-15
PNOZ s2
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
2.3 External contact fuse protection (IK = 1 kA) to EN 60947-5-1
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
on monitored reset with falling edge typ. 55 ms
on monitored reset with falling edge max. 70 ms
after E-STOP 100 ms
2.3-16
PNOZ s2
Times
with falling edge 110 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category III 2.3
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751102
96.0 mm No. 750102
Width 17.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 170 g
2.3-17
PNOZ s2
INFORMATION

][Dauerstrom_DC

1 6.00 A
2 6.00 A
3 5.00 A
2.3 Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.3-18
PNOZ s3


– Safety gate limit switch ` Light beam devices
– Reset button
– Light barriers Safety features
– PSEN
1001969-EN-04-2011-09
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
s3relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
Safety relay for monitoring E-STOP ` A connector can be used to con- The relay meets the following safety
][Bildunterschrift_NOT_Sch.tuer_Licht ][Sicherheitseigenschaften Schaltgerät_allgemeiner Teil
pushbuttons, safety gates and light nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex- requirements:
beam devices pander module ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
` Operating modes can be set via ro- self-monitoring.
Approvals tary switch ` The safety function remains effec- 2.3
` LED indicator for: tive in the case of a component fail-
– Supply voltage ure.
PNOZ s3 – Input status, channel 1 ` The correct opening and closing of
– Input status, channel 2 the safety function relays is tested
– Error
terminal)
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 S11 S12 S21 S22 13 23
=
Input Input
= K1
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Reset/
Start
S34 Y32 14 24
2.3-19
PNOZ s3
Function description – short circuits in the input circuit ` Monitored reset with rising edge:
and, with a monitored reset, in Unit is active once the input circuit
` Single-channel operation: no re- the reset circuit too, is closed and once the reset circuit
][Funktionen_ein_zweikanalig_ohne Quer
dundancy in the input circuit, earth – shorts between contacts in the is closed after the waiting period
faults in the reset circuit and input input circuit. has elapsed (see technical details).
circuit are detected. ` Automatic reset: Unit is active once ` Reset with start-up test: The unit
][Funktionen_auto_manu_Start ][Funktionen_Start_Anlauftest
` Dual-channel operation without de- the input circuit has been closed. checks whether safety gates that
tection of shorts across contacts: ` Manual reset: Unit is active once are closed are opened and then
redundant input circuit, detects the input circuit is closed and then closed again when supply voltage
– earth faults in the reset and input the reset circuit is closed. is applied.
circuit, ` Monitored reset with falling edge: ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_berStart_fall_Flanke ][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung_PNOZsigma
– short circuits in the input circuit Unit is active once instantaneous safety contacts by
and, with a monitored reset, in – the input circuit is closed and connecting contact expander mod-
the reset circuit too. then the reset circuit is closed ules or external contactors/relays;
` Dual-channel operation with detec- and opened again. A connector can be used to con-
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_mit Quer
tion of shorts across contacts: re- – the reset circuit is closed and nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex-
2.3 dundant input circuit, detects then opened again once the in- pander module.
– earth faults in the reset and input put circuit is closed.
circuit,
][Funktionen_berStart_steig_Flanke
Timing diagram
S
2
1
b
n
o
u
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3 4
a b a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Out semi
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S12-S34 ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` e: Monitored reset with rising edge ` t3: Waiting period
S22 ` f: Monitored reset with falling edge ` t4: Waiting period reset circuit was
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` a: Input circuit closes before reset closed
23-24 circuit
` Out semi: Semiconductor ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
outputY32 circuit
Wiring
Please note:
Rlmax
Rl / km
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24 are safety Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
contacts. ance (see technical details)
tails). ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
` Calculation of the max. cable runs provided on all output contacts with
lmax in the input circuit: capacitive and inductive loads.
2.3-20
PNOZ s3
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` Input circuit

E-STOP
S1
S11
S1
2.3
tacts S12
S22 S12
S22
E-STOP S1
S21
S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S12 S2
S22 S12
S22
Safety gate
S11
S1
S12 S2
S21
S22
Light beam device or safety switch with 24 V DC

detection of shorts across contacts via
ESPE
A2 S12
S22
GND
2.3-21
PNOZ s3

Automatic reset
S12
S12 K5 K6
S34
13 (23) L1
14 (24) K5 N
S34
K6
S3 S12
S12 K5 K6
S34
13 (23) L1
K5
14 (24) N
S34 K6
2.3
*
Y32 PLC Input
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.3-22
PNOZ s3
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

pander module:
120 (4.72")

17,5
rail.
2.3-23
PNOZ s3
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-24
PNOZ s3
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Circuit breaker 24 VAC/DC, characteristic B/C 2.3
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
after E-STOP 100 ms
2.3-25
PNOZ s3
Times
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.3 Rated impulse withstand voltage 4.00 kV
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751103
96.0 mm No. 750103
Width 17.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight
140 g
2.3-26
PNOZ s3
INFORMATION

Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ s3 24 VDC With screw terminals 750 103
PNOZ s3 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 751 103
2.3
2.3-27
PNOZ s4


` 1 semiconductor output ` Safety gates
` Connection options for: ` Light beam devices
– Safety gate limit switch Safety features
1001742-EN-04-2011-08
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
s4relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Reset button
– Light barriers The relay meets the following safety

– PSEN requirements:
pushbuttons, safety gates and light ` A connector can be used to con- ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
beam devices nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex- self-monitoring.
2.3 pander module ` The safety function remains effec-
Approvals ` Operating modes can be set via ro- tive in the case of a component fail-
tary switch ure.
PNOZ s4 – Supply voltage the safety function relays is tested
– Input status, channel 1 automatically in each on-off cycle.
– Input status, channel 2 ` The unit has an electronic fuse.

– Switch status, safety contacts
– Reset circuit
– Error

terminal)

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
][B
T
N
S
rW
u
*n
_
d S11 S12 S21 S22 13 23 33 41
=
)*
(~)* Input Input

= K1
(
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Reset/
Start
S34 Y32 14 24 34 42
*only with UB = 48 – 240 V AC/DC
2.3-28
PNOZ s4
Function description and, with a monitored reset, in is closed after the waiting period
the reset circuit too, has elapsed (see technical details).
` Single-channel operation: no re- – shorts between contacts in the ` Reset with start-up test: The unit
][Funktionen_einkanalig ][Funktionen_Start_Anlauftest
dundancy in the input circuit, earth input circuit. checks whether safety gates that
faults in the reset and input circuit ` Automatic start: Unit is active once are closed are opened and then
are detected. the input circuit has been closed. closed again when supply voltage
` Dual-channel operation without de- ` Manual reset: Unit is active once is applied.
][Funktionen_zweikanalig_ohne_quer ][Funktionen_manuStart
tection of shorts across contacts: the input circuit is closed and then ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung_PNOZsigma
redundant input circuit, detects the reset circuit is closed. instantaneous safety contacts by
– earth faults in the reset and input ` Monitored reset with falling edge: connecting contact expander mod-
circuit, Unit is active once ules or external contactors/relays;

– short circuits in the input circuit – the input circuit is closed and A connector can be used to con-
and, with a monitored reset, in then the reset circuit is closed nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex-
the reset circuit too. and opened again. pander module.
` Dual-channel operation with detec- – the reset circuit is closed and
tion of shorts across contacts: re- then opened again once the in-
dundant input circuit, detects put circuit is closed. 2.3
– earth faults in the reset and input ` Monitored reset with rising edge:
circuit, Unit is active once the input circuit

– short circuits in the input circuit is closed and once the reset circuit
Timing diagram
S
x
2
1
b
n
o
u
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3 4
a b a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Out semi: Semiconductor output ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Reset/start: Reset circuit S34 S34 Y32 circuit
S22 ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` e: Monitored reset with rising edge ` t3: Waiting period
23-24, 33-34 ` f: Monitored reset with falling edge ` t4: Waiting period reset circuit was
` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` a: Input circuit closes before reset closed
42 circuit
Wiring
Please note: ` Calculation of the max. cable runs ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are Imax =
Rl / km
auxiliary contact (e.g. for display). Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse ance (see technical details)
should be connected before the Rl /km = cable resistance/km
output contacts (see technical de- ` Use copper wire that can withstand
tails). 60/75 °C.
2.3-29
PNOZ s4
` Supply voltage
A1 L
A1 L+
S21 A2 N
A2 L-
` Input circuit

2.3 E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S12
S22 S12
S22
E-STOP S1
S21
S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S12 S2
S22 S12
S22
Safety gate
S11
S1
S12 S2
S21
S22

ESPE
S22
GND
2.3-30
PNOZ s4

Automatic reset
S12
S12 K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33) L1
14 (24,34) K5 N
S34
K6
S3 S12
S12 K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33) L1
14 (24,34) K5
N
S34 K6
2.3
*
Y32 PLC Input
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.3-31
PNOZ s4
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

pander module:
120 (4.72")

Installation in control cabinet 98 (3.86") 22,5
` The safety relay should be installed * 100 (3,94")
(0.88")

rail.
2.3-32
PNOZ s4
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph


Lebensdauerkurve
UB 24 VDC
2.3
Example
` Inductive load: 0,2 A

` Utilisation category: AC15
` Contact service life: 2,000,000 cy-
cles
Provided the application requires few-
er than 2,000,000 cycles, the PFH val-
in the calculation.
To increase the service life, sufficient
spark suppression must be provided
on all output contacts. With capacitive
loads, any power surges that occur
must be noted. With contactors, use
freewheel diodes for spark suppres-
sion.
Lebensdauerkurve
2.3-33
PNOZ s4
UB 48-240 VAC/DC
2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Residual ripple DC 20 %, 160 %
2.3-34
PNOZ s4
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
5.0 A No. 750104, 751104
5.0 A No. 750104, 751104
5.0 A No. 750104, 751104
2.3
5.0 A No. 750104, 751104
6 A No. 750134, 751134
6 A No. 750134, 751134
Blow-out fuse, slow
6 A No. 750104, 751104
6 A No. 750104, 751104
6 A No. 750104, 751104
6 A No. 750104, 751104
60 Ohm No. 750104, 751104
2.3-35
PNOZ s4
Times
Switch-on delay
2.3 Recovery time at max. switching frequency 1/s
after E-STOP 100 ms No. 750104, 751104
50 ms No. 750134, 751134
with falling edge 150 ms No. 750134, 751134
250 ms No. 750104, 751104
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
2.3-36
PNOZ s4
Mechanical data
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751104, 751134
96.0 mm No. 750104, 750134
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 190 g No. 7501040, 751104
210 g No. 751134, 750134
2.3
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750134, 751134
2 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750134, 751134
3 4.50 A No. 750134, 751134 4.50 A No. 750134, 751134
5.00 A No. 750104, 751104
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ s4 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 134
PNOZ s4 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 134
2.3-37
PNOZ s4.1


` 1 semiconductor output ` Safety gates
` Connection options for: ` Light beam devices
– E-STOP pushbutton It is designed for use in furnaces in ac-
][Gertebeschreibung Zusatz SichVentil
– Safety gate limit switch cordance with EN 50156-1.

1001746-EN-02-2011-11
2.3 to PL
E-STOP
Up
PNOZ
Gertebild
s4.1
relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Reset button
– Light beam devices Safety features
Safety relay suitable for use on burner
][Bildunterschrift_NOT_Sch.tuer_Licht_FeuerungsAnlage
– PSEN
managements systems to monitor E- – Safety valves for furnaces The relay meets the following safety
STOP pushbuttons, safety gates and ` A connector can be used to con- requirements:
light beam devices nect 1 PNOZsigma contact expan- ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
2.3
sion module self-monitoring.
Approvals Operating modes can be set via ro- ` The safety function remains effec-
tary switch tive in the case of a component fail-
` LED for: ure.
PNOZ s4.1 – Supply voltage ` The correct opening and closing of
– Input status, channel 1 the safety function relays is tested

– Switch status, safety contacts ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
– Reset circuit
– Error

terminal)

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 T
N
S
tzW
a
s
u
Z S11 S12 S21 S22 13 23 33 41
=
)*
(~)* Input Input

= K1
(
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Reset/
Start
S34 Y32 14 24 34 42
*only when UB = 48 – 240 V AC/DC
2.3-38
PNOZ s4.1
Function description – short circuits in the input circuit ` Monitored reset with rising edge:
and, with a monitored reset, in Unit is active once the input circuit
` Single-channel operation: no re- the reset circuit too, is closed and once the reset circuit
dundancy in the input circuit, earth – shorts between contacts in the is closed after the waiting period
faults in the reset and input circuit input circuit. has elapsed (see technical details).
are detected. ` Automatic start: Unit is active once ` Reset with start-up test: The unit
][Funktionen_autoStart ][Funktionen_Start_Anlauftest
` Dual-channel operation without de- the input circuit has been closed. checks whether safety gates that
tection of shorts across contacts: ` Manual reset: Unit is active once are closed are opened and then
redundant input circuit, detects the input circuit is closed and then closed again when supply voltage
– earth faults in the reset and input the reset circuit is closed. is applied.
circuit, ` Monitored reset with falling edge: ` Increase in the number of available
][Funktionen_berStart_fall_Flanke ][Funktionen_Kontaktvervielfachung_PNOZsigma
– short circuits in the input circuit Unit is active once instantaneous safety contacts by
and, with a monitored reset, in – the input circuit is closed and connecting contact expander mod-
the reset circuit too. then the reset circuit is closed ules or external contactors/relays;
` Dual-channel operation with detec- and opened again. A connector can be used to con-
tion of shorts across contacts: re- – the reset circuit is closed and nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex-
dundant input circuit, detects then opened again once the in- pander module. 2.3
– earth faults in the reset and input put circuit is closed.
circuit,
Timing diagram
S
x
2
1
b
n
o
u
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2 3 4
a b a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2 t3 t1 t2 t3 t4 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Out semi: Semiconductor output ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
` Reset/start: Reset circuit S34 S34 Y32 circuit
S22 ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` e: Monitored reset with rising edge ` t3: Waiting period
23-24, 33-34 ` f: Monitored reset with falling edge ` t4: Waiting period reset circuit was
` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` a: Input circuit closes before reset closed
42 circuit
Wiring
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are Imax =
Rl / km
tails). 60/75 °C.
2.3-39
PNOZ s4.1
` Supply voltage
A1 L
A1 L+
S21 A2 N
A2 L-
` Input circuit

2.3 E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S12
S22 S12
S22
E-STOP S1
S21
S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S12 S2
S22 S12
S22
Safety gate
S11
S1
S12 S2
S21
S22

ESPE
S22
GND
2.3-40
PNOZ s4.1

Automatic reset
S12
K5 K6
S12 S34
13 (23,33) L1
14 (24,34) K5 N
S34 K6
Manual/monitored reset S3 S3
S12 S12
K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33) L1
14 (24,34) K5
S34 N
K6
2.3
*
Y32 PLC Input
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
INFORMATION

2.3-41
PNOZ s4.1
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

pander module:
120 (4.72")

(0.88")

rail.
2.3-42
PNOZ s4.1
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-43
PNOZ s4.1
Electrical data
Pmax: 375 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 375 VA
Pmax: 150 W
2.3 Auxiliary contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 0.6 A
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
Switch-on delay
2.3-44
PNOZ s4.1
Times
after E-STOP 50 ms
with falling edge 150 ms No. 750154, 751154
250 ms No. 750124, 751124
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 ∞ 2.3
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751124, 751154
96.0 mm No. 750124, 750154
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 190 g No. 750124, 751124
210 g No. 750154, 751154

2.3-45
PNOZ s4.1
INFORMATION


2.3 ][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750154, 751154
2 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750154, 751154
3 4.50 A 4.50 A No. 750154, 751154
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ s4.1 24 V DC with screw terminals 750 124
PNOZ s4.1 C 24 V DC with spring-loaded terminals 751 124
PNOZ s4.1 48 - 240 V AC/DC with screw terminals 750 154
PNOZ s4.1 C 48 - 240 V AC/DC with spring-loaded terminals 751 154
2.3-46
PNOZ s5
Unit features ` See order reference for unit types
` Positive-guided relay outputs: Unit description

Gertemerkmale

neous The safety relay meets the require-
– 2 safety contacts (N/O), delay-on ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

de-energisation and VDE 0113-1 and may be used in
– Safety gate limit switch ` Light beam devices
1001972-EN-04-2011-09
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
E-STOP
Up
Gertebild
s5relays,
e of ENsafety
ISO 13849-1
gate monitors
– Reset button
– Light barriers Safety features
pushbuttons, safety gates and light – PSEN
beam devices ` A connector can be used to con- The relay meets the following safety
nect 1 PNOZsigma contact ex- requirements:

Approvals pander module ` The circuit is redundant with built-in 2.3
` Delay-on de-energisation selecta- self-monitoring.
ble ` The safety function remains effec-
PNOZ s5 ` Operating modes and delay times tive in the case of a component fail-
can be selected via rotary switches ure.
– Supply voltage the safety function relays is tested
– Input status, channel 2 ` The unit has an electronic fuse.

– Reset circuit
– Error
terminal)
][Gertemerkmale_Zusatz_Datenblatt
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
][B
T
N
S
rW
u
*n
_
d S11 S12 S21 S22 13 23 37 47
=
(~)*
)*
Input Input
K3
=
(
expansion
Interface
K1
unit
Power K4
Reset/ K2
Start
S34 Y32 14 24 38 48
*only with UB = 48 – 240 V AC/DC
2.3-47
PNOZ s5
` Single-channel operation: no re-

dundancy in the input circuit, earth

faults in the reset and input circuit
are detected.
` Dual-channel operation without de-
tection of shorts across contacts:

redundant input circuit, detects
circuit,
– short circuits in the input circuit
and, with a monitored reset, in
the reset circuit too.
` Dual-channel operation with detec-
tion of shorts across contacts: re-

2.3 dundant input circuit, detects
circuit,
– short circuits in the input circuit
and, with a monitored reset, in
the reset circuit too,
– shorts between contacts in the
input circuit.
` Automatic start: Unit is active once
the input circuit has been closed.

` Manual reset: Unit is active once
the input circuit is closed and then

the reset circuit is closed.
` Monitored reset with falling edge:
Unit is active once

– the input circuit is closed and
then the reset circuit is closed
and opened again.
– the reset circuit is closed and
then opened again once the in-
put circuit is closed.
` Monitored reset with rising edge:
Unit is active once the input circuit

is closed and once the reset circuit
is closed after the waiting period
has elapsed (see technical details).
` Reset with start-up test: The unit
][Funktionen_Start_Anlauftest
checks whether safety gates that

are closed are opened and then
closed again when supply voltage
is applied.
` Ability to increase the number of
contacts available on the

– instantaneous safety contacts
by using connectors to link to a
PNOZsigma contact expansion
module
– delayed/instantaneous safety
contacts by connecting contact
expansion modules or external
contactors
2.3-48
PNOZ s5
Timing diagram
f
lA
S
2
1
b
n
o
u
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
1 2
a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output safe del.
Output semi
t1 t2 t5 t1 t2 t5 t1 t2 t5 t1 t2 t5
4 5
2.3
3
a b a b
POWER
Reset/Start
Input
Output safe
Output safe del.

Output semi
t3 t1 t2 t1 t3 t4 t1 t2 t5 t1 t2 t5 t6 t1 t2 t6 t5 t1
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` d: Manual reset ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
` Reset/Start: Reset circuit S12-S34 ` e: Monitored reset with rising edge ` t3: Waiting period
` Input: Input circuits S11-S12, S21- ` f: Monitored reset with falling edge ` t4: Waiting period reset circuit was
S22 ` g: Reset with start-up test closed
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` a: Input circuit closes before reset ` t5: Delay time
23-24 circuit ` t6: Minimum time safety gates open
` Out semi: Semiconductor ` b: Reset circuit closes before input
outputY32 circuit
` c: Automatic reset ` t1: Switch-on delay
Wiring
Please note:
Rlmax
Rl / km
` Outputs 13-14, 23-24 are instanta- Rlmax = max. overall cable resist-
neous safety contacts, outputs 37- ance (see technical details)
38, 47-48 are delay-on de-energi- Rl / km = cable resistance/km
sation safety contacts. ` Use copper wire that can withstand
` To prevent contact welding, a fuse 60/75 °C.
should be connected before the ` Sufficient fuse protection must be
output contacts (see technical de- provided on all output contacts with
tails). capacitive and inductive loads.
` Calculation of the max. cable runs ` With UB 48 – 240 VAC/DC: Connect
][Verdrahtung_Zusatz_AC
lmax in the input circuit: S21 to the protective earth system
2.3-49
PNOZ s5
` Supply voltage
A1 L
A1 L+
S21 A2 N
A2 L-
` Input circuit

2.3 E-STOP S1 S1
tacts S12
S22 S12
S22
E-STOP S1
S21
S22
S12
Safety gate
tacts
S1
S11 S11
S1
S12 S2
S22 S12
S22
Safety gate
S11
S1
S12 S2
S21
S22

ESPE
S22
GND
2.3-50
PNOZ s5

Automatic reset
S12
S12 K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33,37,47) L1
14 (24,34,38,48) K5 N
S34
K6
S3 S12
S12 K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33,37,47) L1
K5
14 (24,34,38,48) N
S34 K6
2.3
UB 24 VDC UB 48 – 240 VAC/DC
*
Y32 PLC Input
Y32 PLC Input
S21 Gnd
*Connect together the 0V connections on all the external power
supplies
` Key

S3 Reset button
Switch operated
Gate open
Gate closed
2.3-51
PNOZ s5
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

pander module:
120 (4.72")

(0.88")

rail.
2.3-52
PNOZ s5
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-53
PNOZ s5
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
2.3 Safety contacts, delayed: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 3.0 A
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts, delayed PL e (Cat. 4)
Safety contacts, delayed Cat. 4
Safety contacts, delayed SIL CL 3
Safety contacts, delayed 2.34E-09
Safety contacts, delayed SIL 3
2.3-54
PNOZ s5

Safety contacts, delayed 2.75E-05
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset after power on typ. 1,430 ms
with automatic reset after power on max. 2,000 ms
on monitored reset with falling edge max. 150 ms 2.3
Delay time tV: selectable 0,00 s; 0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s;
1,00 s; 1,50 s; 2,00 s; 2,50 s; 3,00 s; 3,50 s; 4,00 s; 5,00 s; 6,00 s;
7,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s; 12,00 s; 14,00 s; 15,00 s; 16,00 s; 20,00 s;
25,00 s; 30,00 s; 35,00 s; 40,00 s; 50,00 s; 60,00 s; 70,00 s;
80,00 s; 90,00 s; 100,00 s; 120,00 s; 140,00 s; 150,00 s; 160,00 s;
180,00 s; 200,00 s; 210,00 s; 240,00 s; 300,00 s
Repetition accuracy +/-1 % + +/-20 ms
Repetition accuracy in the case of a fault +/-15 % + +/-20 ms
Time accuracy +/-1 % + +/-20 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.3-55
PNOZ s5
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751105, 751135, 751185
96.0 mm No. 750105, 750135
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 235 g No. 750105, 751105, 751185
280 g No. 750135, 751135
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.3-56
PNOZ s5

1 6.00 A
2 6.00 A
3 6.00 A
4 6.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

(coated version)
PNOZ s5 48 – 240 VAC 48 – 240 VDC With screw terminals 750 135
2.3
PNOZ s5 C 48 – 240 VAC 48 – 240 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 751 135
2.3-57
PNOZ s6
Unit features suitable for use on controllers for met-

` Positive-guided relay outputs: simultaneous switching.
Gertemerkmale
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- It can be used in applications with

neous ` Mechanical presses (EN 692)
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- ` Hydraulic presses (EN 693)
taneous ` Safety circuits in accordance with
` 1 semiconductor output EN 60204-1
– 2 operator elements (buttons) Safety features
` A connector can be used to con-
nect 1 PNOZsigma contact expan- The two-hand control relay meets the
1001973-EN-04-2011-11
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
Two-hand
Up
Gertebild
s6 e control
of EN ISO
devices
13849-1
sion module following safety requirements:


trollers and safety circuits – Supply voltage self-monitoring
– Input status, channel 1 ` The safety function remains effec-
Approvals – Input status, channel 2 tive in the case of a component fail-
2.3
– Switch status, safety contacts ure
– Feedback circuit ` The circuit prevents a further press
PNOZ s6 – Error stroke in the case of:
` Plug-in connection terminals (either – Relay failure
spring-loaded terminal or screw – Contact welding
terminal) – Coil defect on a relay
– Open circuit
Unit description – Short circuit

` The unit has an electronic fuse.


Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2
T
N
S
tzW
a
s
u
Z
S11 S12 S21 S22 13 23 33 41
=
)*
(~)* Input Input

= K1
(
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Feed-
back
(Reset)
S34 Y32 14 24 34 42
* only when UB = 48 – 240 VAC/DC
2.3-58
PNOZ s6
Function description ing two buttons within 0.5 s. If one ` Reactivation: The output relays will
or both of the buttons are released, not re-energise until both operator
` The two-hand control relay must be the unit interrupts the control com- elements have been released and
activated by simultaneously press- mand for the hazardous movement. then re-operated simultaneously.
Timing diagram
s
x
u
n
h
w
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Button 1
Button 2
Feedback loop
Output safe
Output aux.
2.3
Out semi
t0 t1 t2 t3 t1 t3 t1
Key
` POWER: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t2: Operating cycle ended through
` Button 1/Button 2: Input circuits 42 button 1 or 2
S11-S12, S21- S22 ` Out semi: Semiconductor output ` t3: S34-S12 must be closed before
` Feedback loop: Feedback loop S34 switch status Y32 before the button is operated (re-
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, ` t0: Recovery time after power on covery time)
23-24, 33-34 ` t1: Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 Shaded area: Status irrelevant
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-59
PNOZ s6
` Supply voltage
A1 L
A1 L+
S22 A2 N
A2 L-
` Input circuit

2.3 Two-hand button S1
S2
S21
S12(+)
S22(-)
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop
S12
K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33) L1
14 (24,34) K5 N
K6
Y32 PLC Input
S22 Gnd
` Key
2.3-60
PNOZ s6
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3
Installation CAUTION!
Install base unit without contact ex- to the two-hand relay from the nearest
][Montage_PNOZsigma
pander module: danger zone must be large enough

` Ensure that the plug terminator is that if one of the buttons is released,
inserted at the side of the unit. the dangerous movement is interrupt-
Connect base unit and PNOZsigma ed before the operator can reach into
contact expander module: the danger zone (see EN 999 "The po-
` Remove the plug terminator at the sitioning of protective equipment in re-
side of the base unit and at the con- spect of approach speeds of parts of
tact expander module. the human body").
tact expander module to the sup- Dimensions
the units to the DIN rail. *with spring-loaded terminals
Abmessungen
Installation in control cabinet

120 (4.72")

rail.
98 (3.86") 22,5
(0.88")
* 100 (3,94")
][Montage_Zusatz_Zweihand
2.3-61
PNOZ s6
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph


Lebensdauerkurve

UB 24 V DC
2.3
Example

cles
in the calculation.
sion.
Lebensdauerkurve
2.3-62
PNOZ s6
UB 48-240 V AC/DC
2.3


][Technische Daten PNOZsigma_Zweihand
in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
N/O contact 20 mA
N/C contact 10 mA
Type in accordance with EN 574 III C
2.3-63
PNOZ s6
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
5.0 A No. 750106, 751106
5.0 A No. 750106, 751106
5.0 A No. 750106, 751106
2.3
5.0 A No. 750106, 751106
6 A No. 750136, 751136
6 A No. 750136, 751136
Blow-out fuse, slow
6 A No. 750106, 751106
6 A No. 750106, 751106
6 A No. 750106, 751106
6 A No. 750106, 751106
Semiconductor outputs (short circuit proof) 24.0 V DC,20 mA
Times
EN 574)
N/O contact 30 ms
N/C contact 40 ms
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 0.5 s
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
2.3-64
PNOZ s6
Environmental data
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC 2.3
Dimensions
Height 100.0 mm No. 751106, 751136
98.0 mm No. 750106, 750136
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 190 g No. 750106, 751106
210 g No. 750136, 751136
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_ACDC
2.3-65
PNOZ s6

1 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750136, 751136
2 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750136, 751136
3 4.50 A No. 750136, 751136 4.50 A No. 750136, 751136
6.00 A No. 750106, 751106
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ s6 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 136
2.3 PNOZ s6 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 136
2.3-66
PNOZ s6.1
` Positive-guided relay outputs: The safety relay meets the following

Gertemerkmale Schutzmechanismen
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- safety requirements:

neous ` The safety relay prevents the plant
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- from being enabled in the following
taneous cases:
` 1 semiconductor output – Power supply failure
` Connection options for: – Component failure
– 2 control elements (pushbuttons) – Short circuit on an input circuit
– E-STOP pushbutton – Coil defect
1001986-EN-04-2011-11
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
Two-hand
Up
Gertebild
s6.1
c control
of EN ISO
devices
13849-1
– Safety gate limit switch – Open circuit
` A connector can be used to con- – Earth fault
Two-hand control device for safety cir-
Bildunterschrift
nect 1 PNOZsigma contact expan- ` In each on-off cycle, the output re-
cuits sion module lays on the safety device are tested
` LED indicator for: to ensure they open and close cor-
Approvals – Supply voltage rectly 2.3
– Input status, channel 1
– Input status, channel 2
PNOZ s6.1 – Switch status, safety contacts
– Feedback loop
– Error
terminal)

Unit description

The safety relay can be used as a two-
Gertebeschreibung allgemein
Zulassungen
hand control relay or for simultaneity
monitoring.
ments of EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1

applications with
` Safety gates
Gertebeschreibung Zweihand
requirements of EN 574 Type IIIA. It

the hazardous movement. It is de-
signed for use in two-hand circuits.
CAUTION!
The two-hand control relay may not be
used on press controllers. It is only
suitable for use where the risk analysis
has established a low level of risk (e.g.
EN 954-1 Cat. 1 and EN ISO 13849-1
Cat. 1).
2.3-67
PNOZ s6.1
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 T
N
S
tzW
a
s
u
Z
S13 S14 S23 S24 13 23 33 41
= )*
(~)* Input Input
= K1
(
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Feed-
back
(Reset)
2.3
S34 Y32 14 24 34 42
* only when UB = 48 – 240 VAC/DC
` The safety relay must be activated open, the unit interrupts the control ements have been released and re-
][Funktionen_Zweihand_mit_Gleichzeitigkeitsüberw
by simultaneously pressing two command for the hazardous move- operated simultaneously or the
control elements (pushbuttons) ment. contacts have opened and then
within 0.5 s. If one or both pushbut- ` Reactivation: The output relays will closed.
tons are released or the contacts not re-energise until both control el-
Timing diagram
s
x
u
n
h
w
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Button 1
Button 2
Feedback loop
Output safe
Output aux.
Out semi
t0 t1 t2 t3 t1 t3 t1
Key
` POWER: Supply voltage ` Out semi: Semiconductor output Shaded area: Status irrelevant
` Button 1/Button 2: Input circuits switch status Y32
S13-S14, S23-S24 ` t0: Recovery time after power on
` Feedback loop: Feedback loop S34 ` t1: Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2
` Output safe: Safety outputs 13-14, ` t2: Operating cycle ended through
23-24, 33-34 button 1 or 2
` Output aux: Auxiliary contacts 41- ` t3: S34-S12 must be closed before
42 before the button is operated (re-
covery time)
2.3-68
PNOZ s6.1
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km
2.3
60/75 °C.
2.3-69
PNOZ s6.1
` Supply voltage
A1 L
A1 L+
S14 A2 N
A2 L-
` Input circuit

2.3 Two-hand button
S13
S14
S23 S2
S24
Simultaneity monitoring in safety gate ap-

plications *
with automatic reset after the safety gate is
closed
S13
S1
S14 S2
S23
S24
*The unit starts automatically when the

E-STOP / safety gate device is re-
leased. Use external circuit measures
to prevent an unexpected restart.
` Feedback loop
Feedback loop
S24
K5 K6
S34
13 (23,33) L1
14 (24,34) K5 N
K6
2.3-70
PNOZ s6.1
Y32 PLC Input
S14 Gnd
` Key
2.3
2.3-71
PNOZ s6.1
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

pander module:
120 (4.72")

(0.88")

rail.
2.3-72
PNOZ s6.1
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph


Lebensdauerkurve

UB 24 VDC
2.3
Example

cles
in the calculation.
sion.
Lebensdauerkurve
2.3-73
PNOZ s6.1
UB 48-240 VAC/DC
2.3


][Technische Daten PNOZsigma_Zweihand
in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
N/O contact 20 mA
Type in accordance with EN 574 III A
2.3-74
PNOZ s6.1
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
5.0 A No. 750126, 751126
5.0 A No. 750126, 751126
5.0 A No. 750126, 751126
2.3
5.0 A No. 750126, 751126
6 A No. 750156, 751156
6 A No. 750156, 751156
Blow-out fuse, slow
6 A No. 750126, 751126
6 A No. 750126, 751126
6 A No. 750126, 751126
6 A No. 750126, 751126
E-STOP/safety gate function PL e (Cat. 4)
Two-hand function PL c (Cat. 1)
E-STOP/safety gate function Cat. 4
Two-hand function Cat. 1
E-STOP/safety gate function SIL CL 3
Two-hand function SIL CL 1
E-STOP/safety gate function 2.62E-09
Two-hand function 5.99E-08
E-STOP/safety gate function SIL 3
Two-hand function SIL 1
E-STOP/safety gate function 3.32E-05
Two-hand function 5.10E-03
2.3-75
PNOZ s6.1
Times
EN 574)
N/O contact 40 ms
N/C contact 50 ms
Simultaneity, channel 1 and 2 0.5 s
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.3 Overvoltage category III / II
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 100.0 mm No. 751126, 751156
98.0 mm No. 750126, 750156
Width 22.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 190 g No. 750126, 751126
210 g No. 750156, 751156
2.3-76
PNOZ s6.1
INFORMATION

][Dauerstrom_ACDC

1 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750156, 751156
2 6.00 A 6.00 A No. 750156, 751156
3 4.50 A No. 750156, 751156 4.50 A No. 750156, 751156
6.00 A No. 750126, 751126 2.3
Bestelldaten
Order reference

PNOZ s6.1 24 VDC With screw terminals 750 126
PNOZ s6.1 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 751 126
PNOZ s6.1 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 156
PNOZ s6.1 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 156
2.3-77
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7
Unit features EN ISO 13849-1 depends on the cate-

` Positive-guided relay outputs: pansion module may not exceed this.
Gertemerkmale

neous Safety features
taneous The unit meets the following safety re-
` Safe separation of safety contacts quirements:

13-14, 23-24, 33-34 from all other ` The contact expansion module ex-
circuits pands an existing circuit. As the
1001987-EN-04-2011-09
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
Contact
Up
Gertebild
s7expansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1
– Input status, channel 1 base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
– Input status, channel 2 ty functions on the existing circuit
– Switch status of the safety con- are transferred to the contact ex-
creasing the number of available contacts pansion module.
tacts – Error ` The safety function remains effec-
2.3 ` Plug-in connection terminals (either tive in the case of a component fail-
Approvals spring-loaded terminal or screw ure.
terminal) ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
PNOZ s7 Unit description unit that is used.
The unit meets the requirements of The output relays de-energise and

EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and the safety contacts open.

itoring.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2
*
13 23 33 43 51
=
Input
= K1
Interface
base
unit
Power
K2
14 24 34 44 52
2.3-78
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7
Function description without PNOZsigma base unit:

` Single-channel operation: one input
with PNOZsigma base unit: circuit affects the output relays
][Funktionsbeschreibung_Erweiterungsgert
` Dual-channel operation via

PNOZsigma connector
Timing diagram
-f
x
u
w
k
n
o
K
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
2.3
Key
` Feedback: Feedback loop 51-52
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-44
are safety contacts, output 51-52 is
an auxiliary contact (e.g. for dis-
play).
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-79
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
` Input circuit
2.3 Input circuit Single-channel Dual-channel

Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZ X
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1 PNOZsigma
Safety relay PNOZelog expansion
Driven via semiconductor outputs module
(24 VDC) 0V A2
L-
` Feedback circuit
Feedback circuit Base unit: Safety relay Base unit: Safety relay PNOZelog
PNOZ X
The inputs that evaluate the feedback loop 24 V DC
will depend on the base unit and applica-
51
tion feedback
loop PNOZsigma 51
52 expansion feedback PNOZsigma
module loop 52 expansion
module
` Connection to PNOZsigma base

unit
Base unit: Safety relay PNOZsigma

The feedback loop is connected and eval-
uated via the connector
PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZsigma
PNOZsigma expansion module
base unit
INFORMATION Do not connect A1 to the contact ex-

][Betriebsbereitschaft_herstellen_Info_Erweiterungsgert_DB
If a base unit and a contact expander pander module!

are connected via the connector, no
additional wiring is necessary.
2.3-80
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3
Install contact expander module *with spring-loaded terminals

][Montage_PNOZsigma Erweiterungsgert Abmessungen
without base unit:

120 (4.72")

tact expander module
17,5
rail.
2.3-81
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3


in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-82
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 500 VA
Pmax: 50 W
External contact fuse protection (IK = 1 kA) to EN 60947-5-1 2.3
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.3-83
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
2.3 Cross section of external conductors with spring-loaded termi- 0.20 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 751107, 751187
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751107, 751187
98.0 mm No. 750107
Width 17.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight
170 g
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.3-84
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7

1 6.00 A
2 5.50 A
3 4.50 A
4 4.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

(coated version)
2.3
2.3-85
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
Unit features The category that can be achieved in

` Positive-guided relay outputs: EN ISO 13849-1 depends on the cate-
Gertemerkmale
– 3 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- gory of the base unit. The contact ex-
neous pansion module may not exceed this.
` Safe separation of safety contacts
13-14, 23-24, 33-34 from all other Safety features
circuits
` Supply voltage for expansion mod- The unit meets the following safety re-
ules quirements:
` LED for: ` The contact expansion module ex-
– Supply voltage at B1 and B2 pands an existing circuit. As the
– Input status, channel 1 output relays are monitored via the
1001988-EN-04-2011-09
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
Contact
Up
Gertebild
s7.1
expansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1

creasing the number of available con- – Switch status of the safety con- ty functions on the existing circuit
tacts tacts are transferred to the contact ex-
2.3 – Error pansion module.
Approvals ` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` The safety function remains effec-
spring-loaded terminals or screw tive in the case of a component fail-
terminals) ure.
PNOZ s7.1 ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
Unit description Detected, depending on the base
unit that is used.
The unit meets the requirements of

EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and The output relays de-energise and
VDE 0113-1. The contact expansion the safety contacts open.
itoring.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2
* B1 B2
13 23 33
= =
Interface
base
Input
unit
= K1 =
Power
expansion
Interface
module
K2
Y1 Y2 14 24 34
2.3-86
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
Function description with PNOZsigma s7.2 expander units:

` Dual-channel operation and supply
with PNOZsigma base unit: voltage via PNOZsigma connector
][Funktionsbeschreibung_Erweiterungsgerte_Kaskadenmodul

PNOZsigma connector
without PNOZsigma base unit:
circuit affects the output relays
Timing diagram
-f
x
u
w
k
n
o
K
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
2.3
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe: Safety contacts ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Input: Input circuits ` Feedback: Feedback loop 51-52 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs are safety contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-87
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
` Supply voltage
Base unit:
Safety relay PNOZsigma
PNOZsigma
PNOZs PNOZs
Interface
expansion expansion
module module
Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZ X
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
2.3 0V
Supply voltage for expansion modules 24 V DC

PNOZsigma
B1 PNOZsigma
expansion
B2 module
0V
` Input circuit

Base unit:
Safety relay PNOZsigma
PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZsigma
base unit
Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZ X
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1 PNOZsigma
Safety relay PNOZelog Driven via semicon- expansion
ductor outputs (24 VDC) module
0V A2
L-
2.3-88
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
Reset circuit/feedback loop Base unit: Safety relay PNOZ X Base unit: Safety relay PNOZelog
Y1
tion feedback
loop PNOZsigma Y1
Y2 expansion feedback PNOZsigma
module loop Y2 expansion
module

unit

2.3
The feedback loop is connected and evalu-
ated via the connector.
PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZsigma
base unit
INFORMATION
][Betriebsbereitschaft_herstellen_Info_Erweiterungsgert_Kaskadenmodul_DB

Do not connect A1 und Y1/Y2 to the
expansion module!
2.3-89
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
Power
2.3
Installation ` Connect the base unit and the con- Control cabinet installation
tact expansion module using the ` The safety relay should be installed
Install contact expansion module connector supplied, before mount- in a control cabinet with a protec-
Montage PNOZsigma_7_1
without base unit: ing the units to the DIN rail. tion type of at least IP54.
` Ensure that the plug terminator is Connect contact expansion module ` Use the notch on the rear of the unit
inserted at the side of the unit. PNOZ s7.1 to PNOZsigma contact to attach it to a DIN rail (35 mm).
Connect base unit and contact ex- expansion modules ` When installed vertically: Secure
pansion module PNOZ s7.1: ` Connect the contact expansion the unit by using a fixing element
` Remove the plug terminator at the modules using the connector sup- (e.g. retaining brakket or end angle).
side of the base unit and at the left plied. Push the unit upwards or downwards
of the contact expansion module before lifting it from the DIN rail.
][Montage_PNOZsigma_Erweiterungsgert_Kaskade_DB
Expansion options Please note the max. power consumption of the contact expansion modules (see Technical data
PNOZ s7.1).
c: Base unit
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma base unit
d: Contact expansion module

PNOZ s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
e: Contact expansion module

PNOZ s7.2
f: Contact expansion module

PNOZ s7.2 with terminator .................
1 2 3 4
2.3-90
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
c: Base unit
module s7/s8/s9/s10/s11
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma base unit
PNOZ s7.1
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
PNOZ s7.2

.................
PNOZ s7, s8, s9, s10, s11 as ter-
minator 1 2 3 4
c: Contact expansion module

PNOZ s7.1 with terminator
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
d: Contact expansion module 2.3
PNOZ s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
module s7.2
.................
1 2 3

PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion

PNOZ s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2

minator
.................
1 2 3
c: Base unit

PNOZ s7.1
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma base unit

PNOZ s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
module s7.2

PNOZ s7.1
g: Contact expansion module .................
PNOZ s7.2 1 2 3 4 5 6
h: Contact expansion module

2.3-91
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
Dimensions
*with spring-loaded terminals

Abmessungen
120 (4.72")
98 (3.86")
17,5
2.3 * 102 (3,94") (0.69")
2.3-92
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Max. output of all expansion modules 20 W
2.3-93
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
2.3 Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
2.3-94
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751167
98.0 mm No. 750167 2.3
Width 17.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight
170 g
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC

1 6.00 A
2 5.50 A
3 4.50 A
Bestelldaten
2.3-95
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.1
Order reference

2.3
2.3-96
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
Unit features unit. The contact expander module

may not exceed this.
Gertemerkmale

neous
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- The unit meets the following safety re-
taneous quirements:
` Safe separation of safety contacts ` The contact expansion module ex-
13-14, 23-24, 33-34 from all other pands an existing circuit. As the
circuits output relays are monitored via the
` Connection options for expansion base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
modules ty functions on the existing circuit
` LED for: are transferred to the contact ex-
1001989-EN-04-2011-09
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
Contact
Up
Gertebild
s7.2
expansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1

– Input status, channel 1 pansion module.
creasing the number of available con- – Input status, channel 2 ` The safety function remains effec-
tacts – Switch status of the safety con- tive in the case of a component fail-
tacts ure. 2.3
Approvals ` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
spring-loaded terminals or screw Detected, depending on the base
terminals) unit that is used.
PNOZ s7.2 ` Earth fault in the input circuit:
Unit description The output relays de-energise and
the safety contacts open.
Gertebeschreibung
EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and

VDE 0113-1. The contact expander
able on a base unit. The category that
can be achieved in accordance with
EN 954-1 and EN ISO 13849-1 de-
pends on the category of the base
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
*
13 23 33 43 51
Interface
base
unit
K1
expansion
Interface
module
K2
14 24 34 44 52
*Safe separation in accordance with EN 60947-1, 6 kV
2.3-97
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
Function description with PNOZsigma expander modules:

with PNOZsigma s7.1: voltage via PNOZsigma connector

voltage via PNOZsigma connector
Timing diagram
-f
x
u
w
k
n
o
K
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
Output safe
Feedback
2.3 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe: Safety contacts ` t1: Switch-on delay
` Input: Input circuits ` Feedback: Feedback loop 51-52 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
Wiring
Please note:
Verdrahtung

` Outputs are safety contacts, output
is an auxiliary contact (e.g. for dis-
play).
tails).
60/75 °C.
2.3-98
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
` Supply voltage/input circuit/feed-

Betriebsbereitschaft herstellen PNOZ
back loop
Supply voltage/input circuit/feedback loop AC DC

Contact expansion module PNOZ s7.2
PNOZsigma
PNOZs PNOZs
Interface
expansion expansion
module module
2.3
2.3-99
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3
Installation Control cabinet installation ` Ensure the unit is mounted securely

` The safety relay should be installed on a vertical DIN rail (35 mm) by us-
Connect contact expansion module in a control cabinet with a protec- ing a fixing element (e.g. retaining
Montage PNOZsigma_7_2
PNOZ s7.2 to PNOZsigma contact tion type of at least IP54. bracket or an end angle).
expansion modules ` Use the notch on the rear of the unit Push the unit upwards or downwards
` Connect the contact expansion to attach it to a DIN rail. before lifting it from the DIN rail.
modules using the connector sup-
][Montage_PNOZsigma_Erweiterungsgert_Kaskade_DB
plied.
Expansion options Please note the max. power consumption of the contact expansion modules (see Technical data
PNOZ s7.1).
c: Base unit
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma base unit

PNOZ s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2

PNOZ s7.2

PNOZ s7.2 with terminator .................
1 2 3 4
c: Base unit
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma base unit

PNOZ s7.1
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2

PNOZ s7.2

.................
minator 1 2 3 4
2.3-100
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2

PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZ s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
module s7.2
.................
1 2 3

PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZ s7.2
module s7.1 2.3
module s7.2
module s7.2
minator
.................
1 2 3
c: Base unit

PNOZ s7.1
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma expansion
PNOZsigma base unit

PNOZ s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
module s7.1
module s7.2
module s7.2
module s7.2

PNOZ s7.1
g: Contact expansion module .................
PNOZ s7.2 1 2 3 4 5 6
h: Contact expansion module

2.3-101
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
Dimensions
*with spring-loaded terminals

Abmessungen
120 (4.72")
98 (3.86")
17,5
2.3 * 102 (3,94") (0.69")
2.3-102
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
2.3-103
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
Technical details
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 500 VA
Pmax: 50 W
2.3 Utilisation category in accordance with EN 60947-5-1
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
2.3-104
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2
Environmental data
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Cross section of external conductors with screw terminals 2.3
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751177
98.0 mm No. 750177
Width 17.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 170 g
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.3-105
Contact expansion
PNOZ s7.2

1 6.00 A
2 5.50 A
3 4.50 A
4 4.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.3
2.3-106
Contact expansion
PNOZ s8
` Relay outputs: The unit meets the following safety re-

Gertemerkmale Safety features

neous ` The unit monitors its own output
` 1 semiconductor output contacts.
` LED indicator for: ` The safety function remains effec-
– Input status, channel 1 tive in the case of a component fail-
– Input status, channel 2 ure.
– Switch status of the safety con- ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
1001990-EN-02-2010-10
PNOZ
2.3 to PL
Contact
Up
Gertebild
s8expansion
c of EN ISO 13849-1
tacts Detected, depending on the base
– Error unit that is used.
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` Earth fault in the input circuit:

creasing the number of available con- spring-loaded terminal or screw The output relays de-energise and
tacts terminal) the safety contacts open.
Approvals Unit description 2.3

PNOZ s8 EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and


itoring.
Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2 13 23
=
Input
= K1
expansion
Interface
unit
Power
K2
Y32 14 24
2.3-107
Contact expansion
PNOZ s8


PNOZsigma connector
Timing diagram
rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
POWER
Input
Output safe
Out semi
2.3 t1 t2 t1 t2
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Out semi: Semiconductor output
` Input: Input circuits A1 Y32
` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` t1: Switch-on delay
23-24 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
Wiring
Please note:

contacts.
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-108
Contact expansion
PNOZ s8
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
` Input circuit
Input circuit Single-channel Dual-channel 2.3

Base unit: 24 V DC
PNOZ X safety relay
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1 PNOZsigma
PNOZelog safety relay expansion
(24 VDC) 0V A2
L-
` Feedback loop
with PNOZsigma base unit: without PNOZsigma base unit:

The feedback loop is connected and Feedback loop does not need to be
evaluated via the connector. monitored because the contact ex-
pansion block monitors its own output
contacts.
*
Y32 PLC Input
INFORMATION
If a base unit and a contact expander

Do not connect A1 to the contact ex-
pander module!
2.3-109
Contact expansion
PNOZ s8
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

without base unit:

120 (4.72")

12,5 (0.69")

rail.
2.3-110
Contact expansion
PNOZ s8
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3
Pmax: 720 VA
Pmax: 72 W
Contact material AgSnO2
Safety contacts: 4A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 2A
Safety contacts: 2A
Times
Switch-on delay
2.3-111
Contact expansion
PNOZ s8
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
2.3 Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 102.0 mm No. 751108
98.0 mm No. 750108
Width 12.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight
105 g

INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.3-112
Contact expansion
PNOZ s8

1 3.00 A
2 3.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.3
2.3-113
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10

– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- pands an existing circuit. As the
taneous output relays are monitored via the
` Safe separation of safety contacts base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
from all other circuits ty functions on the existing circuit
` LED indicator for: are transferred to the contact ex-
– Input status, channel 1 pansion module.
PNOZ
1001966-EN-03-2011-11
2.3 to PL
Contact
Up
Gertebild
s10
expansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1 – Input status, channel 2 ` The safety function remains effec-
– Switch status, safety contacts tive in the case of a component fail-
– Error ure.
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
tacts
spring-loaded terminal or screw Detected, depending on the base
2.3 terminal) unit that is used.
Approvals
Unit description The output relays de-energise and
PNOZ s10
EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and

itoring.

Zulassungen gory of the base unit. The contact ex-
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2
*
13 23 33 43 51
=
Input
= K1
Interface
base
unit
Power
K2
14 24 34 44 52
2.3-114
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10


PNOZsigma connector
Timing diagram
-f
x
u
w
k
n
o
K
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
2.3
Key
` Feedback: Feedback loop 51-52
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-44
are safety contacts, output 51-52 is
an auxiliary contact (e.g. for dis-
play).
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-115
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
` Input circuit

Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZ X
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1 PNOZsigma
(24 VDC) 0V A2
L-
` Feedback circuit
PNOZ X
51
tion feedback
loop PNOZsigma 51
module

unit

PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZsigma
base unit


2.3-116
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

without base unit:

120 (4.72")

` The safety relay should be installed * 100 (3,94") 45
(1.77")
rail.
2.3-117
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text nach Kurve_SIP Bsp


the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-118
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10
Electrical data
Pmax: 3000 VA
Pmax: 300 W
Pmax: 500 VA
Pmax: 50 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.3-119
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
2.3 Cross section of external conductors with spring-loaded termi- 0.20 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 751110
Dimensions
Height 98.0 mm
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 300 g
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.3-120
Contact expansion
PNOZ s10

1 12.00 A
2 11.00 A
3 9.00 A
4 8.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.3
2.3-121
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11
Unit features gory of the base unit. The contact ex-

Gertemerkmale

neous
– 1 auxiliary contact (N/C), instan- The unit meets the following safety re-
taneous quirements:
` Safe separation of safety contacts ` The contact expansion module ex-
from all other circuits pands an existing circuit. As the
– Input status, channel 2 ty functions on the existing circuit
PNOZ
1001967-EN-04-2011-09
2.3 to PL
Contact
Up
Gertebild
s11
expansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1 – Switch status, safety contacts are transferred to the contact ex-
– Error pansion module.
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ` The safety function remains effec-

spring-loaded terminal or screw tive in the case of a component fail-
tacts
2.3 terminal) ure.
Approvals
Unit description Detected, depending on the base
unit that is used.
The unit meets the requirements of ` Earth fault in the input circuit:
PNOZ s11
EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and The output relays de-energise and
VDE 0113-1. The contact expansion the safety contacts open.
itoring.

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
*
A1 A2 13 23 33 43 63 73 83 93 51
=
Input
= K1
Interface
base
unit
Power
K2
14 24 34 44 64 74 84 94 52
2.3-122
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11


PNOZsigma connector
Timing diagram
-f
x
u
w
k
n
o
K
s
O
N
P
_
rm
g
a
itd
e
][Z
POWER
Input
Output safe
Feedback
t1 t2 t1 t2
2.3
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output safe: Safety contacts 13-14, ` Feedback: Feedback loop 51-52
` Input: Input circuits A1 23-24, 33-34, 43-44, 63-64, 73-74, ` t1: Switch-on delay
83-84, 93-94 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation
Wiring
Please note:

` Outputs 13-14, 23-24, 33-34, 43-
44, 63-64, 73-74, 83-84, 93-94 are
tails).
Rlmax
Imax =
Rl / km

60/75 °C.
2.3-123
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11
` Supply voltage
24 V DC
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
` Input circuit

Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZ X
A1 PNOZsigma
expansion
A2 module
0V
Base unit:
O1 A1 PNOZsigma
(24 VDC) 0V A2
L-
` Feedback circuit
PNOZ X
51
tion feedback
loop PNOZsigma 51
module

unit

PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZsigma
base unit


2.3-124
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

without base unit:

120 (4.72")

` The safety relay should be installed * 100 (3,94") 45
(1.77")
rail.
2.3-125
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-126
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
2.3-127
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11
Environmental data
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
2.3 Cross section of external conductors with spring-loaded termi- 0.20 - 2.50 mm² , 24 - 12 AWG No. 751111
Dimensions
Height 100.0 mm No. 751111
98.0 mm No. 750111
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight
350 g
INFORMATION


][Dauerstrom_DC
2.3-128
Contact expansion
PNOZ s11

1 6.00 A
2 6.00 A
3 6.00 A
4 6.00 A
5 6.00 A
6 5.70 A
7 5.30 A
8 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.3
2.3-129
Contact expansion
PNOZ s22
Unit features ` Speed monitor PNOZ s30

` PNOZmulti Mini base units
` Positive-guided relay outputs: PNOZ mm0.1p, PNOZ mm0.2p
Gertemerkmale
– 6 safety contacts (N/O), instanta- The category that can be achieved in

neous accordance with EN 954-1 and
– 2 auxiliary contacts (N/C), in- EN ISO 13849-1 depends on the cate-
stantaneous gory of the base unit. The contact ex-
` 3 safety contacts and 1 auxiliary pansion module may not exceed this.
contact each; these can be control-
led separately Safety features
` Safety contacts are safely separat-
ed from all other circuits; safety The unit meets the following safety re-
PNOZ
1002374-EN-01-2011-05
2.3 to PL
Contact
Up
Gertebild
s22
expansion
e of EN ISO 13849-1
contacts from Ext.1/O0 are safely quirements:

separated from the safety contacts ` The contact expansion module ex-
creasing the number of available con- from Ext.2/O1 pands an existing circuit. As the
tacts ` Basic insulation between contacts output relays are monitored via the
2.3 ` LED indicator for: base unit's feedback loop, the safe-
Approvals – Input state of channel Ext.1/O0 ty functions on the existing circuit
– Input state of channel Ext.2/O1 are transferred to the contact ex-
` Plug-in connection terminals (either pansion module.
PNOZ s22 spring-loaded terminals or screw ` The safety function remains effec-
terminals) tive in the case of a component fail-
ure.

Unit description ` Earth fault in the feedback loop:
The unit meets the requirements of unit that is used.
Gertebeschreibung
Zulassungen
EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and ` Earth fault in the input circuit:

VDE 0113-1. The contact expansion The output relays de-energise and
module is used to increase the number the safety contacts open.
able on a base unit. Base units are
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
* 13 23 33 41
*
tbl
a
k
lo
][B
g
T
e
h
ic
rs
u
n
_
d 13 23 33 41
PNOZ mmo.2p
PNOZ mm0.1p
K1 K3
PNOZ s30
Interface
Ext.1 Ext.2
O0 O1
K2 K4
14 24 34 42 14 24 34 42
2.3-130
Contact expansion
PNOZ s22

voltage via PNOZsigma connector

` 3 safety contacts and 1 auxiliary
contact each; these can be control-
led separately
Wiring
Please note: ` To prevent contact welding, a fuse

Verdrahtung
` Information given in the “Technical should be connected before the

details” must be followed. output contacts (see technical de-
` The wiring guidelines in the base tails).
units' operating instructions must ` Use copper wire that can withstand
be taken into account. 60/75 °C.
` Outputs 13 -14, 23 -24, 33 - 34 are ` Sufficient fuse protection must be 2.3
safety contacts; outputs 41 - 42 are provided on all output contacts with
auxiliary contacts (e.g. for display). capacitive and inductive loads.

Betriebsbereitschaft herstellen PNOZs_BA
AC DC
Versorgungsspannung/Eingangskreis/
Rückführkreis
Supply voltage/input circuit/feedback loop PNOZ s30/
PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZ mm0.1p PNOZs22
PNOZ mm0.2p
Tension d'alimentation/circuit d'entrée/
boucle de retour
2.3-131
Contact expansion
PNOZ s22
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
14 24 34 42
X1 X3
13 23 33 41
Ext.1/O0
PNOZ s22
2.3 Ext.2/O1
X4 X2
13 23 33 41
14 24 34 42
Connect the contact expansion *with spring-loaded terminals

Montage PNOZsigma_22 Abmessungen
block to the PNOZ s30 or base unit

PNOZ mm0.1p/PNOZ mm0.2p
` Connect the contact expansion
block using the connector supplied.
Control cabinet installation
120 (4.72")

ing a fixing element (e.g. retaining 98 (3.86") 22,5
bracket or an end angle). * 100 (3,94")
(0.88")
Push the unit upwards or downwards

before lifting it from the DIN rail.
2.3-132
Contact expansion
PNOZ s22
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
2.3-133
Contact expansion
PNOZ s22
Electrical data
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
2.3 External contact fuse protection (IK = 1 kA) to EN 60947-5-1
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
Switch-on delay
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP20
2.3-134
Contact expansion
PNOZ s22
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 96.0 mm
Width 22.5 mm 2.3
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 265 g
It is essential to consider the relay's If the service life graphs are not acces- NOTICE
Si-Kennzahlen_Zusatz_Relais_Lebensdauer_PDB Si_Kennzahlen_Erläuterung_PNOZ_s22
service life graphs. The relay outputs' sible, the stated PFH value can be The safety-related characteristic data
safety-related characteristic data is used irrespective of the switching fre- applies per channel of the contact ex-
only valid if the values in the service life quency and the load, as the PFH value pansion block. The safety-related
graphs are met. already considers the relay's B10d val- characteristic data of the base unit and
The PFH value depends on the switch- ue as well as the failure rates of the all other devices that are used must be
ing frequency and the load on the relay other components. taken into account when calculating
output. the safety function. We recommend
that you use the PAScal software tool
to calculate the safety function's SIL/
PL values.
2.3-135
Contact expansion
PNOZ s22
Conventional thermal current
Conventional thermal current when

Schaltleistung Ext1 und Ext2 ][Dauerstrom_DC_PNOZ_s22_Ext.1 und Ext.2
the contacts from Ext.1/O0 and Ext.2/

O1 are under load simultaneously.
Number of contacts used at a time Ith [A] per contact

1 6.00 A
2 5.00 A
3 4.00 A
Conventional thermal current when ei-

Schaltleistung Ext1 oder ext2
ther the contacts from Ext.1/O0 or the

contacts from Ext.2/O1 are under
load. They may not be under load si-
][Dauerstrom_DC_PNOZ_s22_Ext.1 oder Ext.2
multaneously.
2.3
Number of contacts in total Ith [A] per contact
2 6.00 A
3 5.00 A
Bestelldaten
Order reference

2.3-136
PNOZ s9
Unit features ` The unit can also be used without a

base unit as a pulse relay or safe
` Positive-guided relay outputs, ei- timer.
Gertemerkmale
ther instantaneous, delay-on de- The unit is designed for use with
energisation (also retriggerable), ` Safety relays from the PNOZ X,
pulsing or delay-on energisation: PNOZsigma, PNOZelog,
– 3 safety contacts PNOZmulti series
– 1 auxiliary contact ` Safety gate monitors from the PST
` Safe separation of safety contacts series
17-18, 27-28, 37-38 from all other ` Two-hand relays from the
circuits PNOZsigma, P2HZ series
1001991-EN-03-2011-11
PNOZ
2.3 totimer
Safe
Up
Gertebild
PL
s9 e relay/contact
of EN ISO 13849-1
expansion modules
` Switch-on time, pulse time or de-
Contact expander module for increas-
Bildunterschrift
lay-on de-energisation selectable Safety features
ing the number of available contacts, ` LED for:
– Supply voltage The unit meets the following safety re-
][Sicherheitseigenschaften_Kontakterweiterung_mit_RFK
Pulse-on timer relay for step-by-step

control of movement sequences, – Input status, channel 1 quirements:
Delay-on energisation timer for un- – Input status, channel 2 ` The unit monitors its own output 2.3
locking an interlock with delay, – Switch status channel 1/2 contacts.
Shutdown of application with delay-on – Reset circuit ` The safety function remains effec-
de-energistaion, controlled stop – Errors tive in the case of a component fail-
` Plug-in connection terminals (either ure.
Approvals spring-loaded terminals or screw ` Earth fault in the feedback loop is
terminals) detected.
PNOZ s9 Unit description The output relays de-energise and
The unit meets the requirements of ` The unit has an electronic fuse.
Gertebeschreibung Sicherheitseigenschaften Zusatz - Sicherung DC_PNOZ
EN 60947-5-1, EN 60204-1 and

VDE0113-1. In conjunction with a base
unit the unit is used as a
` Contact expansion module to in-
crease the number of contacts
available on a base unit. Base units
are all safety relays with feedback
loop monitoring.
` Pulse relay
Zulassungen
– In accordance with EN ISO
12100-1 and EN ISO 12100-2
(inching circuit for limited move-
ment of hazardous machine
components during installation,
set up and positioning)
– in safety circuits in accordance
with VDE 0113 and EN 60204-1
(e.g. on movable guards)
` Safe timer relays
– in accordance with EN 1088 (re-
lease with delay through timer)
– in safety circuits in accordance
with VDE 0113-1 and EN 60204-
1 (e.g. on movable guards)
2.3-137
PNOZ s9
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
s
k
c
lo
B
d
A1 A2
*
tbl
a
k
lo
][B
g
T
e
h
ic
rs
u
n
_
d S32 17 27 37 45
=
Input
= K1
Interface
base
unit
Power
K2
Reset
2.3
S34 18 28 38 46
` Delay-on de-energisation, not re- immediately and the auxiliary con-

triggerable tact will be closed.

If the supply voltage at the input cir- ` Delay-on energisation
cuit is interrupted, the safety con- The set delay time is started when
tacts will open once the set release supply voltage is applied, the feed-
time has elapsed, even if the safety back loop is closed and finally the
function is cancelled during the de- input circuit is closed.
lay time. The unit cannot be reacti- If the input circuit and feedback
vated until the delay time has loop are closed once the delay time
elapsed. has elapsed, the safety contacts
` Delay-on de-energisation, retrig- will close and the auxiliary contact
gerable will be opened.
(only possible as a standalone ap- If the input circuit is opened for
plication or with the PNOZsigma more than 10 ms, the safety con-
base unit!) tacts will open immediately and the
If the supply voltage at the input cir- auxiliary contact will be closed.
cuit is interrupted, the safety con- with PNOZsigma base unit:
Funktionsbeschreibung_Erweiterungsgerät
tacts will open once the set release ` Dual-channel operation via
time has elapsed. PNOZsigma connector
If the safety function is cancelled with other base units or without base
during the delay time (e.g. safety unit:
gate closed), the unit will remain ac- ` Single-channel operation: one input
tive. circuit affects the output relays
` Pulse on switching on
The safety contacts close when
supply voltage is applied, the feed-
back loop is closed and finally the
input circuit is closed. The safety
contacts are reopened once the
pulse time has elapsed.
If the input circuit is opened for
more than 10 ms during the pulse
time, the safety contacts will open
2.3-138
PNOZ s9
Timing diagrams
Delay-on de-energisation, not retriggerable

rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
1 2
POWER
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Feedback
t1 tv t1 tv
Key 2.3
` Power: Supply voltage ` Output aux: Auxiliary contact 45-46 ` c: Delay-on de-energisation with
` Input: Input circuit S32 ` Feedback: Feedback loop S34 the time tv
` Output safe: Safety contacts 17-18, ` t1: Switch-on delay ` d: No retriggering in the time tv
27-28, 37-38 ` tv: Delay time
Delay-on de-energisation, retriggerable

rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
1 2
POWER
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Feedback
tv
t1 tv t1 tv
tges
Key
` Power: Supply voltage
` Input: Input circuit S32
` Output safe: Safety contacts 17-18,
27-28, 37-38
` Output aux: Auxiliary contact 45-46
` Feedback: Feedback loop S34
` t1: Switch-on delay
` tv: Delay-on de-energisation
` tges: Overall delay time
` c: Delay-on de-energisation with
the time tv
` d: Retriggering in the time tv for
overall delay-on de-energisation
tges
2.3-139
PNOZ s9
Pulse on switching on
rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
1 2 3 4
t < 10 ms
POWER
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Feedback
t2
t1 tw t1 tw t1 tv
Key
2.3 ` Power: Supply voltage ` t1: Switch-on delay ` e: Fault: Feedback loop closed too
` Input: Input circuit S32 ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation late
` Output safe: Safety contacts 17-18, ` tw: Pulse time ` f: Normal operating cycle with
27-28, 37-38 ` c: Normal operating cycle supply interruption < 10 ms
` Output aux: Auxiliary contact 45-46 ` d: Fault: Input circuit opened too
` Feedback: Feedback loop S34 early
Delay-on energisation
rm
g
a
itd
e
Z
1 2 3 4
t < 10 ms
POWER
Input
Output safe
Output aux.
Feedback
tv t2 tv tv tv
Key
` Power: Supply voltage ` t2: Delay-on de-energisation ` e: Fault: Feedback loop closed too
` Input: Input circuit S32 ` tv: Delay time late after t2 elapsed
` Output safe: Safety contacts 17-18, ` c: Normal operating cycle ` f: Normal operating cycle with
27-28, 37-38 ` d: Fault: Input circuit opened too supply interruption < 10 ms
` Output aux: Auxiliary contact 45-46 early
` Feedback: Feedback loop S34
Wiring
` Outputs 17-18, 27-28, 37-38 are Imax =
Rl / km
tails). 60/75 °C.
2.3-140
PNOZ s9
` Supply voltage
A1 L+
A2 L-
` 1-channel input circuit/feedback

loop
Input circuit Input circuit Feedback circuit

Without base unit (standalone)
2.3
S3 S3
S32 +24 V DC PNOZs9 S32
K5 K6
S34
A1 24 V DC
A2 0V 0V
A2
Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZ X
24 V DC PNOZ X
S34 PNOZs9
feedback 45
A1 PNOZs9 loop
46
S32
PNOZ X A2
S34
0V
A2
0V The inputs that evaluate the feedback loop
tion.
Base unit: 24 V DC
Safety relay PNOZelog; driven via semi-
conductor outputs
(24 VDC) 24 V DC
PNOZelog
S34
45
PNOZs9
*
feedback
loop 46
PNOZelog A1 PNOZs9 A2
Output S32 0V
S34
The inputs that evaluate the feedback loop
A2 will depend on the base unit and applica-
0V tion.
* PNOZ e1p only; all other PNOZelog safety
relays without delay-on de-energisation
with PNOZ s9
2.3-141
PNOZ s9
` 2-channel input circuit
Base unit: Safety relays Base unit: Safety relays

PNOZ s3, PNOZ s4, PNOZ s5 PNOZ s1, PNOZ s2
The input circuit is connected and evaluat- 24 V DC
ed via the connector. S11 S34 PNOZ s9 A1 PNOZ s9
S34
PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZ s3
PNOZsigma
Interface
PNOZ s4 PNOZ s1
PNOZ s5 PNOZ s2
Base unit: Two-hand control unit Base unit: Two-hand control unit
PNOZ s6 PNOZ s6.1
The input circuit is connected and evaluat-
S12 S34 PNOZ s9 S24 S34 PNOZ s9
ed via the connector.
PNOZsigma
PNOZsigma
Interface
Interface
2.3 PNOZ s6 PNOZ s6.1
` Application
without feedback loop with feedback loop

without base unit S3 S3
PNOZs9 S32 PNOZs9 S32
K5 K6
S34 S34
A1 24 V DC A1 24 V DC
A2 0V A2 0V
` Key
S3 Reset button
2.3-142
PNOZ s9
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3

without base unit:

120 (4.72")

17,5
rail.
2.3-143
PNOZ s9
NOTICE

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3


Technische Daten

in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Typ. supply current at A1 70 mA
Input circuit DC: 15.0 mA
Max. inrush current impulse
A1 0.70 A
Input circuit 0.10 A
Feedback loop 0.10 A
2.3-144
PNOZ s9
Electrical data
Auxiliary contacts (N/C), delayed: 1
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Pmax: 1500 VA
Pmax: 150 W
Auxiliary contacts: AC15 at 230 V Imax: 5.0 A 2.3
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 6A
Safety contacts: 6A
A1/A2 20 Ohm
Input circuit 30 Ohm
Feedback loop 30 Ohm
Times
Switch-on delay
2.3-145
PNOZ s9
Times
Delay time tV: selectable 0,00 s; 0,10 s; 0,20 s; 0,30 s; 0,40 s; 0,50 s; 0,60 s; 0,70 s; 0,80 s;
1,00 s; 1,50 s; 2,00 s; 2,50 s; 3,00 s; 3,50 s; 4,00 s; 5,00 s; 6,00 s;
7,00 s; 8,00 s; 10,00 s; 12,00 s; 14,00 s; 15,00 s; 16,00 s; 20,00 s;
25,00 s; 30,00 s; 35,00 s; 40,00 s; 50,00 s; 60,00 s; 70,00 s; 80,00
s; 90,00 s; 100,00 s; 120,00 s; 140,00 s; 150,00 s; 160,00 s;
180,00 s; 200,00 s; 210,00 s; 240,00 s; 300,00 s
Repetition accuracy +/-1 % + +/-20 ms
Repetition accuracy in the case of a fault +/-15 % + +/-20 ms
Time accuracy +/-1 % + +/-20 ms
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Amplitude 0.35 mm
2.3 Climatic suitability EN 60068-2-78
Pollution degree 2
Protection type
Housing IP40
Terminals IP 20
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Dimensions
Height 100.0 mm No. 751109, 751189
96.0 mm No. 750109
Width 17.5 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 175 g No. 751189
176 g No. 751109
177 g No. 750109

2.3-146
PNOZ s9
INFORMATION


Bestelldaten
2.3
Order reference

(coated version)
2.3-147
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Unit features ` Rotary encoder connection tech-

nology:
` Measured value recorded by RJ45 socket
Gertemerkmale PNOZ s30
– Incremental encoder ` See order reference for unit types

– Proximity switch
– Analogue voltage input Unit description
` Measured variables
– Standstill The speed monitor monitors standstill,
Gertebeschreibung_Drehzahlwaechter_plus_Position_Bereich
– Speed speed, speed range, position and di-

– Speed range rection in accordance with
– Position EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e and
PNOZ
1001758-EN-02-2011-11
2.3 to PL
Speed
Up
Gertebild
s30
monitoring
e of EN ISO 13849-1
– Direction EN IEC 62061 up to SIL CL 3.
– Analogue voltage (track S)
Speed monitor for safe monitoring of
][Bildunterschrift_Drehzahlwchter
` Positive-guided relay outputs Safety features

standstill, speed, speed range, posi- – 2 safety contacts
tion and direction. – 2 auxiliary contacts The relay conforms to the following
Sicherheitseigenschaften_multi_allgemein
2.3 ` Semiconductor outputs safety criteria:

Approvals – 4 auxiliary outputs ` The circuit is redundant with built-in
` Expansion interface for 2 more safe self-monitoring.
relay outputs ` The safety function remains effec-
PNOZ s30 ` Can be configured via the display tive in the case of a component fail-
on the speed monitor ure.
` Configuration is stored on a chip
card
` Display
– Current frequencies

– Current position
– Warning and error messages
` Status and fault LEDs

Zulassungen
Block diagram
il
tb
a
h
k
c
lo
B
0
3
s
Z
O
N
P
d
A1 A2 S34 S11 S21 In1 In2 GND 13 11 23 21
~ 24 V 0 V
Reset/ X6
Start RJ45 Initiator
= Relay
Extended Relais
Input Control
Interface
Rel. 1
Power
Rel. 2
24 V ext
Feed-
0 V ext
back Select
Inputs (SEL)
Y1 Y2 Y32 Y33 Y34 Y35 Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y30 Y31 14 12 24 22
2.3-148
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
NOTICE ` Reset and feedback circuits: S21, ` Relay output 23, 24

The individual blocks are galvanically S11, S34, Y1, Y2 ` Relay output 21, 22
isolated from each other: ` Semiconductor outputs and select If possible, the connections for the
` Supply voltage: A1, A2 inputs: Y30, Y31, Y32, Y33, Y34, various earth potentials (GND, S21,
` Encoder and initiator inputs: GND, Y35, Y10, Y11, Y12, Y13 Y30 and A2) should not be connected,
In1, In2, RJ45 socket and shield ` Relay output 13, 14 as noise susceptibility can be in-
` Relay output 11, 12 creased significantly as a result.
Proximity switches or rotary encoders Monitoring functions Speed range

Funktionen_Einführung
record measured values, which are With range monitoring, the output
evaluated in the speed monitor The following monitoring functions can switches off if the rotational speed (ve-
Funktionen_Überwachungsfunktionen
PNOZ s30. There are 9 monitoring be configured: locity, frequency) is outside the config-
functions (F1 ... F9), which are per- Standstill ured range.
formed simultaneously. With standstill monitoring, the output Position
Up to 16 different parameter sets (P0 is switched on when the value falls be- Position monitoring is activated via a 2.3
... P15) for the monitoring functions low the stated standstill value; if the rising edge at the reset input. The cur-
can be selected via the select inputs. standstill value is exceeded, the out- rent position is adopted as a reference
Configuration of the monitoring func- put switches off. position in the middle of the position
tions is menu-driven, using a rotary Speed window (configured window width)
knob. The outputs switch depending With overspeed monitoring, the output and the assigned output is switched
on the configuration. switches off when the stated value is on.
An interface is available to connect a exceeded. The output will stay switched on pro-
contact expansion module PNOZsig- vided the value is within the position
ma, enabling the number of outputs to window.
be expanded.
Position
Window
Reference
Position
X
Window Width
If the value moves outside the config-

ured range, position monitoring is re-
set and the assigned outputs are
switched off. Position monitoring can
be restarted via a rising edge at the re-
set input
A max. of 4 positions can be config-
ured to be monitored simultaneously.
Please note:
` Active position monitoring is not re-
started by another rising edge at
the reset input.
` Position monitoring cannot be used
if proximity switches are employed.
2.3-149
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Direction ` Monitored reset with falling edge Speed configuration

If the direction is to be detected safely, If a monitored reset with falling
this function must be linked to a safety edge is configured, the output The speed monitor is configured using
Funktionen_Drehzahlkonfiguration
contact. switches on if the speed does not the rotary knob on the device.
` If "Direct. Right" is configured, the reach the limit value and then a fall- Up to 16 parameter sets (P0 ... P15),
safety output is switched on during ing edge is detected at S34. each with a max. of 9 switch functions
normal operation in clockwise rota- Switch delay (F1 ... F9) can be configured to monitor
tion. A delay time can be set for each output various operating modes, for example.
` If "Direct. Left" is configured, the (see technical details). The outputs will One of the 16 parameter sets is select-
safety output is switched on during not switch until the set time has ed via 4 select inputs SEL1 (Y10),
normal operation in anti-clockwise elapsed. It is possible to configure SEL2 (Y11), SEL4 (Y12), SEL8 (Y13).
rotation. whether the delay time is to be activat- The switch functions are monitored si-
For both directions, a tolerance can be ed when switching on, switching off, or multaneously.
entered for the wrong direction. In oth- switching on and off. Each of a switch function's 16 param-
er words, the drive can run in the WARNING! eters can be configured as
wrong direction up to the set tolerance Potential loss of safety function due ` Standstill limit
2.3 value, without the assigned output to increased reaction time ` Speed limit
switching off. The output switch-off delay (tdo, Off) ` Upper or lower limit of speed range
If an output has been switched off, it when overspeed is reached will in- ` Right-hand direction monitoring
cannot switch back on again until the crease the speed monitor's reaction ` Left-hand direction monitoring
drive has been run in the right direction time by the stated value (see technical ` Position monitoring 1 to 4 with
up to the tolerance value. details). This must not delay the arrival width of position window 1 to 4
Please note: Direction cannot be de- of a safe condition by more than the Exactly one switch function can be as-
tected if proximity switches are used. permitted time. The configuration of signed to each output. The same
Monitoring for broken shearpins the switch-off delay must be consid- switch function can be assigned to
An additional proximity switch can be ered in the risk assessment as regards several outputs. With range monitor-
connected to track Z to monitor for hazards, reaction time and safety dis- ing, a range is assigned to an output
broken shearpins tance. (F2-F3, F4-F5, F6-F7 or F8-F9).
Hysteresis Feedback loops A switch delay and reset mode can be
For each switching function F1 ... F9 Feedback loops are used to monitor configured for each output.
(with the exception of direction and external contactors or relays. If a relay If only one parameter set is used, con-
position), a hysteresis can be config- output is activated, it will not switch on figure the parameter set P0. Then it is
ured. This prevents the outputs on the until the corresponding feedback loop not necessary to connect a select in-
speed monitor from bouncing if there is closed. put.
are fluctuations around the response Start-up delay
value. The hysteresis becomes effec- To avoid spurious output signals, dur-
tive when the output is switched on: ing the machine's start-up phase,
Switch-on value = switching threshold evaluation of the encoder signals can
– hysteresis be delayed after the supply voltage is
For the lower range limit: switched on (see technical details).
Switch-on value = switching threshold Switching direction on semiconduc-
+ hysteresis tor outputs
Reset modes The semiconductor outputs can be
You can choose between the following operated in normally de-energised or
reset modes: normally energised mode.
` Automatic reset Units
If an automatic reset is configured, The values to be configured can be en-
the output switches on automati- tered in various units. Depending on
cally if the speed does not reach the the axis type (linear or rotational axis),
limit value, for example. various units can be selected for
` Monitored reset with rising edge speed and distance (see chapter enti-
If a monitored reset with rising edge tled "Menu overview").
is configured, the output switches
on if the speed does not reach the
limit value and then a rising edge is
detected at S34.
2.3-150
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
INFORMATION Example configuration: ` F1: Standstill 2 Hz

2 basic configurations are available for 2 parameter sets for 2 operating ` F2: Overspeed: 3000 Hz
standard applications, for simple con- modes are configured: ` F3: Warning threshold: 2800 Hz
figuration within the display menu. A ` Set-up: P1 The following outputs are assigned to
basic configuration contains limited ` Automatic mode: P2 the switch functions:
menu functions adapted for standard The parameter set P2, "Automatic ` F1: Relay output Rel. 1
applications, with partly pre-defined mode", is selected for speed monitor- ` F2: Relay output Rel. 2
parameters. Further information about ing (selection via the select inputs, see ` F3: Semiconductor output Out 1
basic configurations can be found in next chapter "Select inputs").
this chapter, under "Basic configura- The following switch functions are se-
tion". lected for the parameter set P2:
2.3
For documentation and a better over-

view of the device settings, we recom-
mend that you fill in this configuration
overview before setting the device pa-
rameters (link to form, see "Create
configuration overview" chapter).
2.3-151
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Select inputs one of the configured parameter sets EN IEC 62061 max. 4 parameter sets
can be selected. can be configured: P1, P2, P4 and P8
The parameter sets are selected via For applications up to PL e of (or P0 if only 1 parameter set is used).
Funktionen_Select-Eingaenge
the 4 select inputs SEL1 (Y10), SEL2 EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 3 of
(Y11), SEL4 (Y12), SEL8 (Y13). Only
Parameter set Signal states of the select inputs

SEL 8 SEL 4 SEL 2 SEL 1
P1 0 0 0 1
P2 0 0 1 0
P4 0 1 0 0
P8 1 0 0 0
2.3 In all other parameter sets (P0, P3, ` Short circuits and shorts between If necessary, the number of parameter
P5 ... P7, P9 ... P15), the default value contacts sets can be increased to max. 16.
"Standstill" must be configured for ` Open circuit These can only be used for applica-
each switch function. ` Input drift tions up to max. PL d of
When using these 4 parameter sets, a parameter set other than P1, P2, P4 EN ISO 13849-1 and up to SIL CL 2 of
the following safety features are met: or P8 is selected. This means that EN IEC 62061.
If there is an error when activating the standstill is monitored.
select inputs, such as
Parameter set Signal states of the select inputs

SEL 8 SEL 4 SEL 2 SEL 1
P0 0 0 0 0
P1 0 0 0 1
P2 0 0 1 0
P3 0 0 1 1
P4 0 1 0 0
P5 0 1 0 1
P6 0 1 1 0
P7 0 1 1 1
P8 1 0 0 0
P9 1 0 0 1
P10 1 0 1 0
P11 1 0 1 1
P12 1 1 0 0
P13 1 1 0 1
P14 1 1 1 0
P15 1 1 1 1
2.3-152
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
When using the expanded parame- ` Position ` Max. encoder frequency

ter sets, please note: Up to 4 different position windows 3.5 kHz
If an open circuit occurs when the se- can be monitored: Position 1 ... Po- Basic configuration 2: Rotary encod-
lect inputs are activated, the system sition 4. er
will switch to a parameter set with a Each position to be monitored can ` Encoder type
lower number (e.g. P7 -> P3 if an open be entered as often as necessary in Rotary encoder
circuit occurs at SEL4). parameter sets P0 to P15 and > Rotary encoder type configura-
The limit values for the switch func- switch functions F1 to F9. ble
tions should therefore be entered in ` Direction ` Switch functions
Funktionen_Drehzahlkonfiguration_Drehrichtung
ascending order. (Parameter set P0 -> The monitoring functions "Direct. – Standstill (F1)
lowest values, parameter set P15 -> Left" and "Direct. Right" can be > Standstill frequency configu-
highest values). configured as a switch function as rable in Hz
Delay on the select inputs often as necessary. – Speed (F2)
A reaction time can be entered for the For both directions, a tolerance can > Max. frequency (v max) confi-
select inputs. That way it is possible to be entered for the wrong direction. gurable in Hz
filter out invalid signals (e.g. contact – Direction (F3)
bounce) that occur when switching. Basic configuration Direction left 2.3
Tolerance for wrong direction =
Switch functions Two basic configurations are available
Funktionen_Basiskonfiguration
10 Imp
for standard applications, for simple – Direction (F4)
The following switch functions can be configuration within the display menu.
_Dummy-Vorlage
Direction right
configured: A basic configuration contains limited Tolerance for wrong direction =
` Standstill menu functions adapted for standard
Funktionen_Drehzahlkonfiguration_Stillstand
10 Imp
The standstill frequency is config- applications, with partly pre-defined ` Parameter set/select input
ured centrally. The standstill fre- parameters. P0, select inputs must be "0" (un-
quency should be the lowest The following basic configurations are connected)
frequency in the configuration. available: ` Hysteresis
All switch function parameters are Basic configuration 1: Ini pnp pnp Standstill and speed, 2 % each
pre-configured to the default set- (proximity switch) ` Output assignment
ting "Standstill" ex works. Pre-defined settings and configuration – Standstill: Relay output Rel. 1
` Speed options:
Funktionen_Drehzahlkonfiguration_Drehzahl
and semiconductor output Out 1

Limit values can be configured to ` Encoder type – Speed: Relay output Rel. 2 and
monitor for overspeed. 2 pnp type proximity switches semiconductor output Out 2
Limit values should be entered in ` Switch functions – Direction left: External output
ascending order (Parameter set P0 – Standstill (F1) Ext. 1 and semiconductor output
-> lowest values, parameter set P15 > Standstill frequency configu- Out 3
-> highest values) rable in Hz – Direction right: External output
` Speed range – Speed (F2)
Funktionen_Drehzahlkonfiguration_Bereichsüberwachung
Ext. 2 and semiconductor output

Up to 4 speed ranges can be moni- > Max. frequency (v max) confi- Out 4
tored simultaneously. gurable in Hz ` Reset mode
Configure two switch functions to ` Parameter set/select input – All outputs: Automatic reset
monitor a range: P0, select inputs must be "0" (un- ` Switch delay
– F2 and F3, connected) None
– F4 and F5, ` Hysteresis ` Max. encoder frequency
– F6 and F7 or Standstill and speed, 2 % each 1 MHz
– F8 and F9. ` Output assignment For details of how to configure the ba-
The switch function with the lower – Standstill: Relay output Rel. 1 sic configurations, see the chapter en-
number (e.g. F2) operates as the and semiconductor output Out 1 titled Commissioning/Display Menu -
lower range limit; the switch func- – Speed: Relay output Rel. 2 and Configuration.
tion with the higher number (e.g. F3) semiconductor output Out 2
operates as the upper range limit. ` Reset mode Chip card
Both switch functions can be as- – Rel. 1, Rel. 2 Out 1, Out 2: Auto-
signed to one or more outputs. matic reset The set parameters, the name of the
Funktionen_Chipkarte
` Switch delay configuration and the passwords are

None stored on the chip card (see section
entitled "Using the chip card").
Funktionen_Drehzahlkonfiguration_Positionsüberwachung
2.3-153
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Integrated protection mechanisms Proximity switch imity switches must be fitted such
that the recorded signals overlap.
The relay conforms to the following ` The following proximity switches ` The supply voltage of the proximity
Sicherheitseigenschaften_multi_allgemein S_DZW_Anford_Naeherungsschalter
safety criteria: can be used: switches should be monitored via

` The circuit is redundant with built-in – pnp track S.
self-monitoring. – npn
` The safety function remains effec- ` The proximity switches must be fit-
tive in the case of a component fail- ted so that at least one is always
ure. activated. In other words, the prox-
Proximity switch 1
Proximity switch 2
2.3
CAUTION!
Appropriate installation measures
should be taken to prevent a foreign
body coming between the signal en-
coder and the proximity switch. If not,
the foreign body could cause invalid
signals.
` Please note the values stated in the
technical details
` The maximum frequency of the
used encoders must be entered for
a complete configuration ("Encod-
er" Menu -> "Track AB" -> "Track
AB fmax" / "Track Z" -> "Track Z
fmax").
2.3-154
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Rotary encoders ` The maximum frequency of the about the range of adapters that is
used encoders must be entered for currently available.
` The following rotary encoders can a complete configuration ("Encod-
S_DZW_Anford_Drehgeber
be used: er" Menu -> "Track AB" -> "Track Wiring

– TTL, HTL (single-ended or differ- AB fmax" / "Track Z" -> "Track Z
ential signals) fmax"). Note:
Verdrahtung_Kupferdraht_75C
– sin/cos 1 Vss Please note the values stated in the ` Information given in the "Technical
– Hiperface technical details details" must be followed.
` The rotary encoders can be con- ` Use copper wire that can withstand
nected with or without Z index (0 in- Adapter for incremental encoders 75 °C.
dex) ` The cable used to connect the rota-
Verdrahtung
` A proximity switch can also be con- The adapter records the data between ry encoder and proximity switch
Drehzahlwaechter_Inkrementalgeber_Adapter
nected to track Z for monitoring the incremental encoder and the drive must be shielded (see connection
broken shearpins and makes it available to the speed diagrams in this chapter).
` Track S can be used: monitor via the RJ45 socket. ` If possible, the connections for the
– To connect an encoder's error Pilz supplies complete adapters as various earth potentials (GND, S21,
output well as ready-made cable with RJ45 Y30 and A2) should not be connect- 2.3
– To monitor voltages between 0 V connector, which can be used when ed, as noise susceptibility can be
and 30 V for a permitted upper making your own adapter. The range increased significantly as a result.
and lower limit. For example, the of products in this area is constantly
encoder's supply voltage can be being expanded. Please contact us
monitored.
Pin assignment of the RJ45 female connector

Anschlussbelegung RJ45-Buchse
RJ45 socket PIN Track

8-pin
1 S
2 GND
3 Z
4 A
5 /A
8 1 6 /Z
7 B
8 /B
Supply voltage
Anschluss_Versorgungsspannung
A1 L1 A1 L+
N A2 L-
A2
2.3-155
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Connection of proximity switches
The following proximity switch combi- When connecting proximity switches ` Track S should be used to monitor
S_DZW_Betriebsb_Anschluss_Naeherungssch
nations can be connected: please note: the supply voltage (see drawing). A
` A: pnp, B: pnp ` Proximity switches can either be permitted voltage range can be en-
` A: npn, B: npn connected to terminals In1, In2 and tered in the menu.
` A: pnp, B: npn GND or to tracks A and B plus GND ` Connect the proximity switch to 24
` A: npn, B: pnp on the RJ45 socket. VDC of the power supply.
24 V
0V
RJ45 INI_A
IN1
A
/A
B
2.3 /B INI_B
Z IN2
/Z GND
GND
S
Connection of a rotary encoder
Proceed as follows when connecting ` Use only shielded cables for all
S_DZW_Betriebsb_Inkremen
the rotary encoder: connections

` The rotary encoder be connected ` Always connect GND on the rotary
via an adapter (e.g. PNOZ msi6p) or encoder to GND on the RJ45 con-
can be connected directly to the nector.
speed monitor.
Connect rotary encoder to speed monitor
Encoder types:
S_DZW_Betriebsb_Anschluss_Inkrementalgeber
` TTL single ended

` HTL single ended
Please note:
` Tracks /A and /B must remain free
Input Device PNOZ s30

7
B
X6
4
A
2
GND
2.3-156
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Encoder types:
` TTL differential
` HTL differential
` sin/cos 1 Vss
` Hiperface

8
/B
7
B
5 X6
/A
4
A
2
GND
Connect rotary encoder with Z index to speed monitor 2.3

Encoder types:
S_DZW_Betriebsb_Anschluss_Inkrementalgeber_Z-Index
` TTL single Z Index

` HTL single Z Index
Please note:
` Tracks /A, /B and /Z must remain
free

7
B
4 X6
A
3
Z
2
GND
Encoder types:
` TTL diff. Z Index
` HTL diff. Z Index
` sin/cos 1 Vss Z Index

8
/B
7
B
/Z 6
5 X6
/A
4
A 3
Z 2
GND
2.3-157
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Connect rotary encoder to the speed monitor via an adapter
The adapter (e.g. PNOZ msi6p) is con-

S_DZW_Betriebsb_Anschluss_IInkremen_ueber_Adapt
nected between the rotary encoder

and the drive. The output on the
adapter is connected to the RJ45
socket on the speed monitor.
Input Device Adapter Drive

GND GND
A
/A
2.3 /B
1 8
X6
PNOZ s30
Connection of proximity switch and rotary encoder
Encoder types:
S_DZW_Betriebsb_Anschluss_Inkrement_Naeherungssch
` TTL single Z Freq. Ini pnp

` HTL single Z Freq. Ini pnp
Please note:
Tracks /A, /B and /Z must remain free.
7
B
4 X6
A
3
2
GND
1
0V
24 V
2.3-158
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Encoder types:
` TTL differential Z Freq. Ini pnp
` HTL differential Z Freq. Ini pnp
` sin/cos 1 Vss Z Freq. Ini pnp
` Hiperface Z Freq. Ini pnp
Please note:
Track /Z must remain free!!

8
/B
7
B
5 X6
/A
4 3
A
2
GND
1
2.3
0V
24 V
Reset circuit
Anschluss_Startkreis
Automatic reset Monitored reset
S3
Automatic reset must only be configured S11
No wiring necessary!
S34
Feedback circuit
Rueckfuehrkreis
Link Contacts from external contactors
K5
Y1
K6
Y1 Y2
S11
13 (23) L+
Y2 K5
14 L-
S11 S21 24 K6
Select inputs
Anschluss_Eingangskreis
Y10 (Y11, Y12, Y13) PLC Output
Y30 PLC 0 V
2.3-159
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Semiconductor outputs
Anschluss_Halbleiterausgang
Y31 PLC +24 V
Y32 (Y33, Y34, Y35) PLC Input
Y30 PLC 0 V
0
3
s
Z
O
N
P
u
g
b
n
m
le
K
2.3
X1 X3
X1 X3
IN1 IN2 GND Y13 Y12 Y11 Y10 Y30 IN1 IN2 GND Y13 Y12 Y11 Y10 Y30
A1 Y1 IY2 Y35 Y34 Y33 Y32 Y31 A1 Y1 IY2 Y35 Y34 Y33 Y32 Y31
PNOZ s30 PNOZ s30

X6
2 3 Power
In1
In2
Rel 1
1 Rel 2
4 Fault
A2 S11 S21 S34 13 23 11 21 A2 S11 S21 S34 13 23 11 21

X6 X2
X6 X2
14 24 12 22 14 24 12 22
X4
X4
2.3-160
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30

][Montage_Drehzahlwächter Abmessungen
pander module:
120 (4.72")
Control cabinet installation 98 (3.86")
` The unit should be installed in a * 100 (3,94") 45
2.3
(1.77")
` It is preferable to install the device
on a horizontal DIN rail in order to
ensure the best possible convec-
tion.
` Use the locking element on the rear
of the device to attach it to the DIN
rail.
` Push the device upwards or down-
rail.
2.3-161
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Notice

][Wichtig_PDB

and operation.
Service life graph

Lebensdauerkurve_Relais_Text vor Kurve 0
3
Z
O
N
P
v
rk
u
a
d
s
n
b
e
L

2.3



in the calculation.
Technical details
Electrical data
Supply voltage
Continuous duty 100 %
2.3-162
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Electrical data
Max. inrush current impulse
0.06 A
Feedback loop 0.06 A
Min. unit fuse protection 1.00 A
Max. unit fuse protection F1 Max. cable cross section
Proximity switch input
Number of inputs 2
Input signal level
Signal level at "1" 11 - 30 V
Signal level at "0" -3 - 5 V
Input resistance 22 kOhm
Input's frequency range 0 - 1,000 kHz
Configurable monitoring frequency
without hysteresis 10 mHz - 1,000 kHz
Input for incremental encoder/proximity switch (RJ45 connector)
Number of inputs 1 2.3
Input signal level 0.5 - 30.0 Vss
Phase position for the differential signals A,/A and B,/B 90° ±30°
Overload protection -50 - 65 V
Input resistance 20.0 kOhm
Input's frequency range 0 - 1,000 kHz
Configurable monitoring frequency
without hysteresis 10 mHz - 1,000 kHz
Connection type (incremental encoder) RJ45 socket, 8-pin
Select inputs
Number of inputs 4
Input signal level
Signal level at "1" 15 - 30 V
Signal level at "0" -3 - 5 V
Input current 5 mA
Semiconductor outputs
Number 4
Relay outputs
Pmax: 1000 VA
Pmax: 100 W
Pmax: 1000 VA
Pmax: 100 W
2.3-163
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Relay outputs
Safety contacts: 6A
Blow-out fuse, slow
Safety contacts: 4A
Safety contacts: 4A
Times
Switch-on delay
with automatic reset after power on typ. 3,920 ms
2.3 with automatic reset after power on max. 4s
with power failure typ. UB AC/DC: 24 V 25 ms
with power failure max. UB AC/DC: 24 V 50 ms
with power failure typ. UB AC : 240 V 100 ms
with power failure max. UB AC : 240 V 150 ms
after the safety function is triggered, typ. 8 ms
after the safety function is triggered, max. 15 ms
after power failure 4s
after the safety function is triggered 1s
Reaction time after limit value is exceeded 1/f
Switch delay (selectable) 0 - 30 s
Delay on the select inputs (selectable) 0 - 30 s
Start-up delay (selectable) 0 - 600 s
Environmental data
EMC EN 60947-5-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-3
Amplitude 0.35 mm
Pollution degree 2
Overvoltage category II
Protection type
Housing IP30
Terminals IP20
2.3-164
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Mechanical data
Housing material
Housing PC
Front PC
Connection type spring-loaded terminal No. 751330
screw terminal No. 750330
Dimensions
Height 100.0 mm No. 751330
98.0 mm No. 750330 2.3
Width 45.0 mm
Depth 120.0 mm
Weight 410 g No. 751330
427 g No. 750330

Si-Kennzahlen_alle
Safety characteristic data
Unit Operating mode EN ISO 13849-1: EN 954-1 EN IEC 62061 PFH [1/h] EN ISO
2006 Category SIL CL 13849-1:
PL 2006
TM [year]
PNOZ s30 Monitoring 1 input de- PL d (Cat. 2) Cat. 2 SIL CL 2 3.28E-08 20

vice
PNOZ s30 Monitoring 2 input de- PL e (Cat. 3) Cat. 3 SIL CL 3 1.50E-08 20
vices
INFORMATION


2.3-165
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Categories
Safety level
The maximum achievable safety level The safety assessments below only Unless stated otherwise, the safety-re-
Sicherheits-Level
depends on the encoder, the wiring consider the sensor subsystems and lated characteristic data applies when
and the operating mode of the PNOZ s30. The actuator subsystem using the following monitoring func-
PNOZ s30. depends on the application and must tions:
INFORMATION also be considered in the overall as- ` Standstill
The safety-related characteristic data sessment. ` Overspeed
of the PNOZ s30 and all other devices Forced dynamisation: ` Direction of rotation
that are used must be taken into ac- Within an 8-hour period, the monitored Key:
count when calculating the safety lev- sensors must be moved so that the SRP/CS = Safety-related part of a
el. We recommend that you use the signal changes on all the connected control system (EN 13849-1, Tab. 2)
PAScal software tool to calculate the tracks.
safety function's SIL/PL values.
2.3
Standard rotary encoder
Max. achievable safety-related char- Safety-related architecture

Standard-Drehgeber
acteristic data
` In accordance with EN ISO 13849- SRP/CS SRP/CS SRP/CS
1: 2006: PL c (Cat. 1) Sensor PNOZ s30 Actuator
` In accordance with EN IEC 62061: -
Permitted encoder types: Logic 1
` Standard rotary encoder
– sin/cos 1 Vss differential Sensor
– TTL single ended / differential Actuator
Incremental Encoder
– HTL single ended / differential
Logic 2
To calculate the safety function you

will need the following data for the
"sensor" subsystem and "PNOZ s30"
subsystem:
Sensor subsystem Subsystem PNOZ s30

MTTF DC Operating mode PFH [1/h]
MTTF 0% Monitoring 3,28E-08
(100 % dangerous fail- 1 encoder
ures)
Recommended values for the sensor,

depending on the PL and SIL CL val-
ues:
MTTF (year) PL in accordance with EN SIL CL in accordance with

ISO 13849-1: 2006 EN IEC 62061
>100 PL c (Cat. 1) -
The characteristic data only applies if

the rotary encoders are assessed as
"well-tried".
2.3-166
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Standard rotary encoder with additional diagnostics through the drive controller

Standard-Drehgeber mit Diagnose
acteristic data
1: 2006: PL d (Cat 2.) Sensor PNOZ s30 Actuator
` In accordance with EN IEC 62061:
SIL CL 2 Logic 1
Permitted encoder type:
` Standard rotary encoder Sensor
– sin/cos 1 Vss differential Actuator
Incremental Encoder
Logic 2
2.3
Diagnostic
PNOZ s30
+
drive control

subsystem:

MTTF 60 % Monitoring 3,28E-08
(100% dangerous fail- 1 encoder
ures)
Recommended MTTF values, depend-

ing on the PL and SIL CL values:

ISO 13849-1: 2006 EN IEC 62061
>100 PL d (Cat. 2) SIL CL 2
>75 PL c (Cat. 2)
>30 SIL CL 1
2.3-167
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
The drive controller must meet the fol- dure, based on the rotor position ` Fault detection via the error variable
lowing requirements: (field-oriented control). with subsequent shutdown must
` Parameters for the control loops ` The drive controller must be in po- meet the requirements of the safety
and motor control must be set in sition control operating mode. function, with regard to reaction
such a way as to guarantee stabile ` If a maximum error variable is ex- times for example.
operation. ceeded (set/true comparison) the ` The drive controller must evaluate
Drag error detection (see below) drive controller must switch to a the same incremental/sincos sig-
must be capable of operating in ac- fault condition and stop the drive nals from the encoder for control as
cordance with the requirements of (drag error detection). The error re- are processed by the safe evalua-
the safety function. action to drag error detection tion device (important on encoders
The motor must be operated with a should be a controlled motor stop. with combined analogue/digital in-
current impressing control proce- terface).
Safe rotary encoder

sicherer Drehgeber
2.3 acteristic data

1: 2006: PL d (Cat 2.) Sensor PNOZ s30 Actuator
SIL CL 2 Logic 1
Permitted encoder type:
` Safe incremental encoder Sensor
– sin/cos 1 Vss differential Safe Actuator
Incremental Encoder
Safe encoders are certified in accord-
ance with EN 61508, EN 13849 and
EN 62061. Certain external errors Logic 2
must be detected in order to imple-
ment the safety function. The encoder
and evaluation device must be com-
patible.
Diagnostic
PNOZ s30

subsystem:

EN ISO 13849- PFH [1/h] DC Operating EN ISO 13849- PFH [1/h]
1 PL mode 1 PL
See manufacturer 90 % Monitoring PL d (Cat. 2) 3,28E-08
1 encoder
2.3-168
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Standard rotary encoder and proximity switch

Standard-Drehgeber + Näherungsschalter
acteristic data
1: 2006: PL e (Cat. 3) Sensor PNOZ s30 Actuator
SIL CL 3 Sensor 1 Logic 1 Actuator 1
Permitted encoder types: Incremental Encoder
` Standard rotary encoder + proximi-
ty switch
– sin/cos 1 Vss + pnp
Sensor 2
– TTL + pnp Actuator 2
– HTL + pnp Proximity Switch Logic 2
2.3
subsystem:

(100 % dangerous 2 encoders
failures)


ISO 13849-1: 2006 EN IEC 62061
>100 PL e (Cat. 3) SIL CL 3
The characteristic data only applies for

the following monitoring functions:
` Standstill
` Overspeed
2.3-169
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
2 proximity switches

2 Näherungsschalter
acteristic data
SIL CL 3 Sensor 1 Logic 1 Actuator 1
Permitted encoder types: Proximity Switch
` Proximity switches
– npn + npn
– npn + pnp
Sensor 2
– pnp + npn Actuator 2
– pnp + pnp Proximity Switch Logic 2
2.3 To calculate the safety function you

subsystem:

(100 % dangerous 2 encoders
failures)


ISO 13849-1: 2006 EN IEC 62061
>100 PL e (Cat. 3) SIL CL 3
The characteristic data only applies According to the standard, proximity

` When using the monitoring func- switches are not well-tried compo-
tions nents (necessary for Category 1), so
– Standstill classification to Category B / PL b is all
– Overspeed that's possible in this case.
` When measures are taken against
common cause failures:
– Use of different technology/de-
sign or physical principles of
sensors 1 and 2, e.g. different
manufacturers
– Evaluation of the encoder supply
via track S
If these conditions are not fulfilled, the
requirements for Categories 2…4 in
accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 are
not met.
2.3-170
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Safe rotary encoder with Z index

sicherer Drehgeber mit Z-Index
acteristic data
` In accordance with EN ISO 13849-
SRP/CS SRP/CS SRP/CS
SIL CL 3 Sensor 1 Logic 1
Permitted encoder type: Safe Actuator 1
Incremental Encoder
` Safe incremental encoder Track A + B
– sin/cos 1 Vss differential
Safe encoders are certified in accord-
ance with EN 61508, EN 13849 and Sensor 2
EN 62061. Certain external errors Safe
Logic 2 Actuator 2
Incremental Encoder
must be detected in order to imple- Track Z
ment the safety function. The encoder
and evaluation device must be com- 2.3
patible.

subsystem:

EN ISO 13849- PFH [1/h] DC Operating EN ISO 13849- PFH [1/h]
1 PL mode 1 PL
See manufacturer 99 % Monitoring PL e (Cat. 3) 1,50E-08
2 encoders
Bestelldaten PNOZ s30
2.3-171
Speed monitoring
PNOZ s30
Order reference

PNOZ s30 24 - 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 330
PNOZ s30 C 24 - 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 330
Bestelldaten Zubehör
Order reference: Accessories
Type Features Order no.

PNOZ s terminator plug Terminator 10 pieces 750 010
PNOZmulti Chipcard Chip card 8 kB 779 201
PNOZmulti Chipcard Set Chip card 8 kB 10 pieces 779 200
PNOZmulti Chipcard Chip card 32 kB 779 211
PNOZmulti Chipcard Set Chip card 32 kB 10 pieces 779 212
Chipcard Holder Chip card holder 779 240
2.3
PNOZmulti Seal Chip card seal 10 pieces 779 250
PNOZ s Set3 Screw Loaded Terminals Set of plug-in screw ter- 1 piece 750 014
minals
PNOZ s Set3 Spring Loaded Terminals Set of plug-in spring- 1 piece 751 014
loaded terminals
2.3-172
Speed monitoring
2.3

2.3-173
Order reference
3.0 reference
Order
3.1
3.0

3.0-0
Order reference
Contents Page
Order reference

Alphabetically by type 3.1-2
Numerically by order 3.1-4
number

Alphabetically by type 3.1-6
Numerically by order 3.1-10
number
3.1
3.1-1
Order reference

Alphabetically by type
Type UB UM IM Ran Order no. Page

PMD s10 24 - 240 VAC/DC 760 100 1.1-2
PMD s10 C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 761 100 1.1-2
PMD s20 24 - 240 V AC/DC 760 120 1.1-11
PMD s20 C 24 - 240 V AC/DC 761 120 1.1-11
S1EN 24 - 240 VAC/DC 50 KΩ 884 100 1.2-25
S1EN 24 - 240 VAC/DC 200 KΩ 884 110 1.2-25
S1IM 24 VAC 15 A 828 020 1.2-21
S1IM 42 - 48 VAC 15 A 828 030 1.2-21
S1IM 110 - 130 V AC 15 A 828 040 1.2-21
S1IM 230 - 240 VAC 15 A 828 050 1.2-21
S1IM UP 24 VDC 15 A 828 035 1.2-21
S1M0 24 VAC/DC 839 600 1.2-42
S1M0 48 VAC 839 620 1.2-42
S1M0 110 VAC 839 630 1.2-42
S1M0 230 VAC 839 650 1.2-42
S1M0 240 VAC 839 655 1.2-42
S1M0 400 VAC 839 660 1.2-42
S1MN 24 VAC/DC 839 400 1.2-37
S1MN 48 VAC 839 405 1.2-37
S1MN 110 VAC 839 410 1.2-37
3.1 S1MN 230 VAC 839 415 1.2-37
S1MN 240 VAC 839 420 1.2-37
S1MN 400 VAC 839 425 1.2-37
S1MS 24 VAC/DC 839 775 1.2-32
S1MS 48 VAC 839 725 1.2-32
S1MS 110 VAC 839 740 1.2-32
S1MS 230 VAC 839 760 1.2-32
S1MS 240 VAC 839 765 1.2-32
S1MS 400 VAC 839 770 1.2-32
S1PN 200 - 240 V 890 200 1.2-11
S1PN 400 - 500 V 890 210 1.2-11
S1PN 550 - 690 V 890 220 1.2-11
S1SW P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 690 VAC/DC 407 710 1.2-47
S1UM 24 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 230 1.2-2
S1UM 42 - 48 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 240 1.2-2
S1UM 110 - 130 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 250 1.2-2
S1UM 230 - 240 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 260 1.2-2
S1UM UP 24 VDC 500 VAC/DC 827 225 1.2-2
S1UM UP 24 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 235 1.2-2
S1UM UP 42 - 48 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 245 1.2-2
S1UM UP 110 - 130 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 255 1.2-2
S1UM UP 230 - 240 VAC 500 VAC/DC 827 265 1.2-2
3.1-2
Order reference

Type UB UM IM Ran Order no. Page

S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 9A 890 000 1.2-14
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 9A 890 010 1.2-14
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 9A 890 020 1.2-14
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 9A 890 030 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 9A 890 040 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 9A 890 050 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 9A 890 060 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 9A 890 070 1.2-14
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 18 A 890 100 1.2-14
S1WP 24 VDC 0 -240 VAC/DC 18 A 890 110 1.2-14
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 18 A 890 120 1.2-14
S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 18 A 890 130 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 18 A 890 140 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 18 A 890 150 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 18 A 890 160 1.2-14
S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 18 A 890 170 1.2-14
S3UM 24 VDC 42 VAC 837 240 1.2-6
S3UM 24 VDC 100/110 VAC 837 250 1.2-6
S3UM 24 VDC 100/110 VAC 837 251 1.2-6
S3UM 24 VDC 230 VAC 837 260 1.2-6
S3UM 24 VDC 400/440 VAC 837 270 1.2-6 3.1
S3UM 24 VDC 400/440 VAC 837 271 1.2-6
S3UM 24 VDC 415/460 VAC 837 280 1.2-6
S3UM 24 VDC 440/480 VAC 837 285 1.2-6
S3UM 24 VDC 500/550 VAC 837 290 1.2-6
S3UM 120 VAC 440/480 VAC 837 395 1.2-6
S3UM 230 VAC 42 VAC 837 340 1.2-6
S3UM 230 VAC 100/110 VAC 837 350 1.2-6
S3UM 230 VAC 230 VAC 837 360 1.2-6
S3UM 230 VAC 400/440 VAC 837 370 1.2-6
S3UM 230 VAC 415/460 VAC 837 380 1.2-6
S3UM 230 VAC 500/550 VAC 837 390 1.2-6
3.1-3
Order reference

Numerically by order number
Order no. Type UB UM IM Ran Page

407 710 S1SW P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 690 VAC/DC 1.2-47
760 100 PMD s10 24 - 240 VAC/DC 1.1-2
760 120 PMD s20 24 - 240 V AC/DC 1.1-11
761 100 PMD s10 C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 1.1-2
761 120 PMD s20 C 24 - 240 V AC/DC 1.1-11
827 225 S1UM UP 24 VDC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 230 S1UM 24 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 235 S1UM UP 24 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 240 S1UM 42 - 48 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 245 S1UM UP 42 - 48 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 250 S1UM 110 - 130 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 255 S1UM UP 110 - 130 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 260 S1UM 230 - 240 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
827 265 S1UM UP 230 - 240 VAC 500 VAC/DC 1.2-2
828 020 S1IM 24 VAC 15 A 1.2-21
828 030 S1IM 42 - 48 VAC 15 A 1.2-21
828 035 S1IM UP 24 VDC 15 A 1.2-21
828 040 S1IM 110 - 130 V AC 15 A 1.2-21
828 050 S1IM 230 - 240 VAC 15 A 1.2-21
837 240 S3UM 24 VDC 42 VAC 1.2-6
3.1 837 250 S3UM 24 VDC 100/110 VAC 1.2-6
837 251 S3UM 24 VDC 100/110 VAC 1.2-6
837 260 S3UM 24 VDC 230 VAC 1.2-6
837 270 S3UM 24 VDC 400/440 VAC 1.2-6
837 271 S3UM 24 VDC 400/440 VAC 1.2-6
837 280 S3UM 24 VDC 415/460 VAC 1.2-6
837 285 S3UM 24 VDC 440/480 VAC 1.2-6
837 290 S3UM 24 VDC 500/550 VAC 1.2-6
837 340 S3UM 230 VAC 42 VAC 1.2-6
837 350 S3UM 230 VAC 100/110 VAC 1.2-6
837 360 S3UM 230 VAC 230 VAC 1.2-6
837 370 S3UM 230 VAC 400/440 VAC 1.2-6
837 380 S3UM 230 VAC 415/460 VAC 1.2-6
837 390 S3UM 230 VAC 500/550 VAC 1.2-6
837 395 S3UM 120 VAC 440/480 VAC 1.2-6
839 400 S1MN 24 VAC/DC 1.2-37
839 405 S1MN 48 VAC 1.2-37
839 410 S1MN 110 VAC 1.2-37
839 415 S1MN 230 VAC 1.2-37
839 420 S1MN 240 VAC 1.2-37
839 425 S1MN 400 VAC 1.2-37
839 600 S1M0 24 VAC/DC 1.2-42
839 620 S1M0 48 VAC 1.2-42
839 630 S1M0 110 VAC 1.2-42
839 650 S1M0 230 VAC 1.2-42
839 655 S1M0 240 VAC 1.2-42
839 660 S1M0 400 VAC 1.2-42
839 725 S1MS 48 VAC 1.2-32
839 740 S1MS 110 VAC 1.2-32
839 760 S1MS 230 VAC 1.2-32
839 765 S1MS 240 VAC 1.2-32
839 770 S1MS 400 VAC 1.2-32
839 775 S1MS 24 VAC/DC 1.2-32
884 100 S1EN 24 - 240 VAC/DC 50 KΩ 1.2-25
884 110 S1EN 24 - 240 VAC/DC 200 KΩ 1.2-25
890 000 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
890 010 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
3.1-4
Order reference

Order no. Type UB UM IM Ran Page

890 020 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
890 030 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
890 040 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
890 050 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
890 060 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
890 070 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 9A 1.2-14
890 100 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 110 S1WP 24 VDC 0 -240 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 120 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 130 S1WP 24 VDC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 140 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 120 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 150 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 240 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 160 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 415 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 170 S1WP 230 VAC/DC 0 - 550 VAC/DC 18 A 1.2-14
890 200 S1PN 200 - 240 V 1.2-11
890 210 S1PN 400 - 500 V 1.2-11
890 220 S1PN 550 - 690 V 1.2-11
3.1
3.1-5
Order reference

Type Features Terminals Order no. Page

P2HZ X1.10P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 341 2.2-202
P2HZ X1.10P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 341 2.2-202
P2HZ X1P 24 VAC Screw terminals 777 330 2.2-194
P2HZ X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 340 2.2-194
P2HZ X1P C 24 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 330 2.2-194
P2HZ X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 340 2.2-194
3.1 P2HZ X4P 24 VAC Screw terminals 777 354 2.2-209
P2HZ X4P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 355 2.2-209
P2HZ X4P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 355 2.2-209
PMUT X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 778 010 2.2-185
PMUT X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 788 010 2.2-185
PNOZ s1 24 VDC With screw terminal 750 101 2.3-2
PNOZ s1 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminal 751 101 2.3-2
PNOZ s3 24 VDC With screw terminals 750 103 2.3-19
PNOZ s3 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 751 103 2.3-19
PNOZ s30 24 - 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 330 2.3-148
PNOZ s30 C 24 - 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 330 2.3-148
PNOZ s4 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 134 2.3-28
PNOZ s4 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 134 2.3-28
PNOZ s4.1 24 V DC with screw terminals 750 124 2.3-38
PNOZ s4.1 48 - 240 V AC/DC with screw terminals 750 154 2.3-38
PNOZ s4.1 C 24 V DC with spring-loaded terminals 751 124 2.3-38
PNOZ s4.1 C 48 - 240 V AC/DC with spring-loaded terminals 751 154 2.3-38
PNOZ s5 48 – 240 VAC 48 – 240 VDC With screw terminals 750 135 2.3-47
PNOZ s5 C 48 – 240 VAC 48 – 240 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 751 135 2.3-47
(coated version)
PNOZ s6 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 136 2.3-58
3.1-6
Order reference


PNOZ s6 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 136 2.3-58
PNOZ s6.1 24 VDC With screw terminals 750 126 2.3-67
PNOZ s6.1 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 750 156 2.3-67
PNOZ s6.1 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 751 126 2.3-67
PNOZ s6.1 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 751 156 2.3-67
(coated version)
(coated version)
PNOZ X10.11P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 750 2.2-117
PNOZ X10.11P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 750 2.2-117
3.1
PNOZ X11P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 080 2.2-126
PNOZ X11P 110 - 120 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 083 2.2-126
PNOZ X11P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 080 2.2-126
PNOZ X11P C 110 - 120 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 083 2.2-126
PNOZ X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 100 2.2-2
PNOZ X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 100 2.2-2
PNOZ X2.1VP 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 600 2.2-20
PNOZ X2.1VP C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 600 2.2-20
PNOZ X2.3P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 304 2.2-29
PNOZ X2.3P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 304 2.2-29
PNOZ X2.7P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 305 2.2-38
PNOZ X2.7P 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 777 306 2.2-38
PNOZ X2.7P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 305 2.2-38
PNOZ X2.7P C 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 306 2.2-38
PNOZ X2.8P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 301 2.2-48
PNOZ X2.8P 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 777 302 2.2-48
PNOZ X2.8P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 301 2.2-48
PNOZ X2.8P C 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 302 2.2-48
PNOZ X2.9P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 300 2.2-59
PNOZ X2.9P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 300 2.2-59
PNOZ X2P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 303 2.2-11
PNOZ X2P 48 - 240 VAC 48 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 777 307 2.2-11
PNOZ X2P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 303 2.2-11
PNOZ X2P C 48 - 240 VAC 48 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 307 2.2-11
PNOZ X3.10P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 314 2.2-78
PNOZ X3.10P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 314 2.2-78
PNOZ X3P 24 - 240 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 313 2.2-68
PNOZ X3P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 313 2.2-68
PNOZ X7P 110 - 120 VAC Screw terminals 777 053 2.2-87
PNOZ X7P 230 - 240 VAC Screw terminals 777 056 2.2-87
3.1-7
Order reference


PNOZ X7P C 110 - 120 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 053 2.2-87
PNOZ X7P C 230 - 240 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 056 2.2-87
PNOZ X8P 110 VAC Screw terminals 777 764 2.2-97
PNOZ X8P C 110 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 787 764 2.2-97
3.1 PNOZ XV1P 24 VDC 3 s selectable Screw terminals 777 601 2.2-135
PNOZ XV1P 24 VDC 30 s selectable Screw terminals 777 602 2.2-135
PNOZ XV1P C 24 VDC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 601 2.2-135
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 3 s selectable Screw terminals 777 542 2.2-154
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 544 2.2-154
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 3 s fixed Screw terminals 777 545 2.2-154
PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 10 s fixed Screw terminals 777 547 2.2-154
PNOZ XV2.1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 542 2.2-154
PNOZ XV2P 24 VDC 1 s fixed Screw terminals 777 503 2.2-144
PNOZ XV2P 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 504 2.2-144
PNOZ XV2P C 24 VDC 1 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 503 2.2-144
PNOZ XV2P C 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 504 2.2-144
PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 30 s selectable Screw terminals 777 520 2.2-174
PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 3 s selectable Screw terminals 777 522 2.2-174
PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 3 s fixed Screw terminals 777 525 2.2-174
PNOZ XV3.1P C 24 VDC 30 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 520 2.2-174
PNOZ XV3.1P C 24 VDC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 522 2.2-174
3.1-8
Order reference


PNOZ XV3P 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 514 2.2-164
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Screw terminals 777 949 2.2-216
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.12 - 3 V Screw terminals 777 950 2.2-216
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.0075 – 0.5 V Screw terminals 777 951 2.2-216
PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Screw terminals 777 959 2.2-216
(coated version)
PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Spring-loaded terminals 787 949 2.2-216
PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.12 - 3 V Spring-loaded terminals 787 950 2.2-216
PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.0075 – 0.5 V Spring-loaded terminals 787 951 2.2-216
PZE 9P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 777 140 2.2-272
PZE 9P 24 VAC/DC, Screw terminals 777 148 2.2-272
100 - 240 VAC/DC
PZE 9P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 787 140 2.2-272
PZE 9P C 24 VAC/DC, Spring-loaded terminals 787 148 2.2-272
3.1
100 - 240 VAC/DC
PZE X4.1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 587 2.2-232
PZE X4.1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 587 2.2-232
PZE X4P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 585 2.2-224
PZE X4P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 585 2.2-224
PZE X4VP 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 777 580 2.2-240
PZE X4VP 24 VDC 1 s fixed Screw terminals 777 581 2.2-240
PZE X4VP C 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 580 2.2-240
PZE X4VP C 24 VDC 1 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 787 581 2.2-240
PZE X4VP4 24 VDC 4 s selectable Screw terminals 777 586 2.2-248
PZE X4VP4 C 24 VDC 4 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 586 2.2-248
PZE X4VP8 24 VDC 8 s selectable Screw terminals 777 584 2.2-256
PZE X4VP8 C 24 VDC 8 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 787 584 2.2-256
PZE X5P 24 VDC Screw terminals 777 150 2.2-264
PZE X5P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 787 150 2.2-264
3.1-9
Order reference

Order no. Type Features Terminals Page

750 101 PNOZ s1 24 VDC With screw terminal 2.3-2
750 103 PNOZ s3 24 VDC With screw terminals 2.3-19
750 124 PNOZ s4.1 24 V DC with screw terminals 2.3-38
750 126 PNOZ s6.1 24 VDC With screw terminals 2.3-67
750 134 PNOZ s4 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 2.3-28
750 135 PNOZ s5 48 – 240 VAC 48 – 240 VDC With screw terminals 2.3-47
750 136 PNOZ s6 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 2.3-58
750 154 PNOZ s4.1 48 - 240 V AC/DC with screw terminals 2.3-38
750 156 PNOZ s6.1 48 – 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 2.3-67
750 167 PNOZ s7.1 24 VDC With screw terminals 2.3-86
3.1 750 177 PNOZ s7.2 24 VDC With screw terminals 2.3-97
750 330 PNOZ s30 24 - 240 VAC/DC With screw terminals 2.3-148
751 101 PNOZ s1 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminal 2.3-2
751 103 PNOZ s3 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 2.3-19
751 124 PNOZ s4.1 C 24 V DC with spring-loaded terminals 2.3-38
751 126 PNOZ s6.1 C 24 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 2.3-67
751 134 PNOZ s4 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 2.3-28
751 135 PNOZ s5 C 48 – 240 VAC 48 – 240 VDC With spring-loaded terminals 2.3-47
751 136 PNOZ s6 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 2.3-58
751 154 PNOZ s4.1 C 48 - 240 V AC/DC with spring-loaded terminals 2.3-38
751 156 PNOZ s6.1 C 48 – 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 2.3-67
(coated version)
(coated version)
(coated version)
751 330 PNOZ s30 C 24 - 240 VAC/DC With spring-loaded terminals 2.3-148
777 053 PNOZ X7P 110 - 120 VAC Screw terminals 2.2-87
777 056 PNOZ X7P 230 - 240 VAC Screw terminals 2.2-87
777 059 PNOZ X7P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 2.2-87
777 083 PNOZ X11P 110 - 120 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-126
777 100 PNOZ X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-2
3.1-10
Order reference


777 140 PZE 9P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 2.2-272
777 148 PZE 9P 24 VAC/DC, Screw terminals 2.2-272
100 - 240 VAC/DC
777 150 PZE X5P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-264
777 300 PNOZ X2.9P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-59
777 301 PNOZ X2.8P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-48
777 302 PNOZ X2.8P 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-48
777 303 PNOZ X2P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-11
777 304 PNOZ X2.3P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 2.2-29
777 305 PNOZ X2.7P 24 VAC 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-38
777 306 PNOZ X2.7P 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-38
777 307 PNOZ X2P 48 - 240 VAC 48 - 240 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-11
777 313 PNOZ X3P 24 - 240 VAC/DC Screw terminals 2.2-68
777 314 PNOZ X3.10P 24 VAC/DC Screw terminals 2.2-78
777 330 P2HZ X1P 24 VAC Screw terminals 2.2-194
777 340 P2HZ X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-194
777 341 P2HZ X1.10P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-202
3.1
777 355 P2HZ X4P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-209
777 500 PNOZ XV2P 24 VDC 30 s selectable Screw terminals 2.2-144
777 503 PNOZ XV2P 24 VDC 1 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-144
777 504 PNOZ XV2P 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-144
777 514 PNOZ XV3P 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-164
777 520 PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 30 s selectable Screw terminals 2.2-174
777 522 PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 3 s selectable Screw terminals 2.2-174
777 525 PNOZ XV3.1P 24 VDC 3 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-174
777 530 PNOZ XV3.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 30 s selectable Screw terminals 2.2-174
777 544 PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-154
777 545 PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 3 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-154
777 547 PNOZ XV2.1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 10 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-154
777 580 PZE X4VP 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-240
777 581 PZE X4VP 24 VDC 1 s fixed Screw terminals 2.2-240
777 584 PZE X4VP8 24 VDC 8 s selectable Screw terminals 2.2-256
777 585 PZE X4P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-224
777 586 PZE X4VP4 24 VDC 4 s selectable Screw terminals 2.2-248
777 587 PZE X4.1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-232
3.1-11
Order reference


777 600 PNOZ X2.1VP 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-20
777 750 PNOZ X10.11P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-117
777 764 PNOZ X8P 110 VAC Screw terminals 2.2-97
777 949 PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Screw terminals 2.2-216
777 950 PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.12 - 3 V Screw terminals 2.2-216
777 951 PSWZ X1P 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.0075 – 0.5 V Screw terminals 2.2-216
777 959 PSWZ X1P (coat- 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Screw terminals 2.2-216
ed version)
778 010 PMUT X1P 24 VDC Screw terminals 2.2-185
787 053 PNOZ X7P C 110 - 120 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-87
787 056 PNOZ X7P C 230 - 240 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-87
3.1
787 059 PNOZ X7P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-87
787 083 PNOZ X11P C 110 - 120 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-126
787 100 PNOZ X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-2
787 140 PZE 9P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-272
787 148 PZE 9P C 24 VAC/DC, Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-272
100 - 240 VAC/DC
787 150 PZE X5P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-264
787 300 PNOZ X2.9P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-59
787 301 PNOZ X2.8P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-48
787 302 PNOZ X2.8P C 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-48
787 303 PNOZ X2P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-11
787 304 PNOZ X2.3P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-29
787 305 PNOZ X2.7P C 24 VAC 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-38
787 306 PNOZ X2.7P C 24 - 240 VAC 24 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-38
787 307 PNOZ X2P C 48 - 240 VAC 48 - 240 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-11
787 313 PNOZ X3P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-68
787 314 PNOZ X3.10P C 24 VAC/DC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-78
787 330 P2HZ X1P C 24 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-194
787 340 P2HZ X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-194
787 341 P2HZ X1.10P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-202
787 355 P2HZ X4P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-209
787 500 PNOZ XV2P C 24 VDC 30 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-144
787 503 PNOZ XV2P C 24 VDC 1 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-144
787 504 PNOZ XV2P C 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-144
3.1-12
Order reference


787 520 PNOZ XV3.1P C 24 VDC 30 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-174
787 522 PNOZ XV3.1P C 24 VDC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-174
787 530 PNOZ XV3.1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 30 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-174
787 580 PZE X4VP C 24 VDC 0.5 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-240
787 581 PZE X4VP C 24 VDC 1 s fixed Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-240
787 584 PZE X4VP8 C 24 VDC 8 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-256
787 585 PZE X4P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-224
787 586 PZE X4VP4 C 24 VDC 4 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-248
787 587 PZE X4.1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-232
787 600 PNOZ X2.1VP C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-20
787 601 PNOZ XV1P C 24 VDC 3 s selectable Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-135 3.1
787 750 PNOZ X10.11P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-117
787 764 PNOZ X8P C 110 VAC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-97
787 949 PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.02 - 0.5 V Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-216
787 950 PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.12 - 3 V Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-216
787 951 PSWZ X1P C 24 - 240 VAC/DC 0.0075 – 0.5 V Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-216
788 010 PMUT X1P C 24 VDC Spring-loaded terminals 2.2-185
3.1-13
Standards and directives
4.0
Standards
4.1 and directives
4.0

4.0-0
Contents Page

European directives and position of the standards in Europe 4.1-2
Risk assessment 4.1-4
Legal regulations outside Europe, and standards for functional safety 4.1-6
Safety-related parts of control systems - General principles for design in 4.1-7
accordance with EN ISO 13849-1
Functional safety and legal position of EN/IEC 61508 4.1-8
Functional safety in accordance with EN/IEC 62061 4.1-9
4.1
4.1-1
European directives and position of the standards in Europe
li
][R
-3
0
.2
4
fh
s
v
c
d
a
p
ro
u
E
t1
S
ie
n
Incorporation of the directives into domestic law (using Germany as an example)
European directives ` Devices for use in potentially explo- which they implement the require-
sive areas (ATEX) (94/9/EC) ments of the directive.
The concept of a single European in- ` Machinery (2006/42/EC)
ternal market in terms of the “New Ap- ` Low voltage equipment (2006/95/
proach” can be traced right back to EC)
4.1 the start of the 70s: The low voltage di- ` Personal protective equipment (89/
rective is the first piece of European 686/EEC)
legislation to take into account the ap- ` Cable cars (2000/9/EC)
proach towards harmonisation of a
common internal market. The directives are addressed to mem-
ber states, who are obliged to incorpo-
Many of the directives recognise man- rate the European directives into
datory CE-marking for products, i.e. domestic law. In Germany this is nor-
the product must be accompanied by mally achieved through the device
a declaration of conformity. With a safety law.
declaration of conformity the manu-
facturer confirms that his product Position of the standards in Europe
meets all the requirements of the Euro-
pean directives that relate to his prod- The legal status of standards is con-
uct. This means he can launch and sell stantly under discussion. Inside Eu-
his product within the scope of the EU rope, i.e. within the scope of the
without consideration of any national European directives that are subject to
regulations. mandatory CE-marking, a manufactur-
er is not bound by standards or other
Key engineering directives: specifications. He simply needs to
comply with the health and safety re-
` General product safety (2001/95/ quirements of the directive(s). The as-
EC) sociated benefits of a division
` Health and safety (89/391/EEC) between standards and legislation are
` Use of work equipment (2009/104/ obvious: It is easier for legislators to
EC) agree on the essential requirements
` Lifts (95/16/EC) than on technical details. Also, the di-
` Waste electrical and electronic rectives do not regularly have to be
equipment (2002/96/EC) adapted to the state of technology;
` Electromagnetic compatibility member states can use their own legal
(EMC) (2004/108/EC) system for incorporation and manu-
facturers are free to select the ways in
4.1-2
European directives and position of the standards in Europe
li
][R
fh
p
o
u
E
v
c
rs
d
a
-3
1
0
t2
S
ie
n
A standards have priority over all others EN ISO 12100 Safety of machinery
and deal with essential safety require-
ments for machinery
A
B1 standards deal with aspects EN ISO 13849-1 Safety-related parts
of safety EN 574 Two-hand controls
B2 standards deal with safety
devices
B1, B2 EN 13850 Emergency stop equipment
C standards deal with EN ISO 23125 Turning machines
C
specific types or groups EN 422 Blow moulding machines
of maschinery EN 692 Mech. presses
Standards pyramid
So what are the benefits of applying manufacturer did not meet the legal less the products concerned are highly
the standards? With so-called harmo- requirements. innovative and no harmonised stand-
4.1
nised standards with presumption of ards yet exist. The standards for which
conformity, there is a shifting of the However, should a manufacturer devi- this “presumption effect” applies can
burden of proof, i.e. if manufacturers ate from the harmonised standards, he be researched in the Official Journal of
apply these standards, it is presumed himself must prove how he has met the EU (e.g. on the Internet) (http://eur-
that they will also comply with the spe- the essential safety requirements. This lex.europa.eu/). Standards in Europe
cific requirements of the European di- is generally done via a hazard analysis. are subdivided into what are termed A,
rectives. The regulatory authorities In practice one would endeavour to B, and C standards.
would therefore need to prove that a apply the harmonised standards, un-
4.1-3
Risk assessment
Risk assessment
2011-03
4.1 assessment
Standards
Risk
][Risikobeurteilung
and directives
Seite 1
Under the terms of the Machinery Di-

rective, a machine manufacturer must
carry out a risk assessment in order to
identify all the risks and hazards asso-
ciated with his machine. He must then
design and construct the machine to
take account of his assessment. This
requirement also applies to operators
who act as manufacturers under the
terms of the Machinery Directive. For
example, this may occur with ma-
chines that are interlinked or for ma-
chinery that has been upgraded and
substantially modified.
EN ISO 12100 contains “Principles for

risk assessment” on machinery. These
approaches can be called upon as
part of a comprehensive analysis.
EN ISO 13849-1 expands on
EN ISO 12100 with regard to the as-
sessment of safety-related parts of
control systems.
The hazards emanating from a ma-

4.1 chine may be many and varied, so for
example, it is necessary to consider
not just mechanical hazards through
crushing and shearing, but also ther-
mal and electrical hazards and haz-
ards from radiation. Risk reduction is
therefore an iterative process, i.e. it is
carried out before and during the plan-
ning phase and after completion of the
plant or machine.
4.1-4
Risk assessment
bl
][o
m
k
R
v
c
rs
d
a
-3
1
0
it2
e
S
g
n
u
4.1
Iterative process in accordance with EN ISO 12100
4.1-5
Legal regulations outside Europe, and standards for functional

safety
Legal regulations outside Europe certification is mandatory, otherwise it

2011-03
4.1 regulations
Standards
Legal
][Gesetzliche
and
Regelungen
directives
outside Europe, and standards for functional safety
will be necessary to supply a type of

The situation is somewhat different in "declaration of no objection" from a
the USA: The legal basis in the USA national notified body.
can be viewed as a mix of product
standards, fire codes (NFPA), electri- Japan is currently in a transition peri-
cal codes (NEC) and national laws. Lo- od: The plan is for Japan to adopt the
cal government bodies have the European "new approach" – in other
authority to monitor that these codes words, to keep standards and legisla-
are being enforced and implemented. tion separate. At the moment the inter-
People there are mainly familiar with national ISO and IEC standards are
two types of standards: OSHA (Occu- being directly incorporated into na-
pational Safety and Health Administra- tional legislation, which is why people
tion) and ANSI (American National are currently confronted with frequent
Standards Institute). Government bod- amendments to laws and lengthy im-
ies publish OSHA standards and com- plementation periods.
pliance is mandatory. OSHA
standards are comparable with Euro- Standards for functional safety
pean directives, although OSHA is
more concerned with describing tech- Different standards may be called
nical property requirements than with upon to observe functional safety on
abstract requirements. control systems, depending on the ap-
plication. In the area of machine safe-
ANSI standards, on the other hand, ty, EN ISO 13849-1 is the main
are developed by private organisa- standard named for safety-related
tions and their application is generally control systems. Irrespective of the
not absolutely essential. However, technology, this applies for the whole
4.1 ANSI standards are still included in chain from the sensor to the actuator.
contracts and OSHA frequently The risk estimation can be used to as-
adopts ANSI standards. You can also sess the risk potential for danger
still come across the NFPA (National zones on machinery. The category is
Fire Protection Association), which de- then established without the use of
veloped NFPA 79 as a counterpart to risk-reducing measures.
EN 60204-1, for example.
Russia and the CIS states have imple-

mented GOST-R certification for some
years now, in other words, technical
devices that fall within a specific prod-
uct area must undergo a certain certi-
fication process. Machinery and any
corresponding technical accessories
undergo a type approval test through a
European notified body, for example.
This test is generally recognised by a
Russian-based approvals body. From
the point of view of safety, the same
requirements apply as in Europe.
China, on the other hand, has intro-

duced CCC certification. Similar to the
position in Russia, technical products
are subject to mandatory certification
through a national approvals body in
China. In addition, production sites are
inspected. If a technical device falls
with the scope of the product list,
which is subdivided into 19 categories,
4.1-6
Safety-related parts of control systems - General principles for

design in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1
v
0
.2
9
4
8
3
1
IO
N
E
h
w
ig
G
m
n
c
o
s
p
-rld
ty
fe
a
S
Determination of the required Performance Level (PL r)

Low risk
Required Performance Level PLr

S Severity of injury
S1 = Slight (normally reversible injury)
S2 = Serious (normally irreversible injury, including death)
F Frequency and/or exposure to a hazard

F1 = Seldom to less often and/or the exposure time is short
F2 = Frequent to continuous and/or the exposure time is long
Starting point
P Possibility of avoiding the hazard or limiting the harm for evaluation
P1 = Possible under specific conditions of safety
P2 = Scarcely possible functions
contribution to
risk reduction High risk
Safety-related parts of control sys- software tools such as PAScal (WE-

tems – General principles for design BLINK), as they simplify the mathe-
in accordance with EN ISO 13849-1 matical methods described in the
standards considerably.
As the successor standard to EN 954-
1, EN ISO 13849-1 is based on the fa- Risk assessment in accordance
miliar categories. Equally, it examines with EN ISO 13849-1
complete safety functions, including
all the components involved in their Risk assessment is an iterative proc- 4.1
design. EN ISO 13849-1 goes beyond ess, i.e. it will need to be carried out
the qualitative approach of EN 954-1 more than once. The risk must be esti-
to include a quantitative assessment mated and the performance level de-
of the safety functions. A performance fined for each hazard on which the risk
level (PL) is used for this, building upon is to be reduced through control
the categories. measures. The risk is estimated
through consideration of the severity
Components/devices require the fol- of injury (S), the frequency and dura-
lowing safety parameters, depending tion of exposure to the hazard (F) and
on the device type: the possibility of avoiding or limiting
the harm (P).
Complex devices:
` PL: Performance Level Parameters S, F and P are used on the
` Cat: Category risk graph to determine the required
` TM: Mission time performance level (PLr) for a safety
function.
Simple devices:
` MTTFd
Simple devices on which wear is

based on operations:
` B10d
The standard describes how to calcu-

late the performance level (PL) for
safety-related parts of control sys-
tems, based on designated architec-
tures. EN ISO 13849-1 refers any
deviations to IEC 61508. When calcu-
lating the performance level of a con-
trol solution it is advisable to use
4.1-7
Functional safety and legal position of EN/IEC 61508
Functional safety with EN/IEC development of application-oriented What is the legal status of
2008-09
4.1
Standards
Functional
][Funktionale
and
safety
Sicherheit
directives
and legal position of EN/IEC 61508
61508? standards. Standards' committees are EN/IEC 61508?

currently busy in the areas of machine
EN/IEC 61508 is regarded as a generic safety with EN/IEC 62061, and proc- As EN/IEC 61508 is not listed in the
safety standard, which deals with the ess safety with EN/IEC 61511. Official Journal of the European Com-
functional safety of electrical, elec- munities for implementation as a Euro-
tronic and programmable electronic These sector-specific standards are pean directive, it lacks the so-called
systems, irrespective of the applica- intended to continue the principle ap- “presumption effect”: so if the stand-
tion. proaches of EN/IEC 61508 and to im- ard is used on its own, a control sys-
plement the requirements for the tem designer cannot presume that the
One of the main tasks of EN/ relevant application area in a suitably relevant requirements of the specific
IEC 61508 is to serve as a basis for the practical manner. European directive have been met.
Machinery sector Medical sector
IEC61
620
IEC04
623
4.1 IEC08
615
Transport sector
IEC11
615 IEC13
615
Process sector Power station sector
Sector standards from EN/IEC 61508
4.1-8
Functional safety in accordance with EN/IEC 62061
v
S
.-3
4
1
0
2
6
/IC
N
E
h
w
rd
y
fe
ls
a
tio
c
n
u
F
Risk assessment and determination of required Safety Integrity Level (SIL)
Class Cl Frequency Probability of hzd. Avoidance

Consequences S 3-4 5-7 8-10 11-13 14-15 and duration Fr event Pr P
Death, losing an eye 4 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 2 SIL 3 SIL 3 £ 1 hour 5 Very high 5
or arm
Permanent, 3 OM SIL 1 SIL 2 SIL 3 > 1 h £ 1 day 5 Likely 4
losing fingers
Reversible, 2 OM SIL 1 SIL 2 > 1 day £ 2 wks 4 Possible 3 Impossible 5
medical attention
Reversible, first aid 1 OM SIL 1 > 2 wks £ 1 year 3 Rarely 2 Possible 3
> 1 year 2 Negligible 1 Likely 1
AM = Other measures recommended
Functional safety of safety-related examinations of the safety functions ous event (Pr) and the possibility of
electrical, electronic and program- form the basis. avoiding or limiting the harm (Av).
mable electronic control systems in
accordance with EN/IEC 62061 Risk estimation is an iterative process, The required SIL is assigned using the
i.e. it will need to be carried out more table above, where Cl = Fr + Pr + Av.
EN/IEC 62061 represents a sector- than once. The risk must be assessed
specific standard under EN/ and the SIL defined for each hazard on When calculating the SIL of a control
IEC 61508. It describes the implemen- which the risk is to be reduced through solution it is advisable to use software
tation of safety-related electrical con- control measures. The risk is estimat- tools such as PAScal (WEBLINK), as 4.1
trol systems on machinery and ed through consideration of the sever- already mentioned under
examines the overall lifecycle from the ity of injury (Se), the frequency and EN ISO 13849-1. These simplify the
concept phase through to decommis- duration of exposure to the hazard (Fr), application of the mathematical meth-
sioning. Quantitative and qualitative probability of occurrence of a hazard- ods described in the standards con-
siderably.
4.1-9
Service
Service
5.0
5.1
5.0

5.0-0
Service
Contents Page
Service
Pre-sales/after sales
Professional services 5.1-2
Business terms and conditions

Terms of delivery and pay- 5.1-3
ment
5.1
5.1-1
Service
Pre-sales/after sales
Professional services
CE Services Supply and repair service

Co-ordination and imple- From a fast, economical re-
mentation of all the activi- pair through to a long sup-
ties necessary for the "CE ply guarantee to safeguard
conformity" of plant and machinery. your investment - always expect more
from Pilz.
Plant assessment
Analysis and assessment of Certificates and approv-
the safety-related condition als
of your plant and machin- Pilz is certified to DIN ISO
ery. Proposal of basic recommenda- 9001. International approv-
tions for improvement. als and certification from recognised
test houses confirm our products' suit-
Hazard assessment in ac- ability for worldwide use.
§§§ cordance with BetrSichV
2011-11
5.1
Pre-sales/after
Service
Professional
][Service services
sales
Identification and assess- Internet
ment of work processes Our homepage at
We can provide consulting and engi- and work equipment and development www.pilz.com provides the
neering, training and support, from the of custom-fit solutions. latest information, electron-
project configuration phase through to ic shopping, direct dialogue and en-
commissioning. Inspection of safeguards quiry functions as well as extensive
Regular inspection of safe- download options.
Risk analysis guards (for example light
Assessment of the hazards barriers, safety gate sys- E-Business
and risks on plant and ma- tems, etc.) are essential. The scope The focus of Pilz's E-Busi-
chinery, based on norms and schedule of these inspections are ness activities is to
and standards. defined in various national directives strengthen customer orien-
and laws. tation through the use of new media
Safety concept and to increase added value via a sup-
Based on the risk assess- International conformity plementary business model for Busi-
ment, appropriate protec- assessment ness-to-Business.
tive measures can be Pilz develops the necessary
5.1 selected and a safety concept drawn strategies to enable compli- Worldwide representa-
up. ance with the respective ISO, IEC and tives
ANSI standards or any other stand- Our worldwide network of
Safety design ards. subsidiaries and sales part-
As part of the safety design, ners ensures comprehensive support
Pilz produces detailed doc- Training and education and assistance with your questions
umentation regarding the A wide range of seminars and problems.
implementation, taking into account and training courses on ma-
the safety concept. chinery safety helps to
communicate the fundamentals for
System implementation minimising risk and assuring your suc-
Pilz undertakes all the tasks cess.
required to implement a
project: component selec- Technical Support
tion, preparation of circuit diagrams, Our engineers can support DAkkS:
programming, control cabinet, instal- you in the selection, use Pilz GmbH & Co. KG operates an inde-
lation, commissioning. and application of our prod- pendent inspection body in accord-
ucts. They are in constant contact with ance with DIN EN ISO/IEC 17020:2004
Safety validation customers from the widest range of ar- for the plant and machinery sector, ac-
All the relevant safety-relat- eas and industrial sectors and are hap- credited by the German Accreditation
ed documents are exam- py to answer your queries at any time. Body (DAkkS).
ined, check lists are created
and the plant and machinery checked.
You can reach our international hotline on: +49 711 3409-444, e-mail: support@pilz.com
5.1-2
Service
Business terms and conditions

Terms of delivery and payment
2002-02
5.1
Business
Service
Terms
][Liefer-
ofund
delivery
terms
Zahlungsbedingungen
and
and
conditions
payment
The terms of delivery and of payment

of the respective Pilz company with
whom a sales contract is closed are
applied. As a rule this is the Pilz com-
pany that places the order. Please se-
lect the legal contract partner from the
order confirmation.
5.1
5.1-3
• AT • DK • IT • PL
1002173-EN-05
2-1-2-3-010, 2013-04 Printed in Germany
© Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, 2012
Pilz Ges.m.b.H. Pilz Skandinavien K/S Pilz ltalia Srl Pilz Polska Sp. z o.o.
Sichere Automation Safe Automation Automazione sicura Safe Automation
Modecenterstraße 14 Ellegaardvej 25 L Via Meda 2/A ul. Ruchliwa 15
1030 Wien 6400 Sonderborg 22060 Novedrate (CO) 02-182 Warszawa
Austria Denmark Italy Poland
Telephone: +43 1 7986263-0 Telephone: +45 74436332 Telephone: +39 031 789511 Telephone: +48 22 8847100
Telefax: +43 1 7986264 Telefax: +45 74436342 Telefax: +39 031 789555 Telefax: +48 22 8847109
E-Mail: pilz@pilz.at E-Mail: pilz@pilz.dk E-Mail: info@pilz.it E-Mail: info@pilz.pl
Internet: www.pilz.at Internet: www.pilz.dk Internet: www.pilz.it Internet: www.pilz.pl
• AU • ES • JP • PT
Technical Catalogue 3.1 – PMD relays for electrical safety and PNOZ relays for functional safety
Pilz Australia Pilz lndustrieelektronik S.L. Pilz Japan Co., Ltd. Pilz Industrieelektronik S.L.
Safe Automation Safe Automation Safe Automation R. Eng Duarte Pacheco, 120
Unit D7, Hallmarc Business park Clayton Camí Ral, 130 BENEX S-2 4F 4 Andar Sala 21
Corner of Westall and Centre roads Polígono Industrial Palou Nord 3-17-5 Shin-Yokohama 4470-174 Maia
Clayton, Melbourne, Victoria 3168 08401 Granollers Kohoku-ku Portugal
Australia Spain 222-0033 Yokohama Telephone: +351 229407594
Telephone: +61 3 95446300 Telephone: +34 938497433 Japan Telefax: +351 229407595
Telefax: +61 3 95446311 Telefax: +34 938497544 Telephone: +81 45 471-2281 E-Mail: pilz@pilz.pt
E-Mail: safety@pilz.com.au E-Mail: pilz@pilz.es Telefax: +81 45 471-2283 Internet: www.pilz.pt
Internet: www.pilz.com.au Internet: www.pilz.es E-Mail: pilz@pilz.co.jp
Internet: www.pilz.jp
• RU
• BE L • U • FI Pilz RUS OOO
Pilz Belgium Pilz Skandinavien K/S • KR Ugreshskaya street, 2,
Safe Automation Safe Automation Pilz Korea Ltd. bldg. 11, office 16 (1st floor)
Bijenstraat 4 Nuijamiestentie 7 Safe Automation 115088 Moscow
9051 Gent (Sint-Denijs-Westrem) 00400 Helsinki 9F Jo-Yang Bld. 50-10 Russian Federation
Belgium Finland Chungmuro2-Ga Jung-Gu Telephone: +7 495 665 4993
Telephone: +32 9 3217570 Telephone: +358 10 3224030 100-861 Seoul E-Mail: pilz@pilzrussia.ru
of the equipment. We accept no responsibility for the validity, accuracy and entirety of the text and graphics presented in this information. Please contact our Technical Support if you have any questions.
Telefax: +32 9 3217571 Telefax: +358 9 27093709 South Korea Internet: www.pilzrussia.ru
of Pilz GmbH & Co. KG in some countries. We would point out that product features may vary from the details stated in this document, depending on the status at the time of publication and the scope
E-Mail: info@pilz.be E-Mail: pilz.fi @pilz.dk Telephone: +82 2 2263 9541
Internet: www.pilz.be Internet: www.pilz.fi Telefax: +82 2 2263 9542
E-Mail: info@pilzkor ea.co.kr • SE
Internet: www.pilzkorea.co.kr Pilz Skandinavien K/S
• BR • FR
InduraNET p®, Pilz®, PIT®, PMCprotego®, PMI®, PNOZ®, Primo®, PSEN®, PSS®, PVIS®, SafetyBUS p®, SafetyEYE®, SafetyNET p®, the spirit of safety® are registered and protected trademarks
Safe Automation
Pilz do Brasil Pilz France Electronic Energigatan 10 B
Automação Segura 1, rue Jacob Mayer • MX 43437 Kungsbacka
Av. Senador Vergueiro, 347 - Centro BP 12 Pilz de México, S. de R.L. de C.V. Sweden
CEP: 09750-000 67037 Strasbourg Cedex 2 Automatización Segura Telephone: +46 300 13990
São Bernardo do Campo - SP France Convento de Actopan 36 Telefax: +46 300 30740
Brazil Telephone: +33 3 88104000 Jardines de Santa Mónica E-Mail: pilz.se@pilz.dk
Telephone: +55 11 4126-7290 Telefax: +33 3 88108000 Tlalnepantla, Méx. 54050 Internet: www.pilz.se
Telefax: +55 11 4126-7291 E-Mail: siege@pilz-france.fr Mexico
E-Mail: pilz@pilz.com.br Internet: www.pilz.fr Telephone: +52 55 5572 1300
Internet: www.pilz.com.br Telefax: +52 55 5572 1300 • TR
E-Mail: info@pilz.com.mx Pilz Emniyet Otomasyon
• GB Internet: www .pilz.mx Ürünleri ve Hizmetleri Tic. Ltd. Şti.
• CH Pilz Automation Technology Kayışdağı Cd. Beykonağı Plaza
Pilz lndustrieelektronik GmbH Safe Automation No:130 K:2 D:2
Gewerbepark Hintermättli Willow House, Medlicott Close • NL Ataşehir/İstanbul
Postfach 6 Oakley Hay Business Park Pilz Nederland Turkey
5506 Mägenwil Corby Veilige automatisering Telephone: +90 216 5775550
Switzerland Northants NN18 9NF Postbus 186 Telefax: +90 216 5775549
Telephone: +41 62 88979-30 United Kingdom 4130 ED Vianen E-Mail: info@pilz.com.tr
Telefax: +41 62 88979-40 Telephone: +44 1536 460766 Netherlands Internet: www.pilz.com.tr
E-Mail: pilz@pilz.ch Telefax: +44 1536 460866 Telephone: +31 347 320477
Internet: www.pilz.ch E-Mail: sales@pilz.co.uk Telefax: +31 347 320485
Internet: www.pilz.co.uk E-Mail: info@pilz.nl • US C• A
Internet: www.pilz.nl Pilz Automation Safety L.P.
• CN 7150 Commerce Boulevard
Pilz Industrial Automation • IE Canton
Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. Pilz Ireland Industrial Automation • NZ Michigan 48187
Rm. 1702-1704 Cork Business and Technology Park Pilz New Zealand USA
Yongda International Tower Model Farm Road Safe Automation Telephone: +1 734 354 0272
No. 2277 Long Yang Road Cork Unit 4, 12 Laidlaw Way Telefax: +1 734 354 3355
Shanghai 201204 Ireland East Tamaki E-Mail: info@pilzusa.com
China
Telephone: +86 21 60880878
Telefax: +86 21 60880870
Telephone: +353 21 4346535
Telefax: +353 21 4804994
E-Mail: sales@pilz.ie
Auckland 2016
New Zealand
Telephone: +64 9 6345350
Internet: www.pilz.us
PMD relays for electrical safety
E-Mail:
Internet:
sales@pilz.com.cn
www.pilz.com.cn
Internet: www.pilz.ie Telefax:
E-Mail: offi
Internet:
+64 9 6345352
ce@pilz.co.nz
www.pilz.co.nz
and PNOZ relays for functional safety
• IN
• DE Pilz India Pvt Ltd
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG Office No 202, Delite Square
Felix-Wankel-Straße 2 Near Aranyeshwar Temple •… •T echnical support
73760 Ostfildern Sahakar Nagar No 1 In many countries we are +49 711 3409-444
Germany Pune 411009 represented by sales partners. support@pilz.com
Telephone: +49 711 3409-0 India
Telefax: +49 711 3409-133 Telephone: +91 20 2421399-4/-5 Please refer to our homepage
E-Mail: pilz.gmbh@pilz.de Telefax: +91 20 2421399-6 for further details or contact our Configuration guide
Internet: www.pilz.de E-Mail: info@pilz.in headquarters.
Internet: www.pilz.in
for electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma, PMDsrange
and safety relays PNOZsigma, PNOZ X
Technical Catalogue 3.1 – December 2011 edition
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG

Felix-Wankel-Straße 2
73760 Ostfildern, Germany
Telephone: +49 711 3409-0
Telefax: +49 711 3409-133
E-Mail: pilz.gmbh@pilz.de
Internet: www .pilz.com

Relays For Electrical Safety

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Relays For Electrical Safety

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

• AT • DK • IT • PL

Technical Catalogue 3.1 – April 2013 edition

Pilz GmbH & Co. KG

Total customer proximity

Pilz has a tradition as a family-

Relays for electrical safety 1.0

Electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma 1.1

Electronic monitoring relays PMDsrange 1.2

Relays for functional safety 2.0

Selection guide 2.1

Safety relays PNOZ X 2.2

Safety relays PNOZsigma 2.3

Order reference 3.0

Order reference 3.1

Standards and directives 4.0

Standards and directives 4.1

Relays for electrical safety

Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany

Relays for monitoring

Pilz GmbH & Co. KG, Felix-Wankel-Straße 2, 73760 Ostfildern, Germany

Electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma

Electronic monitoring relays PMDsigma

True power monitoring

Unit features ` Diagnostics: Umax and Imax

2 auxiliary changeover contacts (C/ ` Device parameters can be saved to

` Status indicators (LEDs) for:

Uout Iout Reset

True power monitoring

on a single, three phase or DC supply Current transformer CT: threshold):

True power monitoring

1.1 10 V 1* U bei/at/à 10 ... 0 V

P tatsächliche Wirkleistung/Actual true power/puissance active réelle

Note: ` Ensure that the cables are laid care- NOTICE

Preparing for operation

` Connect the supply voltage UB to ` Please refer to the connection dia-

A1/A2. grams for details of how to connect

True power monitoring

Circuit for three-phase motor

True power monitoring

Circuit for three-phase motor with CT

True power monitoring

Circuit for motor (1 AC)

True power monitoring

Circuit for motor (1 AC) with CT

` The unit should be installed in a

control cabinet with a protection

True power monitoring

This data sheet is only intended for use

during configuration. Please refer to

True power monitoring

Output signals with motor operation

Type Features Terminals Order no.

Unit features Unit description

` Relay output: The insulation monitor monitors the in-

2 auxiliary changeover contacts sulation resistance of unearthed AC/

display and rotary encoder with key range

U = Versorgungsspannung/Supply voltage/Tension d'alimentation

following: ` To prevent contact welding, a fuse to malfunction.

` Supply voltage UB: B1/B2 respectively. ` Function test:

– Connect the supply voltage UB – 3-phase system: – By pressing a button at terminals

– 2-phase system: tion circuit. Please note:

Application circuit 3 AC/DC

` The unit should be installed in a

Measuring range / T 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 6 7 8 9 Type